OLAC Best Practices for
Cataloging DVD-Video and
Blu-ray Discs, Objects,
Streaming Media, and
Video Games
Using the Original RDA Toolkit
and MARC 21
Version 1.1
October 2023
Prepared by the Online Audiovisual Catalogers Inc.
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Cataloging Policy Committee
Unified Best Practices Task Force
Acknowledgements
Unified Best Practices Cataloging Guide Task Force Members:
Marcia Barrett, Chair (2018-2023) University of California, Santa Cruz
Josh Hutchinson, Chair (2020-2023) University of Southern California
Member (2018-2020)
Yoko Kudo (2018-2023) University of California, Riverside
Julie Renee Moore (2018-2023) California State University, Fresno
Kyla Jemison(2018-2023) University of Toronto
Amanda Scott (2018-2023) Middle Tennessee State University
Teressa Keenan (2018-2023) University of Montana
Ann Kardos (2018-2020) University of Massachusetts, Amherst
Melissa Burel (2018-2020) Alabama A&M University
Advisors:
Greta de Groat Stanford University
Jeannette Ho Texas A&M University
Mary Huismann St. Olaf College
Kelley McGrath University of Oregon
Jay Weitz OCLC
This multi-format best practices cataloging guide is built upon the OLAC
single-format guides – DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs, Objects, Streaming Media, and
Video Games – without which this unified guide would not exist. Thank you to
previous OLAC task forces charged with their creation.
Front matter page 1
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practices for Cataloging Objects Using RDA and MARC 21 (2020)
Julie Renee Moore, Chair California State University, Fresno
Robert B. Freeborn Penn State University
Scott Dutkiewicz Clemson University
Sarah Hovde Folger Shakespeare Library
Jessica Janecki Duke University
Jessica Schomberg Minnesota State University, Mankato
Trina Soderquist Library of Congress
Best Practices for Cataloging Streaming Media Using RDA and MARC21
(2018)
Jeannette Ho, Chair Texas A&M University, College Station
Erminia Chao Brigham Young University
Rebecca Culbertson California Digital Library
Jennifer M. Eustis University of Massachusetts Amherst
Cyrus Ford University of Nevada, Las Vegas
Annie Glerum Florida State University
Ngoc-My Guidarelli Virginia Commonwealth University
Mary Huismann St. Olaf College
Stacie Traill University of Minnesota - Twin Cities
Donna Viscuglia Harvard University
Jay Weitz OCLC
Best Practices for Cataloging Video Games Using RDA and MARC21
(2018)
Greta de Groat, Chair Stanford University
Marcia Barrett University of California, Santa Cruz
Julie Renee Moore California State University, Fresno
Robert B. Freeborn Penn State University
Emma Cross Carleton University
Junghae Lee University of Washington
Jared Cowing California State University, Northridge
Violet Fox University of Illinois at Chicago
Neil Robinson University of Michigan
Front matter page 2
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practices for Cataloging DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Using RDA
and MARC21 (2017)
Mary Huismann, Chair (2013-2015) University of Minnesota
Diane Robson, Chair (2012-2013) University of North Texas
William Anderson (2012-2013) Connecticut State Library
Lloyd Chittenden (2012-2015) Fort Lewis College
Cyrus Ford (2012-2013) University of Nevada, Las Vegas
Douglas King (2012-2013 University of South Carolina
John Lavalie (2012-2013) Des Plaines Public Library
Peter Lisius (2012-2013) Kent State University
Nancy Lorimer (2012-2013) Stanford University
Julie Renee Moore (2012-2015) California State University, Fresno
Lori Murphy (2012-2013) DePaul University
Laurie Neuerburg (2014-2015) University of Houston, Victoria
Anchalee "Joy" Panigabutra-Roberts (2012-2014) American University at Cairo
Scott Piepenburg (2012-2013) University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point
Walter Walker (2012-2015) Loyola Marymount University
Iris Wolley (2012-2015) Columbia University
Front matter page 3
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Table of Contents
Preface..................................................................................................................................................1
Purpose.......................................................................................................................................... 1
Scope.............................................................................................................................................. 2
The Original RDA Toolkit.............................................................................................................. 3
Principles.............................................................................................................................................. 5
Task Force Guiding Principles..................................................................................................... 5
Cataloging Principles.................................................................................................................... 6
Using This Guide..................................................................................................................................7
Terminology...................................................................................................................................7
Organization of the Guide........................................................................................................... 8
Differences between Formats.....................................................................................................8
Instructions and Examples.......................................................................................................... 9
What Comes Next....................................................................................................................... 10
The Formats.......................................................................................................................................11
Introduction.................................................................................................................................11
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc...................................................................................................... 11
History....................................................................................................................................11
General Characteristics........................................................................................................12
DVD vs. CD.......................................................................................................................12
DVD Types....................................................................................................................... 13
Physical Formats.............................................................................................................13
Application Data Formats..............................................................................................14
Enhanced DVDs.............................................................................................................. 16
Blu-ray Discs....................................................................................................................16
Blu-ray Disc Types.......................................................................................................... 16
Disc Duplication or Replication.................................................................................... 17
Objects..........................................................................................................................................17
General characteristics........................................................................................................ 17
Examples and Definitions of Objects.................................................................................18
Four Houses of Visual Materials.........................................................................................20
Table of contents page 1
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video..............................................................21
What Are Streaming Media?................................................................................................21
Provider-Neutral Cataloging................................................................................................21
Single versus Separate Records..........................................................................................21
Streaming Converted from Other Formats.......................................................................22
Streaming Video Examples..................................................................................................23
Nonmusical Streaming Audio Examples........................................................................... 27
Downloadable Content........................................................................................................29
Video Games................................................................................................................................30
Platforms and Formats........................................................................................................ 30
Editions...................................................................................................................................31
Downloadable Content and Expansions........................................................................... 31
Franchise Titles..................................................................................................................... 32
Sticking Points....................................................................................................................................33
YouTube Channels, Podcasts, and Portals to Nonmusical Streaming Audio and
Streaming Video..........................................................................................................................33
Coding for Language Content (MARC Field 041).................................................................... 35
LC-PCC PS for RDA 6.27.1.9, Additions to Access Points Representing Works, Appendix 1:
Motion Pictures, Television Programs, and Radio Programs............................................... 37
Changes in Cataloging Practice.......................................................................................................39
New for Video Games.................................................................................................................39
Online Video Games.............................................................................................................39
Title Source Note (RDA 2.17.2.3).........................................................................................39
Dimensions (RDA 3.5)...........................................................................................................40
Color Content (RDA 7.17).....................................................................................................40
New for DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs..................................................................................... 40
Production Statement (RDA 2.7).........................................................................................40
New for Objects...........................................................................................................................40
Date of Production (RDA 2.7.6)...........................................................................................41
New for Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video...................................................41
Date of Publication (RDA 2.8.6)...........................................................................................41
New for Online Resources.........................................................................................................41
Open Access Availability...................................................................................................... 41
Instructions Expanded to All Formats......................................................................................42
Record Date of Publication As Stated................................................................................42
Record Copyright Date When Used to Supply Publication Date....................................42
Table of contents page 2
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Changes in MARC Encoding.............................................................................................................42
Changes in MARC Encoding Practice........................................................................................42
MARC Field 041: New and Redefined Subfields for Language Codes........................... 43
MARC Fields 341 and 532: New Fields for Accessibility Content....................................44
MARC field 341, Accessibility Content......................................................................... 44
MARC field 532, Accessibility Note...............................................................................44
MARC Field 345: Redefined Field and New Subfields for Aspect Ratio......................... 44
MARC field 345 Subfields for Video Aspect Ratio.......................................................44
New Encoding Practices to Align Formats...............................................................................45
MARC Field 340, Physical Medium..................................................................................... 45
MARC Field 588, Source of Description Note....................................................................46
Encoding of Multiple Data Elements from the Same Vocabulary........................................46
New Encoding Practice to Support Machine Actionability..............................................47
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data........................................................................................48
Legacy MARC Data......................................................................................................................48
Display versus Machine-Actionable Fields.............................................................................. 48
Record Format: Choosing Type of Record.....................................................................................49
MARC 21 Coding for Selected Fields...............................................................................................50
Record Leader (LDR)...................................................................................................................50
Type of Record, LDR/06....................................................................................................... 50
Bibliographic Level, LDR/07.................................................................................................51
Format-Specific Fixed Length Data Elements (MARC Field 008)...........................................52
All Formats.............................................................................................................................53
Form of Item (Form in OCLC) - Mandatory................................................................. 53
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Objects..............................................................................53
Type of Visual Material (008/33) (TMat in OCLC) - Mandatory.................................53
Streaming Video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs.............................................................. 55
Technique (008/34) (Tech in OCLC) - Optional and recommended........................ 55
Running Time (008/18-20) (Time in OCLC) - Optional and recommended.............55
Type of Date/Publication Status (008/06) (DtSt in OCLC) - Mandatory...................56
Nonmusical Streaming Audio............................................................................................. 56
Literary Text for Sound Recordings (008/30-31) (LTxt in OCLC) - Optional and
recommended................................................................................................................ 56
Video Games......................................................................................................................... 58
Type of Computer File (008/26) (File in OCLC) - Optional and recommended...... 58
Additional Material Characteristics (MARC Field 006)............................................................59
Table of contents page 3
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Continuing Resources.......................................................................................................... 60
Enhanced DVD or Blu-ray Disc............................................................................................63
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video........................................................... 64
Resources Issued with Significant Content in Another Format..................................... 65
Physical Description Fixed Field (MARC Field 007).................................................................66
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc................................................................................................ 67
MARC Field 007 (Videorecording).................................................................................67
Streaming Video....................................................................................................................69
MARC Field 007 (Videorecording).................................................................................69
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource).........................................................................70
Nonmusical Streaming Audio............................................................................................. 71
MARC Field 007 (Sound Recording)..............................................................................71
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource).........................................................................72
Video Games......................................................................................................................... 73
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource).........................................................................73
MARC Field 007 Coding Compared.................................................................................... 74
Videorecording Field 007...............................................................................................74
Electronic Resource Field 007.......................................................................................75
Genre/Form Vocabularies................................................................................................................76
RDA Section 1.........................................................................................................................78
Recording Attributes of Manifestation & Item..............................................................................78
RDA Chapter 1. General Guidelines on Recording Attributes of Manifestations and Items.. 79
Mode of Issuance (RDA 1.1.3, 2.13)..........................................................................................79
Type of Description (RDA 1.1.4, 1.5).........................................................................................80
Comprehensive Description......................................................................................... 80
Analytic Description....................................................................................................... 81
Hierarchical Description................................................................................................ 81
Guidelines on Transcription (RDA 1.4, 1.7)..............................................................................82
RDA Chapter 2. Identifying Manifestations and Items.................................................................84
Basis for Identification of the Resource (RDA 2.1)..................................................................84
Comprehensive Description (RDA 2.1.2)........................................................................... 84
Manifestation Issued as a Single Unit (RDA 2.1.2.2).................................................. 84
Manifestation Issued in More than One Part (RDA 2.1.2.3)......................................85
Integrating Resource (RDA 2.1.2.4).............................................................................. 86
Analytical Description (RDA 2.1.3)...................................................................................... 86
Sources of Information (RDA 2.2)............................................................................................. 86
Table of contents page 4
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Preferred Sources of Information (RDA 2.2.2)..................................................................86
Websites as Source of Information..............................................................................86
Preferred Source of Information for Moving Image Resources (RDA 2.2.2.3)....... 87
Preferred Source of Information for Nonmusical Streaming Audio....................... 88
Preferred Source of Information for Objects............................................................. 88
Other Sources of Information (RDA 2.2.4)........................................................................ 89
Resources that Ordinarily Do Not Carry Identifying Information............................90
Title (RDA 2.3).............................................................................................................................. 91
Basic Instructions on Recording Titles (RDA 2.3.1)...........................................................91
Scope and Sources of Information (RDA 2.3.1.1-RDA 2.3.1.2)..................................91
Recording Titles (RDA 2.3.1.4).......................................................................................91
Name of Agent as Title (RDA 2.3.1.5)........................................................................... 91
Introductory Words, Etc. (RDA 2.3.1.6)........................................................................ 92
Titles of Parts, Sections, and Supplements (2.3.1.7)..................................................92
Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2)........................................................................................................93
Selecting the Title Proper.............................................................................................. 94
Recording the Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2.7).....................................................................94
Source of Information (RDA 2.3.2.2)............................................................................ 94
Other Elements Recorded as Part of a Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2.8)...........................95
Franchise Titles............................................................................................................... 95
Selecting Collective Title and Titles of Individual Contents (RDA 2.3.2.6)...............96
Resources without a Collective Title (RDA 2.3.2.9).....................................................98
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Tangible Video Games, and Online Resources 98
Objects.................................................................................................................99
Resources with No Title (RDA 2.3.2.10)....................................................................... 99
Recording Devised Titles (RDA 2.3.2.11)....................................................................100
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Streaming Video, and Video Games................100
Parallel Title Proper (RDA 2.3.3)........................................................................................101
Other Title Information (RDA 2.3.4)................................................................................. 102
Variant Titles (RDA 2.3.6)................................................................................................... 104
Streaming Video Special Situations...............................................................106
Compilation Titles.........................................................................................................108
Statement of Responsibility (RDA 2.4)................................................................................... 110
Statement of Responsibility Relating to Title Proper (RDA 2.4.2)................................ 110
Recording Statement of Responsibility Relating to Title Proper (RDA 2.4.2.3).... 111
Video..................................................................................................................112
Table of contents page 5
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Objects.............................................................................................................. 113
Video Games.....................................................................................................113
Other Information........................................................................................................114
Edition Statement (RDA 2.5)....................................................................................................114
Designation of Edition (RDA 2.5.2)................................................................................... 114
Designation of a Named Revision of an Edition (RDA 2.5.6)........................................ 118
Recording Designation of Named Revision of Edition (RDA 2.5.6.3).....................118
Production, Publication, Distribution, Manufacture & Copyright Date Elements........... 119
Published Manifestation vs. Unpublished Manifestation.............................................119
Published Manifestation.................................................................................119
Unpublished Manifestation............................................................................119
Production Statement (RDA 2.7).............................................................................................122
Place of Production (RDA 2.7.2)........................................................................................122
More Than One Place of Production (RDA 2.7.2.4)..................................................123
Place of Production Not Identified in Manifestation (RDA 2.7.2.6)....................... 123
Producer’s Name (RDA 2.7.4)............................................................................................124
Statement of Function (RDA 2.7.4.4)..........................................................................125
More than One Producer (RDA 2.7.4.5).....................................................................125
No Producer Identified (RDA 2.7.4.7).........................................................................125
Date of Production (RDA 2.7.6).........................................................................................126
Date of Production Not Identified (RDA 2.7.6.6)......................................................126
Publication Statement (RDA 2.8).............................................................................................128
Published Objects............................................................................................128
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................128
Place of Publication (RDA 2.8.2)........................................................................................129
Recording Publication Statement (RDA 2.8.1.4).......................................................129
More Than One Place of Publication (RDA 2.8.2.4)..................................................130
Place of Publication Not Identified in Manifestation (RDA 2.8.2.6)....................... 131
Publisher’s Name (RDA 2.8.4)........................................................................................... 132
Recording Publisher’s Name (RDA 2.8.4.3)............................................................... 132
Statement of Function (RDA 2.8.4.4)..........................................................................133
More Than One Publisher (RDA 2.8.4.5)................................................................... 133
No Publisher Identified (RDA 2.8.4.7)........................................................................ 134
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Tangible Video Games, and Online Resources...........134
Objects...........................................................................................................................134
Date of Publication (RDA 2.8.6).........................................................................................135
Table of contents page 6
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Tangible Video Games............................... 135
Online Video Games........................................................................................135
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................136
Date of Publication Not Identified............................................................................. 136
Objects.............................................................................................................. 137
Distribution Statement (RDA 2.9)........................................................................................... 138
Published Objects............................................................................................138
Online Video Games........................................................................................139
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................139
Statement of Function (RDA 2.9.4.4)..........................................................................140
Manufacture Statement (RDA 2.10)....................................................................................... 140
Objects.............................................................................................................. 141
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Tangible Video Games............................... 141
Statement of Function (RDA 2.10.4.4)....................................................................... 142
Copyright Date (RDA 2.11).......................................................................................................142
Series Statement (RDA 2.12)................................................................................................... 144
Title Proper of Series (RDA 2.12.2)................................................................................... 144
Recording Title Proper of Series.................................................................................144
Series Statement vs. Notes......................................................................................... 145
Numbering within the Series (RDA 2.12.9)......................................................................146
Recording Numbering within Series (RDA 2.12.9.3)................................................ 146
Identifier for the Manifestation (RDA 2.15)...........................................................................147
General Guidelines.......................................................................................................147
Recording Identifier for the Manifestation (RDA 2.15.1.4)..................................... 148
Note on Manifestation (RDA 2.17)..........................................................................................152
Note on Title (RDA 2.17.2)................................................................................................. 152
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 152
Objects.............................................................................................................. 153
Video Games.....................................................................................................153
Note on Statement of Responsibility (RDA 2.17.3)........................................................ 154
Artistic and/or Technical Credits................................................................................154
Video Game Developer................................................................................................155
Performers, Presenters, Narrators............................................................................155
Video Games.....................................................................................................156
Note on Issue, Part, or Iteration Used as the Basis of Identification of Manifestation
(RDA 2.17.13).......................................................................................................................156
Table of contents page 7
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................157
Online Video Games........................................................................................157
RDA Chapter 3. Describing Carriers............................................................................................. 158
Introduction...............................................................................................................................158
No General Material Designation.............................................................................. 158
Recording Technical Details for Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video..
158
Media Type (RDA 3.2)............................................................................................................... 159
Recording Media Type (RDA 3.2.1.3)................................................................................159
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 160
Online Resources and Tangible Video Games.............................................160
Objects.............................................................................................................. 161
Multiple Media Types...................................................................................................161
Carrier Type (RDA 3.3)..............................................................................................................162
Recording Carrier Type (RDA 3.3.1)..................................................................................162
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 163
Objects.............................................................................................................. 163
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................163
Video Games.....................................................................................................163
Coding Carrier Type in MARC field 008/23, Form of Item.......................................164
Coding Physical Characteristics..................................................................................165
Multiple Carrier Types................................................................................................. 167
Extent (RDA 3.4)....................................................................................................................... 168
Recording Extent (RDA 3.4.1)............................................................................................ 168
Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming Video, DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs,
and Video Games.............................................................................................168
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video.......................................169
Online Video Games........................................................................................169
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc........................................................................... 169
Tangible Video Games.....................................................................................170
Objects.............................................................................................................. 170
Recording Subunits (RDA 3.4.1.7)...............................................................................170
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................171
Objects.............................................................................................................. 171
Online Video Games........................................................................................172
Multiple Carrier Types................................................................................................. 172
Table of contents page 8
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Dimensions (RDA 3.5)...............................................................................................................173
Recording Dimensions (RDA 3.5.1)...................................................................................174
Nonmusical Streaming Audio........................................................................ 174
Objects.............................................................................................................. 174
Online Video Games........................................................................................176
Streaming Video...............................................................................................176
Video Game Cartridges................................................................................... 176
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs.................................................177
Base Material (RDA 3.6)............................................................................................................177
Recording Base Material (RDA 3.6.1)............................................................................... 178
Objects.............................................................................................................. 178
Applied Material (RDA 3.7).......................................................................................................178
Recording Applied Material (RDA 3.7.1).......................................................................... 179
Objects.............................................................................................................. 179
Mount (RDA 3.8)........................................................................................................................180
Recording Mount (RDA 3.8.1)............................................................................................180
Objects.............................................................................................................. 180
Production Method (RDA 3.9)................................................................................................. 181
Recording Production Method (RDA 3.9.1).....................................................................181
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 181
Layout (RDA 3.11)......................................................................................................................182
Recording Layout (RDA 3.11.1)......................................................................................... 182
Sound Characteristic (RDA 3.16).............................................................................................183
Recording Sound Characteristic (RDA 3.16.1).................................................................183
Type of Recording (RDA 3.16.2)........................................................................................ 184
Recording Medium (RDA 3.16.3).......................................................................................185
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs.................................................185
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 185
Configuration of Playback Channels (RDA 3.16.8)......................................................... 186
Nonmusical Streaming Audio........................................................................ 186
Special Playback Characteristic (RDA 3.16.9)..................................................................188
Projection Characteristic of Motion Picture Film (RDA 3.17).............................................. 190
Video Characteristic (RDA 3.18).............................................................................................. 190
Recording Video Characteristic (RDA 3.18.1)..................................................................190
Video Format (RDA 3.18.2).......................................................................................... 190
Broadcast Standard (RDA 3.18.3)...............................................................................190
Table of contents page 9
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs.................................................191
Digital File Characteristic (RDA 3.19)......................................................................................193
Recording Digital File Characteristic (RDA 3.19.1)..........................................................193
File Type (RDA 3.19.2).........................................................................................................194
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video.......................................194
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 194
Video Games.....................................................................................................195
Encoding Format (RDA 3.19.3).......................................................................................... 195
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................195
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 196
Video Games.....................................................................................................196
Regional Encoding (RDA 3.19.6)........................................................................................197
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 197
Region Codes for Standard-definition DVD-Video...................................................198
Map Showing DVD Region Codes...............................................................................199
Region Codes for Blu-ray Disc.................................................................................... 199
Map of Blu-ray Regions............................................................................................... 200
Video Games.....................................................................................................201
Equipment or System Requirements (RDA 3.20)..................................................................203
Recording Equipment or System Requirement (RDA 3.20.1).......................................203
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................203
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Video Games............................................... 203
Recording Additional System Details.........................................................................206
Video Games.....................................................................................................206
Note on Carrier (RDA 3.21)......................................................................................................209
Note on Extent of Manifestation (RDA 3.21.2)................................................................210
RDA Chapter 4. Providing Acquisition and Access Information............................................... 211
Restrictions on Access (RDA 4.4).............................................................................................211
Recording Restriction on Access (RDA 4.4.1).................................................................. 211
Open Access & Online Resources.............................................................................. 212
Restrictions on Use (RDA 4.5)..................................................................................................213
Basic Instructions on Recording Restrictions on Use (RDA 4.5.1)................................214
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Objects, and Tangible Video Games................214
Online Resources.............................................................................................214
Uniform Resource Locator (RDA 4.6)..................................................................................... 215
Basic Instructions on Recording Uniform Resource Locator (RDA 4.6.1)................... 215
Table of contents page 10
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Online Video Games........................................................................................215
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................216
RDA Section 2: Recording Attributes of Work & Expression.......................................... 219
RDA Chapter 6. Identifying Works and Expressions.................................................................. 220
Country of Producing Entity (no RDA instruction)................................................................220
Title for Work (RDA 6.2)............................................................................................................221
Preferred Title of Work (RDA 6.2.2)..................................................................................221
Form of Work (RDA 6.3)........................................................................................................... 222
Basic Instructions on Recording Form of Work (RDA 6.3.1)......................................... 222
Date of Work (RDA 6.4)............................................................................................................ 224
Basic Instructions on Recording Date of Work (RDA 6.4.1).......................................... 225
Date of Original Broadcast..........................................................................................226
History of Work (RDA 6.7)........................................................................................................ 227
Basic Instructions on Recording History of Work (RDA 6.7.1)......................................227
Content Type (RDA 6.9)............................................................................................................228
Basic Instructions on Recording Content Type (RDA 6.9.1)..........................................229
Recording Content Type (RDA 6.9.1)................................................................................230
Streaming Audio.............................................................................................. 230
Objects.............................................................................................................. 230
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Streaming Video......................................... 231
Video Games.....................................................................................................232
Content Type Coding................................................................................................... 232
Constructing Authorized Access Points Representing Works and Expressions (RDA 6.27)..
233
Authorized Access Point Representing a Work (RDA 6.27.1)........................................234
Works Created by One Agent (RDA 6.27.1.2)............................................................234
Collaborative Works (RDA 6.27.1.3)........................................................................... 235
Exception for Corporate Bodies As Creators...............................................236
Exception for Moving Image Resources....................................................... 237
Filmed Musical Performances........................................................................237
Compilations of Works by Different Agents (RDA 6.27.1.4)....................................238
No Collective Title for Compilation............................................................................ 238
Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming Video, DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs,
and Video Games.............................................................................................238
Objects.............................................................................................................. 239
Additional Elements in Authorized Access Points Representing Works (RDA
Table of contents page 11
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
6.27.1.9)......................................................................................................................... 239
Objects.............................................................................................................. 241
Video Games.....................................................................................................241
RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1.............................................................................................242
Nonmusical Streaming Audio........................................................................ 242
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Streaming Video......................................... 243
Motion Picture Video (Including Video Formats).........................................244
Television Program Video...............................................................................250
Constructing Access Points to Represent Musical Works and Expressions (RDA 6.28)..254
RDA Chapter 7. Describing Content............................................................................................. 255
Nature of Content (RDA 7.2)....................................................................................................255
Recording Nature of Content (RDA 7.2.1)....................................................................... 255
Objects.............................................................................................................. 256
Video of Musical Performances..................................................................... 256
Coverage of Content (RDA 7.3)............................................................................................... 257
Recording Coverage of Content (RDA 7.3.1.3)................................................................257
Objects.............................................................................................................. 257
Intended Audience (RDA 7.7).................................................................................................. 258
Recording Intended Audience (RDA 7.7.1)......................................................................258
Coding Intended Audience......................................................................................... 259
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Video Games........................................ 260
Recording Number of Players for Video Games......................................................260
Dissertation or Thesis Information (RDA 7.9)....................................................................... 261
Recording Dissertation or Thesis Information (RDA 7.9.1)...........................................261
Summarization of Content (RDA 7.10)...................................................................................262
Recording Summarization of Content (RDA 7.10.1).......................................................262
Capture Information (RDA 7.11)............................................................................................. 264
Recording Capture Information (RDA 7.11.1).................................................................264
Coding Capture Information.......................................................................................265
Language of Content (RDA 7.12).............................................................................................267
Recording Language of the Content (RDA 7.12.1)..........................................................267
Language of Primary Content.....................................................................................268
Spoken Content for Nonmusical Streaming Audio................................................. 269
Intertitles for Moving Images......................................................................................269
Subtitles for Moving Images....................................................................................... 269
No Linguistic Content.................................................................................................. 270
Table of contents page 12
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Original Language........................................................................................................ 270
Moving Image Captions...............................................................................................271
Accompanying Material...............................................................................................271
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs......................................................................... 272
Inaccuracies.................................................................................................................. 272
Accessibility Content (RDA 7.14)............................................................................................. 273
Types of Accessibility Content.......................................................................................... 274
Captions.........................................................................................................................274
Open Captions..............................................................................................................274
Closed Captions............................................................................................................274
Closed Captions for DVD-Videodiscs.........................................................................275
Subtitles for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing (SDH)...................................................276
Audio Description / Descriptive Video Captioning.................................................. 276
Recording Accessibility Content (RDA 7.14.1).................................................................277
Accessibility Content (MARC 341)...............................................................................277
Accessibility Note (MARC 532).................................................................................... 278
Sign Language...............................................................................................................280
Coding Language Accessibility (MARC 041).............................................................. 280
Supplementary Content (RDA 7.16)....................................................................................... 281
Recording Supplementary Content (RDA 7.16.1)...........................................................282
Colour Content (RDA 7.17).......................................................................................................285
Recording Color Content (RDA 7.17.1).............................................................................285
Color Content (MARC 340 $g)..................................................................................... 287
Coding Color Content.................................................................................................. 288
Sound Content (RDA 7.18).......................................................................................................290
Recording Sound Content (RDA 7.18.1)...........................................................................290
Coding Sound Content................................................................................................ 291
Video Games.....................................................................................................291
Streaming Video Examples.............................................................................291
Aspect Ratio (RDA 7.19)............................................................................................................292
More about Aspect Ratio.............................................................................................292
Recording Aspect Ratio (RDA 7.19.1.3)............................................................................ 296
Video Games.....................................................................................................296
Streaming Video and Videodiscs................................................................... 296
Pixel Dimensions in Highlighted Portion of Embedding Code...............................298
Aspect Ratio Designation (RDA 7.19.1.4)...................................................................299
Table of contents page 13
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Medium of Performance (RDA 7.21)...................................................................................... 303
Recording Medium of Performance (RDA 7.21.1)..........................................................303
Duration (RDA 7.22)..................................................................................................................304
Recording Duration (RDA 7.22.1)......................................................................................304
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video...................................305
Unknown Duration.......................................................................................................305
Other Details.................................................................................................................306
Duration of Component Parts (RDA 7.22.1.4).......................................................... 306
Streaming Video and Videodiscs................................................................... 308
Scale Note for Graphic Material (RDA 7.25.2).......................................................................309
Awards Note (RDA 7.28)...........................................................................................................310
Recording Award (RDA 7.28.1)..........................................................................................310
Introduction to Recording Relationships.....................................................................................312
RDA Section 6: Recording Relationships to Agents......................................................... 314
RDA Chapter 18. General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Agents Associated with
a Work, Expression, Manifestation, or Item................................................................................315
Relationships to Agents Associated with a Work, Expression, Manifestation, or Item
(RDA 18.4)...................................................................................................................................315
Relationship Designators (RDA 18.5)..................................................................................... 315
RDA Chapter 19. Agents Associated with a Work.......................................................................319
Recording Agent Associated with a Work (RDA 19.1.2).................................................319
Creator (RDA 19.2).................................................................................................................... 319
Recording Creator (RDA 19.2.1)........................................................................................320
Single Creator............................................................................................................... 320
Objects.............................................................................................................. 321
Video..................................................................................................................321
Video Games.....................................................................................................322
Corporate Bodies as Creator......................................................................................322
Two or More Creators..................................................................................................322
Other Agent Associated with Work (RDA 19.3).....................................................................323
Recording Other Agent Associated with a Work (RDA 19.3.1)......................................323
Video..................................................................................................................324
Video Games.....................................................................................................324
RDA Chapter 20. Agents Associated with an Expression.......................................................... 326
Recording Agents Associated with an Expression (RDA 20.1.2)...................................326
Recording Contributors (RDA 20.2.1)...............................................................................327
Table of contents page 14
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 21. Agents Associated with a Manifestation........................................................329
Recording Agent Associated with a Manifestation (RDA 21.1.2)..................................329
RDA Chapter 22. Agents Associated with an Item......................................................................331
RDA Section 8: Recording Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations,
and Items............................................................................................................................. 332
RDA Chapter 24. General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between Works,
Expressions, Manifestations, and Items......................................................................................333
Relationships between Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items (RDA 24.4)...... 333
Authorized Access Point Representing the Related Work or Related Expression (RDA
24.4.2)...................................................................................................................................333
Description of the Related Work, Expression, Manifestation, or Item (RDA 24.4.3). 334
Relationship Designator (RDA 24.5.1)..............................................................................334
RDA Chapter 25. Related Works................................................................................................... 338
Recording Relationships to Related Work (RDA 25.1.1)................................................ 338
Derivative Work Relationships (RDA J.2.2)................................................................ 338
Whole-Part Relationships (RDA J.2.4).........................................................................339
Accompanying Work Relationships (RDA J.2.5)........................................................ 342
Sequential Work Relationships (RDA J.2.6)............................................................... 343
RDA Chapter 26. Related Expressions......................................................................................... 344
Recording Relationship to Related Expression (RDA 26.1.1)........................................344
Whole-Part Relationships............................................................................................344
Video..................................................................................................................344
Chapter 27. Related Manifestations.............................................................................................346
Basic Instructions on Recording Relationship to Related Manifestation (RDA 27.1.1)....
346
Reproduction Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Reproduction Streaming
Video..................................................................................................................346
Tangible Resources..........................................................................................347
RDA Chapter 28. Related Items.....................................................................................................349
Works Cited......................................................................................................................................350
Table of contents page 15
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Preface
Purpose
Historically, OLAC’s Cataloging Policy Committee (CAPC) created task forces to
create best practices cataloging guidelines for specific formats -- DVD-Video and
Blu-ray Discs, Objects, Streaming Media, and Video Games. The result of this is that
it required catalogers to consult different best practice guides depending on the
format in hand.
The OLAC Unified Best Practices Guide brings together the current published best
practice guides into a single best practices guide that incorporates Best Practices for
Cataloging DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Using RDA and MARC21, Best Practices for
Cataloging Objects Using RDA and MARC 21, Best Practices for Cataloging Streaming
Media Using RDA and MARC21, and Best Practices for Cataloging Video Games Using
RDA and MARC21. CAPC identified the creation of a unified guide as important for
the following reasons:
● Provide catalogers with a single best practices cataloging guide for nonbook
formats
● Align, as much as possible, any variant cataloging practices between formats
● Integrate the single set of best practice recommendations into the Official
RDA Toolkit
The resulting document “inherits” the purposes of the individual guides, namely, to
provide an introduction to these formats to catalogers who are new to cataloging
them or who catalog them infrequently. This unified guide aligns best practices for
cataloging these formats except when to do so would result in insufficient
descriptive cataloging for a single format or when cataloging practice differs due to
the nature of the format itself. For example, the Objects cataloging community
records, for published objects, all statements related to publication, distribution,
manufacture, and copyright date that are present on the resource, unless doing so
would prove to be impracticable.
This unified guide provides catalogers with a “one-stop-shop” for many types of
nonbook resources which will facilitate the creation of future best practices for
other formats. Rather than creating a format-specific guide from scratch, best
practices for a new or additional format can be integrated into this unified guide.
1
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
This Unified Guide also provides the foundation necessary to update cataloging
guidance and best practice recommendations for incorporation into the Official
RDA Toolkit.
Scope
This guide is designed to be used with the Original RDA Toolkit and MARC 21
Format for Bibliographic Data. The content of this guide is based on the four OLAC
published cataloging best practices guide for use with RDA and MARC 21 –
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs, Objects, Streaming Media, and Video Games
Moving image materials on videodiscs, either DVD-Video or Blu-ray Discs, are within
scope, as are online moving image materials (streaming video). Streaming video
includes born digital resources as well as those that have been created from a
resource in another format. Filmed musical performances are cataloged as moving
image resources. A DVD disc may contain any combination of DVD-Video,
DVD-Audio, and/or DVD-ROM application content. Only DVD-Video and video
games on DVD-ROM are within the scope of this guide. DVD-Audio are cataloged as
sound recordings.
Nonmusical streaming audio is within the scope of this guide. Like streaming video,
nonmusical streaming audio may be a born-digital resource or a reproduction of a
resource issued in tangible format. The scope of this guide includes downloadable
online video and online nonmusical streaming audio.
Other than video recordings of filmed musical performances which are cataloged as
moving image resources, resources with musical content are not within the scope
of this guide, so musical streaming audio is not included. This guide provides
instructions and examples for nonmusical streaming audio only. Catalogers are
encouraged to consult the Music Library Association’s Best Practices for Music
Cataloging Using RDA and MARC21 (available in the RDA Toolkit) and Supplements
(http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/mla-best-practices/) for guidance on
cataloging musical streaming audio and other musical resources.
2
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The scope of this guide includes video games, both in tangible format and online.
Objects are within scope and include those materials described as “three-
dimensional forms” in RDA such as models, replicas, realia, dioramas, and toys.
Additionally, microscope slides, two-dimensional games such as card games, and
tactile three-dimensional forms are considered objects. Note that kits are out of
scope. The “Formats” section of this document has further details on each of the
formats that fall within the scope of this guide.
This guide encompasses the scope of most of the Original RDA Toolkit. It does not
address RDA Section 3, Recording Attributes of Agents, which covers establishing
names and creating name authority records. This guide also does not address
subject analysis or classification but does include a short section on genre/form
vocabularies.
While the guidelines in this document can be applied to resources acquired through
vendor records or other batch processes, we are not advising that libraries edit
these large quantities of records to align with the instructions in this guide. We
assume these instructions will be used for original cataloging and editing of records
for titles that are cataloged individually.
The Original RDA Toolkit
Resource Description and Access (RDA) is a cataloging content standard that was
implemented by national libraries in 2013 and is still in use as the cataloging
community anticipates the implementation of the Official RDA Toolkit. The Original
RDA Toolkit was last updated in April 2017, when the content was “frozen” in order
to prioritize the development and completion of a major revision which is now
known as the “Official Toolkit.” This guide is intended for use with the Original RDA
Toolkit because the content is based on that of the format-specific guides that were
created for use with the Original Toolkit as well as content from the Original Toolkit
itself. The Original Toolkit will be superseded by the Official RDA Toolkit. The
Official RDA Toolkit has not yet been implemented at the time of publication of this
guide.
Application of RDA in the current cataloging environment, though, is somewhat
hampered by having to fit RDA concepts and ideas into the MARC format, resulting
3
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
in some less-than-desirable outcomes and redundancies. Some of the newer
“redundancies” (e.g., the MARC field 34X ), vexing as they may seem in the current
MARC era, will help ease the transition into a post-MARC world of linked data.
Some RDA elements have a one-to-one relationship with MARC; some RDA
elements do not have a direct one-to-one relationship, and some RDA elements can
be recorded in more than one place in MARC. RDA elements are either coded in
MARC, recorded in MARC, or both. The RDA Element instruction sections of this
guide include instructions for MARC encoding for each element.
RDA designates certain elements as “core,” that is, these elements are required to
be recorded if present. The RDA list of core elements covers only the very basic
essentials, so the Library of Congress (LC) and the Program for Cooperative
Cataloging (PCC) have designated additional core elements in LC-PCC Policy
Statements (LC-PCC PS) and BIBCO Standard Record Metadata Application Profiles
(http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/bibco/documents/PCC-RDA-BSR.pdf), respectively. A
list of the RDA core elements is provided beginning at RDA 0.6.5. Each RDA element
section in this guide states whether the element is core, according to RDA, LC
and/or PCC.
4
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Principles
Task Force Guiding Principles
The work of the OLAC Unified Cataloging Best Practices Task Force has been led by
some guiding principles. These include:
● We retained important content from the format-specific guides, with the
exception of instructions and examples for musical streaming audio which is
out of scope.
● This guide is not intended to be a standalone document for cataloging. We
strongly recommend using the guide in conjunction with the Original RDA
Toolkit whenever possible, but we acknowledge that not all libraries can
afford a subscription, and we hope the guide is still useful to libraries in that
situation.
● This guide is intended to be freely available in the OLAC institutional
repository. This is due in part to the equity issues associated with the cost of
the RDA Toolkit and a desire to make sure that any library is able to catalog
the formats described in this guide, no matter the library’s size or resources
available to them.
● The best practice recommendations and cataloging examples presented in
the document are intended to clarify RDA principles and instructions used in
cataloging these formats. These guidelines assume some familiarity with
RDA, including the theoretical basis upon which the standard is formed.
● AACR2 and card-based references are no longer needed and included in the
guides -- the assumption is that catalogers using this guide won’t be looking
for AACR2/RDA comparisons or mappings. This is the time for us to free
ourselves from the card-based traditions and practices. There are many
AACR2-based cataloging traditions and practices that still apply. However, for
those areas that were relevant only to the card catalog environment, we
need to let go of those practices as we are about to take the next leap into
the linked data world.
5
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● As we would like to think that Nancy B. Olson would prefer, these best
practices are intended to be practical as opposed to theoretical. They
emphasize the good use of cataloger's judgment.
Cataloging Principles
There are some principles which we encourage all catalogers to incorporate into
their cataloging practice. This guide has been written with the belief that catalogers
using this guide will make use of these principles in their cataloging and
interpretation of the instructions and best practices contained within the guide.
● Catalogers should never exclusively catalog by example. There are a number
of reasons for this, including the fact that cataloging rules and best practices
have changed frequently and in several important respects. Therefore it is
always important to have a solid understanding of the content standard rules
governing what you are cataloging.
● This guide is an attempt at fairly comprehensive instructions and examples
for the resources within scope; however, there are certainly situations that
have not been anticipated. It is important to note that when instructions and
examples in this guide result in a description insufficient for user tasks,
cataloger's judgment should be the deciding factor on what data is included
in a bibliographic description.
6
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Using This Guide
Terminology
Terminology
Includes these Resources
Objects
Three-dimensional forms, defined in RDA as “a
content type consisting of content expressed
through a form or forms intended to be perceived
visually in three-dimensions.” Includes board
games, dioramas, handmade objects, microscope
slides, models, naturally occurring objects and
specimens, and realia
Online resources
Nonmusical streaming audio
Streaming video
Online video games
Videodiscs
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Video
Streaming video, DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Resources in tangible format
DVD-Video discs, Blu-ray Discs, objects, and video
games with a physical carrier
Tangible video games
All video games with a physical carrier
Video games
Online video games
Video games with a physical carrier
7
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Organization of the Guide
Instructions and examples related to RDA elements make up the primary content of
the guide which is organized by RDA instruction number. Each RDA element is a
“standalone” section, usually beginning with a table of basic information – whether
an element is core or not, source of information for that element, and MARC
encoding. Information found in each RDA element section includes a definition of
the element, general instructions for recording the element as applied to resources
within the scope of this guide, instructions for specific situations, any peculiar
cases, examples, related MARC encoding, and Best Practice Recommendations.
Creating standalone sections required some repetition of instructions. For
example, Provider-Neutral guidelines are explained for each RDA element to which
they may apply, so that catalogers using the guide as a reference while cataloging
will find complete instructions for the RDA element in question. Some sections
contain references to related RDA instructions and corresponding sections of the
guide. For example, the Uniform Resource Locator (RDA 4.6) section has
instructions for recording URLs for the resource itself and a reference to the
sections on RDA 7.10, Summarization of Content, and RDA 7.16, Supplementary
Content, for instructions and examples for recording URLs for related resources.
Generally, encoding for MARC variable fields is given first, with encoding for the
record leader (LDR) and format-specific format-specific fixed length data fields
provided in the latter part of each RDA element section.
Differences between Formats
Instructions throughout the guide apply to all formats unless stated otherwise.
Some RDA Elements are not applicable to some formats. For example, Production
Statement does not apply to nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video
because all online resources are considered published. Video game duration is
often not stated on the packaging, likely due to the fact that duration will vary
depending on the player and the choices a player makes. Therefore, OLAC does
not recommend that catalogers attempt to determine and record this element for
video games. On the other hand, duration is a LC-PCC core element for audio and
8
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
video, and the best practice recommendation is to always record duration for video
and nonmusical streaming audio when that information is readily available.
Some formats will have different instructions due to the limitations of the MARC 21
Format for Bibliographic Data for that type of material. For example, recording
duration in MARC field 306 is required for nonmusical streaming audio because
there is not an 008 byte for encoding duration for the sound recording Record Type
(008/06=i OR j).
Cataloging for nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video should follow PCC
Provider-Neutral E-Resource MARC Record Guidelines: P-N/RDA Combined Version (PN
Guidelines). Content for these resources does not vary between providers. On the
other hand, online video games are usually available from more than one
distributor and game play differs depending upon the provider. Because the
content is not identical, separate catalog records should be created for a video
game available through multiple platforms/distributors.
Instructions and Examples
Some content has been moved from its placement in the format-specific guides.
Instructions that combined RDA elements in those guides are now found in single,
standalone sections for each RDA element. Instructions for RDA elements that
appear in some, but not all, of the format-specific guides have been expanded to all
formats when applicable. Many examples throughout the guide are new, and some
of the full MARC examples are new as well. Examples throughout the guide are
from actual records found in WorldCat. There are no “made up” examples so as to
not include hypothetical situations for which no real world scenario exists.
Examples are indented and are given with MARC encoding. Each example has an
explanatory note below, in italicized font.
521 8\ $a MPAA rating: G.
Note: Animated children’s video on DVD-Video disc
9
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
What Comes Next
This guide provides integrated, aligned OLAC guidance for all currently published
(as of April 2023) OLAC Best Practices guides – DVD-Video, Blu-ray Disc, Nonmusical
Streaming Audio, Objects, Streaming Video, and Video Games. Completion of this
work was the first step in realizing the goal of integrating OLAC policy statements
into the Official RDA Toolkit.
In January 2023, CAPC charged a new task force with investigating processes for
creating application profiles, policy statements, and metadata guidance
documentation in the Official RDA Toolkit, determining how this guide for the
Original RDA Toolkit can be integrated into the RDA Official Toolkit, and creating the
appropriate documentation that will make OLAC cataloging best practices guidance
available through the Toolkit.
10
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The Formats
Introduction
This section defines the various formats within the scope. DVD-Video and Blu-ray
Discs, nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, objects, and video games
previously had its own guide, which this unified best practices document replaces.
For each, there is a description of the formats considered, as well as what is not
considered part of that format. Some formats that remain out of scope for this
unified best practices guide include musical streaming audio and kits. There are
almost certainly formats not in wide circulation at the time of writing this guide or
formats that have not been considered for which the instructions in this guide may
be useful. In each case, use your judgment as a cataloger to determine the
applicability of these instructions to the piece you are cataloging.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc
History
The DVD was first developed in 1995 through a consortium of ten companies:
Hitachi, JVC, Matsushita, Mitsubishi, Philips, Pioneer, Sony, Thomson, Time Warner,
and Toshiba. These companies formed the DVD Consortium, which in April 1997
became the DVD Forum. The mission of the forum is to promote worldwide
acceptance of DVD products across the entertainment, consumer electronics, and
information technology industries. In 1999, the DVD Forum announced that DVD, as
an international standard, is simply the three letters alone (DVD Demystified.
https://www.dvddemystified.com/dvdfaq.html#1). The acronym originally stood for
Digital Video Disc (and later, Digital Versatile Disc).
Additional formats were subsequently developed: Blu-ray Discs in February 2002;
HD DVDs in March 2003 and discontinued in 2008; HVD was developed from
2004-2008, but never made it to the consumer market.
11
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Blu-ray Discs (BD), developed by Sony/Philips in February 2002, and HD DVDs,
developed by Toshiba in March 2003, are high density optical discs on which data
has been recorded by a blue laser. According to Jim Taylor in the 3rd edition of DVD
Demystified, the HD DVD was an extension of the original DVD format, while the
Blu-ray Disc was a significantly changed version of DVD. Both high density discs
used the blue laser for smaller pits and tighter tracks to increase capacity. HD DVD
“looks like a DVD and acts like a DVD, but it holds more information (How Stuff
Works. http://electronics.howstuffworks.com/hd-dvd.htm).” While a DVD held
about two hours of standard definition video, HD-DVD held about 4 to 8 hours of
video. Although touted as the next generation optical disc format, Toshiba
announced in February 2008 that it would no longer develop, manufacture, and
market HD DVD players and recorders.
Another competitor to Blu-ray technology was developed between April 2004 and
mid-2008. Holographic Versatile Disc (HVD) used red and green lasers to record
data and had the capacity to store even greater amounts of data (What is the
Holographic Versatile Disc (HVD)? What Makes it Superior). HVD never made it to
the consumer market (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Holographic_Versatile_Disc).
General Characteristics
Most commercially available DVD-Video discs or Blu-ray Discs contain movies or
television programs. A menu present in many commercially produced discs allows
users to choose the language and audio configuration most compatible with their
home system or preference. Many discs also contain other features such as
additional language tracks, interviews with participants in the original production,
outtakes from the original filming, etc. Catalogers are encouraged to exercise
judgment as to which special features are described in the bibliographic record.
DVD vs. CD
The DVD is visually indistinguishable from an audio CD or CD-ROM. While CDs and
DVDs consist of the same basic materials and layers, they are manufactured
differently. A DVD can be thought of as two thin CDs glued together. A laser reads
and writes a CD only on one side, but a DVD can be read from or written to on one
or both sides. A DVD has a disc capacity anywhere from 4.7 GB (single-sided single
layer) to 17 GB (double-sided dual layer).
12
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The main differences between CDs and DVDs are that the pits and lands (which
contain digital information) on a DVD are shorter and narrower than those of a CD.
The DVD’s laser also has a shorter wavelength. In terms of storage, this means that
a DVD can hold 4.7 billion bytes of information, seven times the informational
capacity of a standard CD. In practical terms, a DVD can hold over two hours of
video on one layer of the disc, while a CD can only hold 74 minutes of audio data.
DVD Types
DVD is a family of physical and application formats. The physical format describes
the media on which the format is stored, and the application format describes what
kind of data (i.e., software, video, or music) is stored, how it is encoded, and how it
can be played.
Physical formats vary depending on the construction aspects and data storage
capabilities of the disc; discs can be single-sided, double-sided, single-layered, or
double-layered. Sometimes referred to as the physical layer, the physical format
refers to the capability of a DVD to be recorded and rewritten (i.e., erased and
re-recorded).
DVD-ROM is a multi-use term that describes both a physical base format and discs
with an application layer of data content, making the differentiation confusing.
DVD-ROM discs (the physical base format) can have any or all of the three
application formats recorded on them and are compatible with most any DVD
device. However, the application format DVD-ROM can only be played back on
computers or other specialized devices.
DVDs that come with content already recorded, such as movies or music, are
pre-recorded formats. In addition to pre-recorded formats, DVD also includes
recordable formats: DVD-R, DVD-RW, DVD+R, DVD+RW, and DVD-RAM.
Physical Formats
The nomenclature used (DVD-5, DVD-10, etc.) is based on an approximation of
capacity in gigabytes. Some of the most common formats of DVDs include:
● Single-sided, single-layered — Known as DVD-5, this construction holds 4.7
gigabytes of digital data. The "5" in "DVD-5" signifies the nearly 5 gigabytes
worth of data capacity. It can store approximately two hours of digital video
and audio for DVD-Video or 74 minutes of high resolution music for
DVD-Audio.
13
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● Single-sided, double-layered — Known as DVD-9, this construction holds
about 8.5 gigabytes and does not require manual flipping. This capability
allows for uninterrupted playback of long movies up to four hours. DVD-9 is
often used to put a movie and bonus materials on the same DVD-Video disc.
DVD-9 is often used to retain a higher bitrate (quality) that may not be
feasible on a DVD-5.
● Double-sided, single-layered — Known as DVD-10, this construction holds
9.4 gigabytes of data. DVD-10s are commonly used to put a widescreen
version of the movie on one side, and a full frame version of the same movie
on the other side. Note that the two-sided DVD-10 is somewhat rare, and
there is no interaction between the sides. In other words, the DVD must be
removed from the player and turned over to play the remainder of the
content.
● Double-sided, double-layered — Known as DVD-18, this construction holds
approximately 17 gigabytes or about 8 hours of video and audio as a
DVD-Video. Four hours of uninterrupted video and audio can be stored on
each side. To access the content on the other side of a DVD-18, the disc must
be manually flipped. Content providers (e.g., movie studios) usually choose to
go with two DVD-9s rather than a single DVD-18 because DVD-18s cost far
more to produce. Furthermore, with the advent of Blu-ray technology, DVD
18 has generally become obsolete.
Application Data Formats
The application formats DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, and DVD-ROM, are used for video,
audio, and data storage, respectively. A DVD disc may contain any combination of
DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, and/or DVD-ROM application content. Any or all of the
three application formats can be stored on any of the physical formats (with some
variations) although not all application formats can be played back on all devices.
For example, some DVD-Video movie titles contain DVD-ROM content on the same
disc as the movie, but the DVD-ROM contents can only be accessed by a computer
with a DVD-ROM drive.
● DVD-ROM (DVD-Read-Only Memory) — a commercially produced disc
containing computer programs, data, or both. This can hold anywhere
between 4.7 and 17 gigabytes of information. For the most part, the
DVD-ROM application format can only be played back by computer DVD
14
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
drives. DVD-ROMs are cataloged as computer media/carrier type (RDA) and
are not covered in this guide.
● DVD-V (DVD-Video) — a standard for storing and reproducing audio and
video based on MPEG video, Dolby Digital, MPEG audio, and other
proprietary data formats.
● DVD-A (DVD-Audio) — equivalent to a standard audio CD that uses Pulse
Code Modulation (PCM) for recording sound, except that it holds some seven
times the information of a regular CD. DVD-Audio recordings are cataloged
as sound recordings and are not covered in this guide. See Best Practices for
Music Cataloging Using RDA and MARC 21 published by the Music Library
Association.
● Recordable DVD Formats
○ DVD-R (DVD-Recordable) — a write-once data storage disc similar to
the CD-R. It can record around 4.7 or 9.4 gigabytes and is used mainly
for the archiving of information and the storage of video recordings.
DVD-R was developed from a dye application process and has a clear
inner ring around the hub of the disc with a dark purple/blue/grey
back, rather than a silver color. DVD-R can be read in most DVD
players/computer drives.
○ DVD-RW (DVD-Rewritable) — a rewritable version of the DVD-R that
is compatible with most DVD video players and drives. It can record
sequentially almost 4.7 gigabytes of data and can be rewritten about
1,000 times.
○ DVD+R (DVD-Recordable) — a write-once data storage disc based on
the DVD+RW format. It can record almost 4.7 gigabytes of data.
○ DVD+RW (DVD-Rewritable) — a competing standard to DVD-RAM and
DVD-RW developed by Sony, Philips and Hewlett-Packard. It
sequentially records almost 4.7 gigabytes of data and can be rewritten
some 1,000 times. DVD-RAMs, DVD-RWs, and DVD+RWs are
compatible with most DVD players and computer DVD-ROM drives.
15
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
○ DVD-RAM (DVD-Rewritable) — an erasable, re-recordable version of
the DVD-ROM. Provides random access to its 4.7 gigabytes of recorded
information and is best suited for use in computers. DVD-RAM discs
may be rewritten some 100,000 times. DVD-RAM discs may not be
compatible with many DVD players and drives.
Enhanced DVDs
Enhanced DVDs contain additional material requiring the use of a computer. These
DVDs usually carry a statement listing the equipment required to run the bonus
materials. The primary content of an enhanced DVD is the film itself. Therefore, one
should catalog enhanced DVDs as videos. Some of the listed features found on an
enhanced DVD that might require a computer are computer games, links to fan
sites, links to online documentaries and chat rooms, desktop icons, calculators,
screensavers, and poster sets.
Blu-ray Discs
A Blu-ray player is needed in order to view this format. Some game consoles such
as the Sony PlayStation 3 (and later) will also play Blu-ray Discs. Blu-ray technology
uses a blue-violet laser that has a shorter wavelength than the red laser used to
read standard DVDs. This shorter wavelength allows data to be stored in a smaller
space, fitting more data on the disc itself. The dual layer Blu-ray Disc can contain
over 9 hours of high-definition video or about 23 hours of standard-definition video
on a 50GB disc.
In order to play and/or record on Blu-ray Discs, special players, recorders and/or
disc drives specifically designed for Blu-ray Discs are needed. DVD players,
recorders, and disc drives will not play Blu-ray Discs. Blu-ray players are backward
compatible, however, and can play most DVDs. Further information about the
Blu-ray format can be found at the Blu-ray Disc website
(http://us.blu-raydisc.com/index.php).
Blu-ray Disc Types
● BD (Blu-ray Disc) ― the overall format family of high-definition (HD) optical
discs featuring greater storage capacity of data, maximum picture resolution
with full 1080p video resolution, up to 7.1 channels of uncompressed
surround sound audio, and enhanced interactivity.
16
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● BD-RE (Blu-ray Disc Rewritable) ― initial physical disc format created
by the Blu-ray Disc Founders, spearheaded by Sony, Philips and
Panasonic.
● BD-R (Blu-ray Disc-Recordable) ― record-once version of Blu-ray
Discs.
● BD-ROM (Blu-ray Disc-Read-Only Memory) ― read-only version of
Blu-ray Discs.
● Ultra HD Blu-ray – the new standard for ultra high definition picture and
audio quality with four times the resolution of 1080p Full HD Blu-ray. Ultra
HD Blu-ray is commonly marketed as 4K UHD.
Disc Duplication or Replication
Duplication and replication are two common ways to make copies of DVDs and
Blu-ray Discs. Cheap, low-volume (fewer than a few hundred copies) productions
can be duplicated on recordable discs, whereas high-volume, mass-market
products such as movies must be replicated in specialized factories.
Duplication refers to recording or burning data to a disc (as you would do with your
own computer). Duplicated discs usually have a purple- or brown-colored bottom
side.
Replication (also referred to as “pressing” or “molding”) is the method of
manufacturing or mass producing discs in which the data or audio information is
physically stamped on the discs. Replicated discs are usually made in large
quantities for retail distribution and have a silver backing.
Objects
General characteristics
RDA defines objects as three dimensional forms. Examples of objects within the
scope of this guide include realia, toys, models, art originals, games, microscope
17
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
slides, dioramas and tactile three dimensional forms.
Examples and Definitions of Objects
Sources used for these definitions are RDA and TMat: Type of Visual Material
(https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/tmat.html) from OCLC’s Bibliographic
Format and Standards (BF&S). These terms are also defined in 008 - Visual Materials
(https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008v.html) of LC’s MARC 21 Format for
Bibliographic Data (MARC).
Art original (TMat = a)
● RDA: No definition
● BF&S: Original three-dimensional art objects created directly by an artist, not
for reproductions of such works. Use for original sculptures and statues.
Art reproduction (TMat = c)
● RDA: No definition
● BF&S: Three-dimensional mechanically reproduced copies of an artwork
usually one of a commercial edition. Use for reproductions of sculptures and
statues.
Diorama (TMat = d)
● RDA: No definition
● BF&S: Three-dimensional representations of scenes created by placing
objects or figures in front of two-dimensional backgrounds.
Game (TMat = g)
● RDA: A resource designed for play according to prescribed or implicit rules
and intended for recreation or instruction.
● BF&S: Items or sets of items designed for play according to prescribed rules
and intended for recreation or instruction. Includes puzzles and simulations.
Microscope slide (TMat = p)
● RDA: No definition
● BF&S: Transparent, usually glass, mounts containing a minute object to be
viewed through a microscope or microprojector.
Model (TMat = q)
18
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● RDA: A three-dimensional representation of a real or imagined object.
● BF&S: Three-dimensional representations of real things or imagined objects,
either of the exact size of the original or to scale. A model may or may not be
operational. Use for mock-ups.
Object
● RDA: A three-dimensional artifact (or a replica of an artifact) or a
naturally-occurring object.
Realia (TMat = r)
● RDA: See three-dimensional form.
● BF&S: All naturally occurring objects and any other three dimensional item
made or modified by humans that does not fit into any of the other
categories. Use for machines, stitchery, clothing, rubber stamps, templates,
pattern stencils, alphabets for lettering, shapes for flowcharts, jewelry,
pottery, musical instruments, fabrics, tools, utensils, sea shells, rocks,
holograms, and furniture.
Tactile Three-Dimensional Form
● RDA: A content type consisting of content expressed through a form or forms
intended to be perceived through touch as a three-dimensional form or
forms.
Three-Dimensional Form
● RDA: A form or forms intended to be perceived visually in three dimensions.
Includes sculptures, models, naturally occurring objects and specimens,
holograms, etc.
Toy (TMat = w)
● RDA: An object designed for imaginative play or one from which to derive
amusement.
● BF&S: Material objects for children or others to play with, often an imitation
of some familiar object (e.g., a plaything or something contrived for
amusement rather than for practical use). Use for puppets.
Kit
● RDA does not define Kit, but “kit” is mentioned a number of times in RDA.
Since the items making up a kit are not necessarily objects, kits are being
deferred to another future guide. (We are not covering “kits” in this guide.)
19
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Four Houses of Visual Materials
This graphic of the “Four Houses of Visual Materials” by Scott Dutkiewicz provides a
visual overview of how visual materials should be considered prior to making
decisions about cataloging them. The materials that qualify as ‘objects’ are in the 3D
column: objects are all three-dimensional, and access to them is generally
unmediated (although there are exceptions). While this graphic is not
comprehensive, it may help a cataloger in making judgements about how to treat
visual materials that require cataloging.
20
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
What Are Streaming Media?
Streaming media are video or audio transmitted over a network that can be played
immediately, with no need to download an entire file before playback. Audio and/or
video content is sent to the user as a data stream. A small amount of data is sent
ahead to the user’s computer and buffered temporarily on the hard drive and as
playback proceeds, more data is constantly streamed to the user’s machine. The
files created by buffering are temporary and are gone when playback is complete.
Provider-Neutral Cataloging
It is common for nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video resources to be
available from more than one publisher or provider. As a best practice, OLAC
recommends following PCC’s PN Guidelines. This policy instructs catalogers to
create only one record to represent all equivalent manifestations of an online
resource and to omit any information that is specific to a provider or package
except notes citing the source of description and the use of MARC field 856 $3 to
indicate the provider version of a resource. By omitting provider-specific details,
provider-neutral records function as “base” records in the shared online
environment. Provider-neutral cataloging guidelines apply when cataloging the first
instance of a resource. In other words, one should assume that a nonmusical
streaming audio or streaming video resource will be made available online at
different locations. Other than the source of description note and optionally, a link
to a provider version of the resource with the provider specified in MARC field 856
$3, provider-specific details should be limited to one’s own local catalog.
Single versus Separate Records
Some libraries do not create separate records for nonmusical streaming audio and
streaming video that have been converted from tangible resources. Instead, a
single record is used for both formats, with the existence and location of the
21
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
electronic version noted in the record for the tangible version. This is known as the
“single record approach.” OLAC recommends using the “separate record
approach.” When both online and tangible versions of an identical resource exist,
create a separate record for each version.
Streaming Converted from Other Formats
Nonmusical audio resources and video resources created in online format are
known as “born digital” streaming media. Streaming media can also be reproduced
from tangible versions of nonmusical audio and video resources. Follow
provider-neutral cataloging guidelines whether a streaming media resource is
born-digital or is a reproduction so that there is a single record for all equivalent
online manifestations.
22
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Example 3: Database containing thousands of streaming video and nonmusical
streaming audio for teaching and learning:
25
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Example 3: Podcast, Africa Past and Present:
Downloadable Content
For the purposes of this guide, these best practice recommendations apply to all
electronic versions of video and nonmusical audio content, meaning both
29
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
streaming files and downloadable files. Downloadable content is defined as a
digital file that is downloaded from the Internet to reside on the user’s local disk
drive. While the distinction between streaming media and downloadable content
implies some intrinsic differences, the cataloging of these resources is virtually
identical.
Audio and video files that are freely available in the public domain are often
available both as streaming media and as downloadable files. Commercial and
subscription services may also allow their users to both download and stream
content.
Video Games
Video games are essentially executable computer files, and the content is a
combination of computer software and moving images. While a cataloger with
experience handling different formats will find that many concepts extend to video
games, there are a few quirks to the format that those unfamiliar with video games
should know about.
Platforms and Formats
Video games are published for a wide variety of platforms, but the most commonly
encountered ones will fall into the following broad categories:
● PC games (for desktop and laptop computers)
● Console games (for Xbox, PlayStation, Wii, Sega Genesis, Atari 2600, etc.)
● Handheld games (Nintendo DS or 3DS, PlayStation Vita, etc.)
● Mobile games (for mobile phones and tablet computers)
● Online games (accessible by any computer device with an Internet
connection).
Many games released on one platform will be released simultaneously or later for
another platform. When this happens, there are often differences in the game’s
content or functionality, either to accommodate the capabilities of that platform or
to incentivize consumers to purchase one format over another. Consider a video
30
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
game platform to be an edition statement of sorts, and catalog video games on
different platforms on separate records.
Editions
Some video games come with edition statements that clearly identify themselves,
such as ‘Game of the year edition,’ while others are slightly less obvious, such as
‘Red version.’ Video games are commonly identified by numbered versions, such as
Version 1.2, which function as edition statements. Because game content and
functionality frequently differ between video game platforms, OLAC considers a
video game platform to be an edition statement.
Downloadable Content and Expansions
Initially, video game software was bound to a physical carrier such as a computer
cartridge or computer disc. Around 2010, it became common for video games in
tangible format to offer software updates via an Internet connection. Games in
tangible format have evolved to the point where some contain the game data on
the physical resource while others have game content split between the tangible
item and an online server. Video games are also distributed in online format, either
as an alternative to a physical format or as exclusively online access.
Video games now often come with additional downloadable content or software
updates. Many of these updates are bug fixes that improve software functionality.
Additional content can also be bonus material that enhances visual elements of
game play in minor ways, such as a Santa hat to put on a game character. Video
game updates and downloadable content do not change game play in any
significant way, and the video game is not considered a changed or new game.
Successful games often offer expansion packs which take game play to new levels
or extend game play in some way. For example, The Sims is a social simulation
video game. Many expansion packs for this video game have been released, adding
new features and characters. Expansion packs are most often sold separately from
the base game. A catalog record for the expansion pack should note that the base
31
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
game is required to play the expansion pack. This guide does not include
cataloging of video game expansion packs.
Franchise Titles
Titles of video games that are part of a franchise are particularly problematic.
Cataloging rules have never dealt well with the modern concept of a franchise. The
name of the franchise often appears with either a number or another title, usually
on a different line and in different typeface than the franchise title. Catalogers may
be tempted to record these as a title and subtitle or a title and part title. This
practice is problematic for video games.
32
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Sticking Points
As the creators of Best Practices for Cataloging Objects Using RDA and MARC 21
(https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/1/) found, “whenever a group
of catalogers is writing together, there are bound to be ‘sticking points,’ areas where
it is difficult to build consensus or find agreement” (page 13). This Task Force also
found that there were some areas where there was no single best practice, despite
research and consultation with experts, including CAPC and the Task Force Advisors
- Greta de Groat, Jeannette Ho, Mary Huismann, Kelley McGrath, and Jay Weitz. The
sticking points we encountered:
● Determining primary content for YouTube channels, podcasts, and websites
that are portals to streaming video and/or nonmusical streaming audio
● Coding for language content in MARC field 041
● Encoding of multiple data elements from the same vocabulary
● LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television Programs, and
Radio Programs
These points required a great deal of discussion, generated confusion, and caused
some difficulty in finding consensus. As such, we anticipate some disagreement in
these areas from the general cataloging community.
YouTube Channels, Podcasts, and Portals to
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
YouTube videos, podcasts, and websites that are portals to nonmusical streaming
audio or streaming video are all within the scope of this guide. It is not possible to
recommend a single best practice for cataloging these types of resources which
must be considered on a case-by-case basis. There are some generalizations that
are true, but there are also exceptions to each.
First, it is important to determine what one is cataloging. For example, a single
podcast episode is considered a monograph while podcasts are usually cataloged
as serials. There are exceptions, such as a podcast that is complete in a finite
number of episodes which would be cataloged as a multi-part monograph.
33
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Secondly, one must determine the primary content of the resource to be cataloged.
Podcasts within the scope of this guide include only nonmusical streaming audio,
so the primary content is spoken word. The primary content of YouTube channels
varies, with channels that offer streaming video and channels consisting of music
with an unchanging still image background. The latter would not be considered
streaming video since there are no moving images. YouTube offers channels the
option of adding playlists, a community space, and links to other channels.
Generally, the primary content will be the videos and the other parts of the channel
treated as accompanying material, if mentioned at all.
There are generalizations for mode of issuance, but there are exceptions so
decisions about mode of issuance must be made on a case-by-case basis. Data
identifying mode of issuance is coded in MARC Leader/07 which is defined for
Bibliographic Level. The examples below are grouped by common mode of
issuance:
● Monographs
○ A podcast episode, such as A Bust, A Candy Bar, and Chad Everett from
the podcast, The Moth Radio Hour
(https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/0/episodes/the-moth-radio-ho
ur-a-bust-a-c-48648530)
○ An audio file of an oral history interview, such as Interview with Isom
Moseley, Gee’s Bend, Alabama, 1941
(https://www.loc.gov/item/afc1941018_afs05091a/)
○ A podcast intended to be completed in a finite number of episodes,
such as The MLK Tapes, a 17 episode podcast
(https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/the-mlk-tapes/id1603151366)
● Integrating Resources
○ Online videogames, such as Minecraft
○ Portals to nonmusical streaming audio or streaming video, such as
Video Data Bank
○ YouTube channels, such as Library
● Serials
○ Podcasts, such as Planet Money
○ Video e-journals, such as JOVE
34
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The continuing resource additional material characteristics of integrating resources
or serials are coded in MARC field 006, using the record format that matches the
content of the resource – either computer file, sound recording, or visual material.
Coding for Language Content (MARC Field 041)
The format-specific guides reflected different practices for moving images and for
video games. The Video Game Best Practices Guide
(https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/18/) recommends use of field
041 for coded information and field 546 for text information only for video games
with more than one language. Video games are usually issued as single language
resources, and options for changing language are a function of the system used for
game play. Because of this, coding for a single language in the 041 field was
considered duplicative and has not been the video game cataloging practice to
date.
On the other hand, coding for languages is extremely important for video discovery
and retrieval. OLAC charged a task force to create a set of best practices for coding
MARC field 008/35-37 and MARC field 041 for language information for videos and
to explore whether changes could be made to MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic
Data to improve access to the multiple types of language information found on
videos. The work of that group resulted in OLAC’s publication of Video Language
Coding: Best Practices (https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/19/) in
2007, as well as several OLAC-proposed changes to the MARC format to enable
accurate coding of the types of language information identified as important. The
language coding document was updated in 2012 to reflect the changes made to
MARC21 fields 008/lang and 041. These changes are explained in detail in the
Appendix to Video Language Coding: Best Practices
(https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/19/) and the main points are
summarized here:
● For video cataloging, OLAC recommends that MARC field 041 $a is used for
spoken, sung, and signed languages only. This change supports the ability to
search spoken and written languages associated with videos separately.
● A new MARC field 041$j, was created for written languages such as subtitles
and silent film intertitles for moving image materials.
Note: Subsequent to the revision of the Video Language Coding: Best
Practices document, an additional 041 subfield was defined. This enabled
35
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
more granular definitions: $i (language code of intertitles) and $j (language
code of subtitles).
● MARC field 041 $h was redefined to limit use to the original language(s) of
the main work and to allow coding for original language regardless of
whether the resource is a translation or not
New MARC field 041 subfields were defined in 2018 and 2019 to code for
accessibility features. Accessible text, audio, and visual languages are considered
languages and should be coded accordingly.
● MARC field 041 $p is defined for captions used in moving image resources,
whether open captioning or closed captioning (CC)
● MARC field 041 $q is defined for audio used as an alternate mode of access
to the visual or textual content of a resource
● MARC field 041 $r is for accessible visual languages that provide alternate
access to audio content such as signed language for video
Because the OLAC Task Force that created video language coding best practices
identified original language to be important, records for moving image resources in
a single language do contain MARC field 041 coding in addition to the MARC field
008/035-037 language coding such as this example from the video language coding
best practices document:
008/35-37 spa
041 0\ $a spa $h spa
This task force engaged in much discussion about whether to align language coding
recommendations. Video resources inevitably include additional language coding
in MARC field 041 field while records for video games and objects do so only for
resources with more than one language. As a result of our discussions and
consultation with CAPC, we chose to uniformly recommend coding for languages in
the 041 field and recording textual language information in MARC field 546.
36
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
LC-PCC PS for RDA 6.27.1.9, Additions to Access
Points Representing Works, Appendix 1: Motion
Pictures, Television Programs, and Radio Programs
There are complexities associated with creating authorized access points for video
resources which frequently require one or more additions to the preferred title to
create the authorized access point. In what we came to refer to as “Appendix 1,”
there are extensive instructions for various scenarios associated with video
resources. These instructions were the basis for recommendations in the single
format guides, Best Practices for Cataloging DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs and Best
Practices for Cataloging Streaming Media, which both note that Appendix 1 is marked
“provisional” until the PCC has reviewed and revised it for RDA.
The fact that we were referring to a “provisional” document and that these
instructions were not created for RDA was troublesome, and the appropriate level
of granularity in instructions and examples for Appendix 1 scenarios became a
topic that we frequently revisited. Other challenging points with Appendix 1 were:
● Several of the Appendix 1 scenarios and instructions for Motion Pictures
(including film and video formats) are hard to follow. Section 5, “Subtitled
motion picture released under the same or a different title,” is particularly
opaque. Through consultation with LC and others, the DVD/Blu-ray RDA
Cataloging Guide Task Force members learned that the intent of section 5
was not to provide language expression access points for subtitled films in
general (as shown in Section 5 of Appendix 1 in the example for Seven
samurai), but only when a film contains a different language version. We
created a different heading for section 5, “Video Released with the Same
Language Content, Different Language Title,” after consulting with the chairs
of the DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Guide and the Streaming Media Guide
several times.
● Motion Picture instructions for section 7, “Comprehensive title/Individual
title,” are focused on creating the title proper, and it was challenging to
reconcile these instructions with RDA instructions for “Titles of Parts,
Sections, and Supplements” (RDA 2.3.1.7) and RDA instructions for “Collective
Title and Titles of Individual Contents” (RDA 2.3.2.6).
37
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● Instructions for “Title of Part, Section, or Supplement Sufficient to Identify the
Manifestation,” (RDA 2.3.1.7.2) are to use the title of the part, etc. as the title
when it appears on the same source of information as the title of the title
common to all parts, etc. and is sufficient to identify the manifestation. The
television program example shows the title of a single episode of the Mary
Tyler Moore television series as the title proper. Using the episode title as
the title proper for fictional television series contradicts instructions in
Appendix 1
Some task force members preferred recommending consultation of Appendix 1
and use of cataloger's judgment over instructions and examples for various
scenarios. Others preferred clarifying Appendix 1 scenarios for motion pictures
and television programs as much as possible through instructions and examples.
Our principle of retaining content from the format-specific guides prevailed.
38
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Changes in Cataloging Practice
New for Video Games
Online Video Games
When the Video Game Best Practices Cataloging Guide was created, cataloging
online video games was new for libraries. It was assumed that online video games
should be cataloged according to PCC’s Provider-Neutral guidelines. It is common
for a video game publisher to distribute an online game through more than one
digital distribution service. We learned that just as game play varies by platform for
tangible video games, the same is true for video games online.
Title Source Note (RDA 2.17.2.3)
The practice to always record the source of title note for video games, whether the
title is taken from the chief source of information or another source, remains
unchanged. Encoding for this note has changed from MARC field 500 to MARC field
588.
Former practice: 500 \\ $a Title from disc label.
New practice: 588 \\ $a Title from disc label.
Wording for this note for online video games has changed slightly. OLAC
recommends using 1st indicator value “0” for MARC field 588 which generates a
display constant, “Source of description.” Therefore, beginning the note with
“Description based on” is not necessary.
Former practice: 588 \\ $a Description based on online resource; title from
Steam resource page viewed November 5, 2022.
New practice: 588 0\ $a Online resource; title from Steam resource page
viewed November 5, 2022.
39
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Dimensions (RDA 3.5)
Record dimensions as instructed in RDA 3.5.1 and the corresponding section of this
guide. Record dimension in MARC field 340 $b, in addition to MARC field 300 $c.
Color Content (RDA 7.17)
Record color content as instructed in RDA 7.17 and the corresponding section of
this guide. Record color content in MARC field 340 $g in addition to MARC field 300
$b.
New for DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Production Statement (RDA 2.7)
The DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Guide notes that the only core element in a
production statement is the date of production. For place of production, the best
practice recommendation is to follow LC/PCC practice and supply a probable place
of production whenever possible rather than recording [Place of production not
identified]. When no producer is found on the manifestation or any other source,
the DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Guide recommends recording [producer not
identified].
When a place of production and/or name of producer is not known, the new
recommendation is to not supply the elements at all, since neither is a core
element and the RDA statements “place of production not identified” or “producer
not identified” do not add meaningful information to the description.
New for Objects
40
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Date of Production (RDA 2.7.6)
The Objects Best Practices Guide points out that for some objects, particularly
naturally occurring objects, an estimated date may not be readily available. Practice
has been to record a date of production, even if that information is a range of
years, decades, etc., and as a last resort, record the RDA phrase [Date of production
not identified].
New practice is not to record the date of production for objects that naturally occur
(e.g., a specimen of rock) as they do not go through the same “production” process
as other types of resources thus the concept of production is not applicable.
New for Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming
Video
Date of Publication (RDA 2.8.6)
The Streaming Media Best Practices Guide recommends recording publication
information for the earliest online iteration of a resource. It further states “since a
single publication date for a particular provider-specific version is unlikely to
represent all versions of a resource, it is recommended as a best practice to always
record the publication date (i.e., date a resource was made available online) in
square brackets.
New practice is to record the earliest iteration as the date of publication in square
brackets with a question mark only for born digital resources for which the earliest
iteration date is uncertain.
New for Online Resources
Open Access Availability
41
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA instructions for recording a restriction on access include the following: “If
information affirming the absence of restrictions is considered important for
access, record that there are no restrictions on access (RDA 4.4.1.3).” This guide
recommends recording open access availability for online resources, when
applicable. See the section of the guide corresponding to RDA 4.4, Restrictions on
Access.
Instructions Expanded to All Formats
Record Date of Publication As Stated
The Video Game Guide instructions for Date of Publication are to record the date as
it appears on the source of information, and to “Record it as stated, even if it is a
fuller date.” It is the only single format guide to state this explicitly and show
examples. The instructions should be applied to all formats within the scope of this
guide.
Record Copyright Date When Used to Supply Publication Date
The DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Guide references LC-PCC PS 2.8.6.6 for guidelines
for use of copyright and distribution dates when the date of publication cannot be
identified on the manifestation. That guide recommends supplying a date of
publication that corresponds to the copyright date when the date of publication is
not available and provides examples showing that both the supplied date of
publication based on the copyright date and the copyright date are recorded.
Changes in MARC Encoding
Changes in MARC Encoding Practice
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data has been revised since the publication of the
format-specific guides to include the definition of new fields and subfields and the
42
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
redefinition of certain fields and subfields. Changes that are applicable to the
resources within the scope of this guide are:
● MARC field 041: New and redefined subfields for language codes
● MARC fields 341 and 532: New fields for accessibility content
● MARC field 345: Redefined field and new subfields for aspect ratio
MARC Field 041: New and Redefined Subfields for Language Codes
Here is a summary of changes to MARC field 041 subfields that have taken place
since the publication of the single format guides. See the section of this guide
corresponding to Language of Content, RDA 7.12, for instructions and examples for
coding MARC field 041.
Summary of MARC 041 Subfield Changes
Subfield
Current Description
What’s Changed
$a
Spoken or sung languages
associated with the item, as well as
sign language and language
code(s) of the languages of
accompanying sound
Languages used to provide
access to a resource in an
alternative accessible mode are
no longer coded in $a.
See $p and $q.
$i
Language of intertitles or title
cards for silent films
Intertitles were previously coded
in $j
$j
Language of subtitles
Captions for users with hearing
disabilities are now coded in $p
$p
Text used as an alternative mode
of access to the content of a
resource – captions
Language of captions was
formerly coded in $j before
definition of this new subfield
$q
Audio used as an alternative mode
of access to the visual or textual
content of a resource
Audio as an alternative mode of
access was recorded in $a before
the definition of this new subfield
43
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
MARC Fields 341 and 532: New Fields for Accessibility Content
In 2018, two new MARC fields were defined for accessibility content.
MARC field 341, Accessibility Content
MARC field 341 uses controlled vocabularies to convey information about
accessible modes of access to the primary and/or secondary contents of a
resource.
MARC field 532, Accessibility Note
MARC field 532 is defined for free text information describing accessibility features,
including hazards and deficiencies of a resource and technical details relating to
accessibility features.
See RDA 7.14, Accessibility Content, and the corresponding section of this guide for
more information and examples on using MARC fields 341 and 532.
MARC Field 345: Redefined Field and New Subfields for Aspect Ratio
MARC field 345 Subfields for Video Aspect Ratio
The DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Guide and the Streaming Media Guide
recommend recording aspect ratio and aspect ratio designation in MARC field 500.
Since the last update of those guides, MARC field 345 was renamed Moving Image
Characteristics and redefined to incorporate video as well as motion pictures, and
two new subfields were defined for aspect ratio.
MARC field 345 $c is defined for aspect ratio value, a numerical ratio of the width to
the height of a moving image, and MARC field 345 $d is defined for aspect ratio
designator, a general description of the ratio of the width to the height of a moving
image. OLAC recommends using the controlled terms from the RDA Values
Vocabularies: RDA Aspect Ratio Designation
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/AspectRatio/). See RDA 7.19, Aspect Ratio,
and the corresponding section of this guide for more information and examples.
44
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Summary of Aspect Ratio Encoding Changes
RDA Element
New Encoding Practice
Previous Encoding Practice
Aspect ratio
MARC field 345 $c
500 $a
Aspect ratio designator
MARC field 345 $d
500 $a
New Encoding Practices to Align Formats
MARC Field 340, Physical Medium
MARC field 340 is for physical description information for an item that requires
technical equipment for its use and/or more granular description information of an
item’s material properties to facilitate access and discovery or to support collection
information (LC MARC Bibliographic, 340 - Physical Medium
(https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd340.html)). Many of the subfields
require controlled vocabularies, and the Objects Guide encouraged use of these
fields to support linked data. Even though data may be recorded elsewhere in the
record, OLAC recommends recording applicable elements in MARC field 340 as well.
Here is a summary of the recommended MARC field 340 subfields for resources
within the scope of this guide. See RDA instructions and corresponding sections of
this guide for more information.
Summary of Recommended MARC Field 340 Subfields
340
Subfield
Definition
RDA
Element
RDA Controlled
Vocabulary
Applicable
Formats
$a
material base
and
RDA 3.6
RDA Material
Objects
45
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
configuration
$b
dimensions
RDA 3.5
Not applicable
All tangible
formats
$c
material applied
to surface
RDA 3.7
RDA Material
Objects
$d
information
recording
technique
RDA 3.9
RDA Production
Method
Objects
Videodiscs
$e
support
RDA 3.8
RDA Material
Objects
$g
color content
RDA 7.17
RDA Colour Content
All formats
$k
layout
RDA 3.11
RDA Layout
Objects
Recording dimensions in MARC field 340 $b and color content in MARC field 340 $g
is new for tangible video games.
MARC Field 588, Source of Description Note
The Objects and Streaming Media guides both recommend using MARC field 588,
Source of Description Note, for recording notes on the title, rather than MARC field
500. OLAC recommends this practice for videodiscs and video games to bring
encoding practices into alignment. See the section of this guide for Note on Title,
RDA 2.17.2, for more information and examples.
Encoding of Multiple Data Elements from the Same
Vocabulary
Controlled vocabularies are used for recording certain attributes such as sound,
video, or digital file characteristics. Terms from different source vocabularies are
always recorded in separate occurrences of the applicable MARC field. Practice for
46
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
recording multiple terms from the same source vocabulary differs according to
one’s use of either LC’s MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data or OCLC’s
Bibliographic Formats and Standards.
MARC 21 guidelines permit recording multiple values from the same source
vocabulary in the same field, using separate occurrences of subfields which creates
ambiguity when URIs are recorded in the field. It becomes difficult to parse out
which URI in $0 or $1 corresponds to the vocabulary terms in $a and $b.
Guidelines in OCLC’s Bibliographic Formats and Standards specify use of a separate
field for each unique term when multiple values from the same source vocabulary
are recorded. Task Force advisor Jay Weitz explained that OCLC made this decision
to facilitate linked data. The practice of using separate fields for every unique term
removes any ambiguity in linking a URI with a vocabulary term. The Task Force
concurs with this sound reasoning and recommends recording multiple terms,
whether from a single controlled vocabulary or more than one controlled
vocabulary, in separate occurrences of the appropriate MARC field.
New Encoding Practice to Support Machine Actionability
It is permissible and has been the practice to encode terms from the same
controlled vocabulary in relevant repeated subfields within a field.
Former practice: 347 \\ $e region A $e region B $2 rdare
Note: Blu-ray Disc with two regional encoding terms, recorded in
repeated $e
OLAC recommends encoding terms from controlled vocabularies in separate fields,
even when those terms are from the same vocabularies, to support linked data.
New practice: 347 \\ $e region A $2 rdare
347 \\ $e region B $2 rdare
Note: New recommended encoding practice - record controlled
vocabulary terms in separate fields, whether or not the terms are
from the same vocabulary
47
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data
Legacy MARC Data
All of the formats described in this guide are evolving. Cataloging practices are
changing, as are the formats themselves. Therefore, while records in OCLC and
other databases have been regularly updated to keep up with policy changes, some
outdated practices may live on in local catalogs. These include GMD, varying
configurations for physical statements in the 300 and a change in the Leader/26
from ‘computer program’ (value=b) to ‘game’ (value=g). It is important for catalogers
using this guide to be aware that this legacy MARC data exists (and will co-exist with
newer records).
Display versus Machine-Actionable Fields
MARC 21 has separate encoding for display and for machine actionability. For
example, the MARC field 300 contains physical description information that displays
in a standard format for identification of the manifestation; the MARC field 337
contains concise terms and codes about a particular manifestation that, depending
on the system, can be used as a results filter or to display user-friendly terms or
icons.
Note that throughout the guide, recommendations are to record data in fields that
are intended for display, such as MARC field 300 for physical description or MARC
field 5xx for notes, and also fields that are intended to be machine-actionable such
as MARC field 340 for physical medium granular information that can be used to
facilitate discovery and access.
48
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Record Format: Choosing Type of Record
Bibliographic record creation begins with choosing a record format or template that
reflects the content of the resource. Each record format is limited to a kind of
material being cataloged. For example, the Books record format is limited to
language or manuscript language material. For cataloging resources within the
scope of this guide, one would choose in OCLC Connexion, for example, one of the
following record formats based on the content of the resource to be cataloged.
Record Format
Use for
Computer Files
Video games, both tangible and online
Sound Recording
Nonmusical streaming audio
Visual Materials
Streaming video, DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs,
and objects
Note that the Continuing Resources record format is used for language materials
only. Non-language material resources use the record format corresponding to the
content of the resource. Information related to the serial or integrating resource
mode of issuance is coded in MARC Leader (LDR/07) and in MARC field 006.
Best Practice Recommendation: Choose a record format based on the
content of a resource. Do not use the Continuing Resources record format for
resources within the scope of the guide.
49
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
MARC 21 Coding for Selected Fields
Record Leader (LDR)
The Leader (LDR) is the first field of a MARC bibliographic record. It is fixed in
length at 24 character positions, and the data elements are identified by character
position. The first byte of the LDR is 0, rather than 1. The data elements contain
numbers or coded values, and much of this information is system-supplied.
Catalogers do code certain elements in the LDR.
There are two codes defined in the LDR that convey the kind of material being
cataloged – Type of Record (LDR/06) and Bibliographic Level (LDR/07). Together,
these codes determine the appropriateness and validity of certain data elements in
the record. In other words, certain character positions in MARC field 008 are
format-specific, and their meaning will change based on the coding of the LDR/06
and LDR/07. The two codes also determine variable MARC fields that are specific to
a format such as MARC field 345 for moving image characteristics.
Type of Record, LDR/06
Type of record is defined in MARC as a “one-character alphabetic code used to
define the characteristics and components of the record.” Type of record conveys
the primary intellectual content of the resource. One must determine the primary
intellectual content of the resource before coding for Type of Record. Type of
Record is mandatory; it must be coded.
Record Format
Type
Description
Computer Files
m
Computer software
Use for video games
Sound Recordings
i
Nonmusical sound on any media
Use for nonmusical streaming audio
Visual Materials
g
Projected medium
50
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Use for microscopic slides, videodiscs, and
streaming video
Visual Materials
r
Three-dimensional artifact or naturally occurring
object
Use for objects, excluding slides
Bibliographic Level, LDR/07
Bibliographic level is a one-character code indicating the bibliographic level, that is,
how the resource was issued or assembled. One must determine the mode of
issuance of the resource (see RDA 1.1.3) before coding for Bibliographic Level.
Common bibliographic level codes for resources within the scope of this guide are
given in the following table. Bibliographic Level is mandatory; it must be coded.
Bibliographic
level
LDR/07
Code
Definition
Monograph, Item
m
Resources issued in one part or intended to be
completed in a finite number of separate parts.
Resources within the scope of this guide are
frequently monographs, whether single item or
multi-part.
Some resources are issued serially, but a single
“unit” of that resource - such as an episode of a
podcast - is a monograph.
Integrating
resource
i
Resources that are added to or changed by
means of updates that do not remain discrete
and are integrated into the whole.
Media databases, websites that are portals to
media databases, and YouTube channels are
51
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
integrating resources.
Serial
s
Resources issued in successive parts, usually
bearing numbering, that have no
predetermined conclusion.
Depending on how a resource is cataloged, it
may be either a serial or a monograph. An
episode of a podcast is a monograph, for
instance, while the podcast itself will generally
be a serial.
Collection
c
A made-up multipart group of items that were
not originally published, distributed, or
produced together.
Collection mode of issuance applies primarily to
archival resources or educational resources and
is infrequent for resources within the scope of
this guide.
Format-Specific Fixed Length Data Elements (MARC
Field 008)
Fixed length data elements are coded in MARC field 008 and, like the LDR, the data
elements are defined by position. All formats share some 008 field elements – Type
of Record, Bibliographic Level, Descriptive Cataloging Convention, Encoding Level,
Cataloging Source, Audience Level, Date Status, Type of Control, Dates of
Production, Publication, Distribution, Manufacture or Copyright, Language Code,
and Country of Publication.
The following covers MARC field 008 elements that are specific to one or more
formats within the scope of this guide. It includes mandatory elements and
optional elements that OLAC recommends.
52
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
All Formats
Form of Item (Form in OCLC) - Mandatory
Objects, Streaming Video, Videodiscs: (008/29)
Nonmusical streaming audio & Video games: (008/23)
Enter a code value to describe the form of material being described.
Form of
Item
Valu
e
Description
Online
o
Use for online video games, streaming
video, and nonmusical streaming audio
Direct
electronic
q
Use for resources that require the use
of a computer – video games in
physical format
None of the
other codes
is
appropriate
blank
None of the other codes is appropriate
Use for DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and
Objects
Do not use values “q” (direct electronic) or “s” (electronic) for DVD-Video or Blu-ray
Discs. These values are intended only for items that require the use of a computer.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Objects
Type of Visual Material (008/33) (TMat in OCLC) - Mandatory
Field 008/33 contains a one-character code for the type of visual material being
described. Use this field for streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs and for
all types of three-dimensional artifacts or naturally occurring objects.
Type of Material
Code
Definition
53
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Art original
a
Two or three-dimensional works of art created by
an artist.
Use for original sculptures and statues.
Art reproduction
c
Two or three-dimensional work of art
mechanically reproduced copy of a work of art,
usually one of commercial edition.
Use for reproductions of sculpture and statues.
Diorama
d
Three-dimensional representations of scenes created
by placing objects of figures in front of
two-dimensional backgrounds.
Game
g
Item or sets of items designed for play according to
prescribed rules and intended for recreation or
instruction. Use for puzzles, card games, and board
games.
Note: This does not include video games.
Microscope slide
p
Transparent, usually glass, mount containing a minute
object to be viewed through a microscope or
microprojector.
Model
q
Three-dimensional representation of a real thing,
either of the exact size of the original or to scale.
Realia
r
Includes 1) all other three-dimensional items not
covered by the other codes (e.g., clothing, stitchery,
fabrics, tools, utensils), and 2) naturally occurring
objects.
Toy
w
Material object for children or others to play with
(often an imitation of some familiar object); a
plaything; also, something contrived for amusement
rather than for practical use.
Videorecording
v
Recording on which visual images, usually in motion
and accompanied by sound, have been registered.
54
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Other
z
None of the other defined codes are appropriate.
Streaming Video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs
Technique (008/34) (Tech in OCLC) - Optional and recommended
Enter a code value that describes the technique used to create motion for
videorecordings. Code this field “n” (not applicable) for objects.
Value
Description
a
Animation
c
Animation and live action
l
Live action
n
Not applicable
u
Unknown
z
Other (e.g., time-lapse, trick cinematography, etc.)
Coding Technique is optional; however, OLAC recommends always coding for
streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs.
Best Practice Recommendation (Video): Code Technique (008/34) for
streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs.
Running Time (008/18-20) (Time in OCLC) - Optional and recommended
Record running time, expressed in minutes, for the total running time of the
videorecording. Seconds are converted to the next higher minute. The number is
right-justified; use leading zeros when necessary. If running time exceeds 999
minutes, use 000.
Running time is related to the RDA element “duration” (MARC field 300 $a). See RDA
7.22.1 and the corresponding section of this guide section for instructions and
examples.
55
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
This data element is optional; however, OLAC recommends always coding Running
Time for streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs. Code this field “nnn” (not
applicable) for three-dimensional artifacts or naturally occurring objects.
Value
Description
xxx
3-Digit running time
Best Practice Recommendation (Video): Code Running Time (008/18-20) for
streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs if readily ascertained.
Type of Date/Publication Status (008/06) (DtSt in OCLC) - Mandatory
Enter a code value that categorizes the type of dates recorded in the 008 bytes
07-14. While the type of date is used in a consistent manner for all formats, it is
important to note that for the purposes of streaming video, DVD-Video and Blu-ray
Discs, value p (defined as Date of distribution/release/issue and production/
recording session when different) should not be used if there has been any change
from the original release to the video release. This even includes the addition of
subtitles, trailers, or any special features that make the video release different.
Best Practice Recommendation (Video): Do not code Type of Date/Publication
Status (008/06) with value ‘p’ if there have been any changes from the original
release, including the addition of subtitles, trailers or any special features.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Literary Text for Sound Recordings (008/30-31) (LTxt in OCLC) - Optional
and recommended
Enter up to two one-character codes to describe the type of literary text on spoken
word streaming audio. See MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data, 008–Music
(https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd008m.html) or
56
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
OCLC Bibliographic Formats and Standards, Literary Text for Sound Recordings
(https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/ltxt.html) for a complete list of
codes and values.
Common Values for Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Value
Description
blank
Music sound recording.
Do not use for nonmusical streaming audio
l
Lectures, speeches
p
Poetry
t
Interviews
z
Other
If only one code is applicable, leave the second character space blank. If none of
the defined codes are applicable, use code “z” (other) in the first character space
and leave the second character space blank. Do not use “n” (not applicable) for
sound recordings.
Coding Literary Text for Sound Recordings is optional; however, OLAC recommends
coding one or two values, when applicable.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio): Code one or
two values, when applicable, for Literary Text for nonmusical streaming audio
(008/30-31).
57
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Video Games
Type of Computer File (008/26) (File in OCLC) - Optional and
recommended
Enter code “g” for all video games.
Value
Description
g
Game - use for video games
Coding Type of Computer File is optional; however, OLAC recommends always
coding.
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Always code Type of
Computer File (008/26) for video games.
58
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Additional Material Characteristics (MARC Field 006)
This field is used to code for additional characteristics that cannot be coded in the
MARC field 008. Field 006 contains a subset of the positions defined in the 008 field
and functions as an extension of MARC field 008 when the resource represented by
the record has multiple format characteristics.
MARC field 006 does not have indicators or subfields. The code value given in the
first position, MARC 006/00, determines the data elements recorded in subsequent
character positions. Code values are found in MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic
Data, “006 - Fixed-Length Data elements-Additional Material Characteristics (R)”
(http://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/bd006.html) and OCLC’s Bibliographic
Formats and Standards, “006 Introduction — Additional Material Characteristics”
(https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/fixedfield/006.html).
When a resource contains multiple formats, MARC field 008 reflects the primary
material and MARC field 006 contains information about the other formats present
in the resource. MARC 006 is also used to code continuing resource information
when applicable.
Generally, MARC field 006 is not required for objects or video games.
Best Practice Recommendation: Do not routinely provide MARC field 006 for
accompanying textual materials (e.g., inserts, booklets, etc.) unless
substantial in nature.
59
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Continuing Resources
Always use the record format appropriate to the content of the resource. Some
resources within the scope of this guide are issued as continuing resources. In
these cases, add a MARC field 006 to code mode of issuance information.
Examples of serially-issued resources within the scope of this guide include
podcasts and online journals published in audio and/or video format.
Examples of integrating resources within the scope of this guide include continually
updated websites or databases of nonmusical streaming audio and/or streaming
video files.
MARC 006
Position
Input
OCLC Label
& Name
Value
Description
006/00
Mandatory
Type: Type of
Record
s
Serial/integrating
resource
006/01
Optional
Freq:
Frequency
varies
u
blank
Frequency of the
resource or updates to
a resource. Codes in
Frequency & Regularity
should agree
Code u when
frequency is unknown
Code blank for no
determinable
frequency
006/02
Optional
Regl:
Regularity
varies
u
Intended regularity of
the resource
Code u when regularity
60
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
blank
of resource is
unknown. Code u
when code u is used in
Frequency
Code blank when there
is no applicable code
006/04
Mandatory
SrTp: Type of
continuing
resource
varies
Code blank when there
is no applicable code
006/05
Optional
Orig: Form
original item
varies
Physical form in which
the serial was originally
published
006/06
Mandatory
Form: Form
of Item
o
blank
Form of material being
described. Code o for
online when applicable
Code blank when none
of the codes apply
006/07
Optional
EntW: Nature
of entire work
varies
Code if nature of item
consists entirely of a
certain type of material
Code Blank when not
specified
006/08-10
Optional
Cont: Nature
of contents
varies
Use up to 3 codes
when an item contains
certain types of
materials
Code blank when not
specified
006/11
Mandatory
GPub:
varies
Resource published or
61
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Government
publication
produced by or for a
government agency
Code blank when not a
government
publication
006/12
Optional
Conf:
Conference
Publication
0
1
Code 0 when a
resource is not a
conference publication
Code 1 when resource
consists of
proceedings, reports,
or summaries of a
conference
006/16
Optional
Alph: Original
Alphabet or
Script
varies
Code as appropriate
for the original
alphabet or script of
the title on the
resource itself
006/17
Mandatory
S/L: Entry
Convention
0
2
Use for serials
Use for integrating
resources
Best Practice Recommendation: When a resource is issued as a continuing
resource, code MARC field 006 for characteristics of the continuing resources.
62
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Enhanced DVD or Blu-ray Disc
Enhanced DVDs contain encoded additional content requiring the use of a
computer. These DVDs usually carry a statement listing the equipment required to
run the bonus materials. Some of the listed features found on an enhanced DVD
that might require a computer are: computer games, links to fan sites, links to
online documentaries and chat rooms, desktop icons, calculators, screensavers,
and poster sets.
Blu-ray Discs require special players and/or disc drives specifically designed for
Blu-ray Discs. DVD players will not play Blu-ray Discs.
Videodiscs are cataloged on the visual materials record format, with the MARC field
008 containing coding related to the video content. For enhanced DVDs or Blu-ray
Discs, use MARC field 006 to code for the computer-related information.
MARC 006
position
Input
OCLC Label
& Name
Value
Description
006/00
Mandatory
Type: Type of
Record
m
Computer file/ electronic
resource
006/05
Optional
Audn: Target
Audience
varies
blank
Code blank when target
audience is unknown or
unspecified
006/06
Mandatory
Form: Form
of Item
q
Direct electronic
006/09
Optional
File
varies
Type of computer file
006/11
Mandatory
GPub:
Government
Publication
varies
blank
Code blank when
resource is not a
government publication
63
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video
Nonmusical streaming audio files are cataloged on the sound recording record
format, with the 008 field containing coding related to the sound recording.
Streaming video files are cataloged on the visual materials record format, with the
008 field containing coding related to video content.
For both nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, use MARC field 006 to
code for computer-related information.
MARC 006
Position
Input
OCLC Label
& Name
Value
Description
006/00
Mandatory
Type: Type of
Record
m
Computer file/
electronic resource
006/05
Optional
Audn: Target
Audience
varies
Code blank when target
audience is unknown
or unspecified
006/06
Mandatory
Form: Form
of Item
o
Online
006/09
Optional;
OLAC
recommends
coding
File: Type of
Computer File
h
c
Sounds (use for
nonmusical streaming
audio)
Representational (use
for streaming video)
006/11
Mandatory
GPub:
Government
Publication
varies
Resource published or
produced by or for a
government agency
Code blank when not a
government
publication
64
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Streaming Video and Nonmusical Streaming
Audio): Use MARC field 006 to code the computer file information for
streaming video and/or nonmusical streaming audio information.
Resources Issued with Significant Content in Another Format
When resources consist of substantive content in two different formats and both
are equally significant, catalogers have to decide which format is primary, then
code for the other format in the MARC field 006.
For resources issued with accompanying materials that are significant and
substantive, use MARC field 006 to code for information for the other format as
applicable. Examples include a DVD-Video disc issued with an audio disc or a
resource issued with significant text-related information.
Best Practice Recommendation: Provide MARC 006 fields to describe
additional characteristics when multiple formats are present in a resource
and access to the additional characteristics is deemed important.
65
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Physical Description Fixed Field (MARC Field 007)
Use MARC field 007 to code for physical characteristics of the resource being
cataloged. Physical characteristics are often related to information in other parts of
the MARC record, especially from 3xx fields or one of the 5xx note fields.
The code value given in the first position, MARC 007/00, determines the data
elements recorded in subsequent character positions. Like the Leader, 008 field,
and 006 field, data elements in MARC field 007 are positionally defined and the
number of character positions in MARC field 007 depends upon the code contained
in the first byte, 007/00. Note that OCLC uses subfields to denote the different
character positions in MARC field 007. This guide uses MARC field 007 subfields,
rather than MARC byte positions.
OLAC recommends coding mandatory, applicable data elements for MARC field 007
as shown in the tables that follow. Also, OLAC recommends coding one optional
data element – configuration of playback channels for video – when that
information is known. Fields 007 used for formats within the scope of this guide
are:
● Videodiscs
○ Use Videorecording 007 field
● Streaming Video
○ Use Videorecording 007 field
○ Use Electronic Resource 007 field
● Nonmusical Streaming Audio
○ Use Sound Recording 007 field
○ Use Electronic Resource 007 field
● Video Games
○ Use Electronic Resource 007 field
There is no MARC field 007 coding for objects because there is no directly
applicable 007 field that fits objects, and coding the Unspecified MARC field 007
adds very little value.
Best Practice Recommendation: Add MARC 007 fields as indicated below.
Always code “mandatory” fields, and code “required if applicable” fields when
applicable. Code configuration of playback channels for video when that
information is known.
66
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc
MARC Field 007 (Videorecording)
Use MARC field 007 (Videorecording) to code for the physical characteristics of a
videodisc.
MARC
007
OCLC
007
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of
material
v
Videorecording
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
d
Videodisc
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Color
varies
Code as
appropriate
007/04
$e
Mandatory if
applicable
Videorecording
format
v
s
DVD
Blu-ray Disc
007/05
$f
Mandatory if
applicable
Sound on medium
a
b
Sound on
medium
Sound
separate from
medium
Assume the
item has sound
and that the
sound is on the
medium,
unless
otherwise
noted
Do not use $f if
67
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
there is no
sound
007/06
$g
Mandatory if
applicable
Medium for sound
i
Videodisc
007/07
$h
Mandatory
Dimensions
z
Other
007/08
$i
Optional and
recommended
Configuration of
playback channels
varies
Code for the
intended
playback of the
sound portion
68
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Streaming Video
MARC Field 007 (Videorecording)
Use MARC field 007 (Videorecording) to code for the physical characteristics of
streaming video.
Note that MARC field videorecording 007 $h (dimensions) is defined as the width of
a videorecording. Obviously, this is not applicable for streaming video, so none of
the defined codes truly apply. For streaming video, OLAC recommends coding
dimensions as “u” (unknown) to align with coding practice to date.
MARC
007
OCLC
007
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of
material
v
Videorecording
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
z
Other
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Color
characteristics
varies
Code as
appropriate
007/04
$e
Mandatory if
applicable
Videorecording
format
z
Other
007/05
$f
Mandatory if
applicable
Sound on
medium or
separate
a
Sound on
medium
Do not use $f if
there is no sound
007/06
$g
Mandatory if
applicable
Medium for
sound
z
Other
007/07
$h
Mandatory
Dimensions
u
Unknown
007/08
$i
Optional and
recommended
Configuration of
playback
varies
Code for the
intended
69
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
when known
channels
playback of the
sound portion
when that
information is
known
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource)
Use MARC field 007 (Electronic Resource) to code for the physical characteristics of
streaming video.
MARC
007
OCLC
007
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of material
c
Electronic
resource
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
r
Remote
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Color characteristics
varies
Code as
appropriate
007/04
$e
Required if
applicable
Dimensions
n
Not
applicable
007/05
$f
Required if
applicable
Sound
a
Sound
Do not code
if there is no
sound
70
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
MARC Field 007 (Sound Recording)
Use MARC field 007 (Sound Recording) to code for the physical characteristics of
nonmusical streaming audio.
MARC
007
OCLC
007
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of
material
s
Sound
recording
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
r
Remote
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Speed
n
Not
applicable
007/04
$e
Mandatory
Configuration of
playback channels
varies
Code for the
intended
playback of
the sound
007/05
$f
Optional
Groove
width/groove pitch
Do not
code
Not
applicable to
nonmusical
streaming
audio and
not required
for record
validation
007/06
$g
Mandatory
Dimensions
n
Not
applicable
71
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource)
Use MARC field 007 (Electronic Resource) to code for the physical characteristics of
nonmusical streaming audio.
MARC
007
OCLC
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of
material
c
Electronic
resource
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
r
Remote
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Color
characteristics
n
Not
applicable
007/04
$e
Required if
applicable
Dimensions
n
Not
applicable
007/05
$f
Required if
applicable
Sound
a
Sound
72
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Video Games
MARC Field 007 (Electronic Resource)
Use MARC field 007 (Electronic Resource) to code for the physical characteristics of
video games.
MARC
007
OCLC
007
Input
Description
Code
Value
007/00
$a
Mandatory
Category of material
c
Electronic
resource
007/01
$b
Mandatory
Specific material
designation
varies
Code as
appropriate
007/03
$d
Mandatory
Color characteristics
varies
Code as
appropriate
007/04
$e
Required if
applicable
Dimensions
varies
n
Code as
appropriate
for tangible
video games
Code as not
applicable
for online
video games
007/05
$f
Required if
applicable
Sound
a
u
Sound
Unknown
Do not use $f
if there is no
sound
73
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
MARC Field 007 Coding Compared
Videorecording Field 007
The videorecording field 007 is used for video discs and streaming video. The
following table shows a comparison of the coding.
VR
007
Definition
Video Disc Coding
Streaming Video
Coding
$a
Category of material
v (videorecording)
v (videorecording)
$b
Specific material
designation
d (videodisc)
z (other)
$d
Color
varies
varies
$e
Videorecording format
s (Blu-ray Disc)
v (DVD-Video)
z (other)
$f
Sound on medium or
separate
a (sound on medium)
Do not code $f for silent
films
a (sound on medium)
Do not code $f for
silent films
$g
Medium for sound
i (videodisc)
z (other)
$h
Dimensions
z (other)
u (unknown)
$i
Configuration of
playback channels
varies
varies
74
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Electronic Resource Field 007
The electronic resource field 007 is used for nonmusical streaming audio, streaming
video, and video games. The following table shows a comparison of the coding.
ER
007
Definition
Nonmusical
Streaming
Audio
Streaming
Video
Video Game
$a
Category of
material
c (electronic
resource)
c (electronic
resource)
c (electronic
resource)
$b
Specific material
designation
r (remote)
r (remote)
varies
$d
Color
n (not
applicable)
varies
varies
$e
Dimensions
n (not
applicable)
n (not
applicable)
varies
$f
Sound
s (sound)
a (sound)
Do not code $f
for silent films
a (sound)
u (unknown)
Do not code $f for
silent video games
75
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Genre/Form Vocabularies
Genre/Form vocabularies are controlled vocabularies that both supplement and
complement subject vocabularies. Genre/form headings are intended to describe
what a work is, as opposed to subject headings which describe what a work is
about. It is important to note that genre and form are not interchangeable.
LC defines genre as “categories of works that are characterized by similar plots,
themes, settings, situations, and characters” and form as “a characteristic of works
with a particular format and/or purpose (Frequently Asked Questions about Library
of Congress Genre/Form Terms for Library and Archival Materials (LCGFT))”.
. (Moving Image Genre-Form Guide)” Form terms, on the other hand, represent
attributes such as length (e.g., Short films), technique (e.g., Animated films) or
format (e.g., Podcasts). In addition, these vocabularies now also contain some
terms for accessibility, including Video recordings for the hearing impaired and
Video recordings for people with visual disabilities. These form terms are
generally not neutral and apply to the manifestation.
Genre/form headings are useful in order to help identify and collocate both genre
and form for all the formats covered in this guide. The following standardized
genre/form vocabularies are applicable for the resources covered in this guide:
● Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms for Library and Archival Materials
(LCGFT) (https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/GENRE.pdf)
○ Use with Introduction to Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms for
Library and Archival Materials
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/2022-LCGFT-intro.pd
f)
○ See sections of the Library of Congress Genre/Forms Terms Manual
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/freelcgft.html) for
instructions on the application of these terms
○ See OLAC’s Library of Congress Genre-Form Thesaurus (LCGFT) for
Moving Images: Best Practices
(https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/10/) for
information on application of these terms to moving image resources
76
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● OLAC’s Video Game Genre Form Terms (OLACVGGT)
(http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/488.html)
For more information, see
○ Guidelines for OLAC video game genre terms (olacvggt)
(https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/2/) (2018)
○ OLAC Video Game Genre Vocabulary
https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/21/ Presentation
(2019)
● Art & Architecture Thesaurus® Online (ATT)
(https://www.getty.edu/research/tools/vocabularies/aat/index.html)
○ See How to Use the ATT Online
(https://www.getty.edu/research/tools/vocabularies/aat/help.html)
77
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Section 1
Recording Attributes of Manifestation &
Item
Instructions for recording attributes of manifestation and item are found in RDA
section 1, chapters 1-4.
RDA Chapter
Description
Chapter 1
General Guidelines on Recording Attributes of Manifestations
and Items
Chapter 2
Identifying Manifestations and Items
Chapter 3
Describing Carriers
Chapter 4
Providing Acquisition and Access Information
78
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 1. General Guidelines on
Recording Attributes of Manifestations
and Items
Mode of Issuance (RDA 1.1.3, 2.13)
RDA defines mode of issuance as a categorization that reflects whether a
manifestation:
● Is issued in one or more parts
● The way that it is updated
● Whether its termination is predetermined or not
Resources within the scope of this guide – videodiscs, video games, objects,
nonmusical streaming audio, and streaming video-- can be any one of the four
possible modes of issuance, so it is important to understand exactly what one is
cataloging and the RDA definitions for modes of issuance:
A single unit is a mode of issuance of a manifestation that is issued either as a
single physical unit or, for online resources, as a single logical unit. Examples
include a compilation of several films on a single DVD-Video disc, a single model, a
single podcast episode, or a single video hosted on YouTube.
A multipart monograph is a mode of issuance of a manifestation issued in two or
more parts, either simultaneously or successively, that is complete or intended to
be completed with a finite number of parts. Examples include a multi-disc set of
Blu-ray videos or a podcast completed in a fixed number of episodes.
A serial is a mode of issuance of a manifestation that is issued in successive parts,
usually bearing numbering, that has no predetermined conclusion. Examples
include videodiscs of film festivals issued annually and podcasts.
79
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
An integrating resource is a mode of issuance of a manifestation that is added to or
changed by means of updates that do not remain discrete but are integrated into
the whole. Media examples include online video games, updating websites that are
portals to collections of streaming media (databases) and YouTube channels.
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data (https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/)
does not have a specific place to record mode of issuance, so LC-PCC PS 2.13.1.3
instructs recording the mode of issuance in the Leader/07 (LDR/07) of the MARC
bibliographic record:
Leader/07 (Fixed Field BLvl): m
Note: Use for both single unit and multipart monograph
Leader/07 (Fixed Field BLvl): i
Note: Use for integrating resources
Leader/07 (Fixed Field BLvl): s
Note: Use for serials
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC 2.13.1.3 and record the mode
of issuance in the MARC LDR/07 of the bibliographic record.
Type of Description (RDA 1.1.4, 1.5)
Throughout the text of RDA, instructions make a distinction between
comprehensive description and analytical description. The two methods of
description are defined in RDA 1.1.4. A comprehensive description describes a
resource as a whole, while an analytical description describes one part of a larger
resource. We can think of choosing a description method under RDA 1.1.4 as being
akin to selecting a level of granularity for the description of a resource.
Comprehensive Description
RDA 1.5.2 offers further information on what types of resources may receive a
comprehensive description. These include resources issued as a single unit,
multipart monographs, serials, integrating resources, and whole collections. RDA
80
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
1.5.3 indicates that individual parts of any of the above types of resources may
receive analytical descriptions. It states: “It is possible to prepare separate analytical
descriptions for any number of parts of a larger manifestation (i.e., for one part
only, for two or more selected parts, or for all parts of the manifestation).”
In most cases, a comprehensive description will be the best choice for resources
within the scope of this guide. A comprehensive description can be used to
describe such resources issued in multiple parts, containing multiple works, or with
accompanying material. Further analysis of individual items is, of course, at the
discretion of the library.
Examples of comprehensive description are:
● Single unit (e.g, a single puppet)
● Multipart monographs (e.g., 3 streaming video files issued as a set)
● Serial description for videodiscs issued annually
Analytic Description
If you decide that an analytic description is a better fit for your particular
circumstances, be sure to follow the instructions for that method when RDA makes
a distinction, and be careful to use the same level throughout your description.
When using an analytical description, record information about the larger
manifestation by using a series statement (RDA 2.12), as a relationship to a related
work (RDA 25.1), or as a related manifestation (RDA 27.1).
Examples of analytic description are:
● A part that is contained within a larger manifestation issued as a single unit
(e.g., a water quality tester that is part of a field kit)
● Part of a multipart monograph (e.g., one streaming video file issued as a set
of three streaming video files)
● One videodisc from an annually issued video disc series
Hierarchical Description
The Library of Congress recommends against creating hierarchical descriptions.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 1.5.4 which states that
LC/PCC practice is to not create hierarchical descriptions.
81
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Guidelines on Transcription (RDA 1.4, 1.7)
One may follow the guidelines in RDA, accept data without modification (e.g. from
another library, data derived from a digital source including copying and pasting,
harvesting etc.), or use an in-house style guide such as The Chicago Manual of Style.
RDA 1.4 lists fields which should be recorded from an appropriate source from the
resource itself, in the language and script in which it appears. The alternative and
optional addition at RDA 1.4 say that you may record them in transliterated form
instead of or in addition to the form in the script used on the resource. The LC-PCC
PS for 1.4 specifies that the ALA-LC Romanization tables must be used for
transliterated data (http://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/roman.html).
The following data elements are the most common transcribed fields applicable to
media.
● Title proper
● Parallel titles
● Variant titles (though non-transcribed variants are also permitted)
● Other title information
● Statement of responsibility
● Edition statement
● Place of publication (or production, distribution, manufacture)
● Publisher name (or production, distribution, manufacture)
● Date of publication (or production, distribution, manufacture)
● Series (for 490)
● Series number (for 490)
All other data elements should be recorded in the language and script of the
cataloging agency. This includes notes, except for quoted notes.
When following the RDA guidelines for capitalization (RDA 1.7.2), apply the
instructions in RDA Appendix A2.
82
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Punctuation (RDA 1.7.3) should be transcribed as found in the source, unless the
punctuation separates data that will be recorded as different RDA elements (e.g.
title and subtitle, series and its numbering, etc.). In that case, omit the found
punctuation and insert the appropriate ISBD punctuation. Punctuation may also be
added for clarity. However, since punctuation should generally be transcribed, do
not assume that the mere presence of punctuation necessitates separating data
into separate elements, nor that transcribed punctuation should otherwise be
changed.
Supplying diacritical marks that do not appear on the source of information is
optional in RDA. RDA provides instructions (1.7.5) to replace symbols or other
matter that cannot be reproduced with a description of the symbol. Follow the
LC-PCC PS for 1.7.5 which provides additional guidance such as when symbols may
be omitted altogether and what symbols should not be transcribed. Rules for
spacing of initials and acronyms (RDA 1.7.5) have not changed.
Nothing should be abbreviated in a transcribed field unless it is abbreviated in the
source (RDA 1.7.8, Appendix B). Even when supplying information, do not
abbreviate (RDA B.4). Note that units of measurement (i.e., the carrier size) are
abbreviated.
Inaccuracies in transcribed fields are recorded as given (RDA 1.7.9). A note and/or
added entry (in the case of a title) may also be given if considered important.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow RDA Appendix A and B and LC-PCC-PS
1.4 and 1.7 when transcribing data; optionally follow RDA 1.7.1 alternatives
when upgrading or deriving from an existing record (i.e., do not change the
existing transcription style unless it conflicts with RDA), or using data derived
from a digital source (i.e., copying and pasting from the digital version, such
as for a game available online.)
83
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 2. Identifying Manifestations
and Items
Basis for Identification of the Resource (RDA 2.1)
The basis for identification of the manifestation takes into account the type of
description (RDA 1.5) and the mode of issuance (RDA 1.1.3). Throughout the text of
RDA, instructions make a distinction between comprehensive description and
analytical description. Follow the guidelines given in RDA based on the choice of
either a comprehensive (RDA 2.1.2) or an analytical description (RDA 2.1.3).
For resources within the scope of this guide that are issued in multiple parts,
contain multiple works, or have accompanying material, most libraries will want to
use a comprehensive description. Analytical description of individual items is at the
discretion of the library. Choose a method that is most appropriate for the type of
manifestation and situation.
Comprehensive Description (RDA 2.1.2)
A comprehensive description describes the manifestation as a whole. When
describing the manifestation as a whole using a comprehensive description, treat
containers and accompanying material as part of the manifestation itself.
Manifestation Issued as a Single Unit (RDA 2.1.2.2)
For a manifestation issued as a single unit that is not an integrating resource,
choose a source of information that identifies the manifestation as a whole. Single
unit manifestations may include resources issued with minor accompanying
84
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
material or bonus materials. In this situation, the description for the manifestation
should be based on the primary content. Alternatively, a single unit may contain
more than one resource none of which are considered the primary content, such as
a single DVD-Video disc that contains a compilation of three films. In this case, the
source of information is one that has a collective title.
Use these criteria to find the appropriate source of information that identifies the
manifestation as a whole:
● Look for a source of information that contains a title covering the
manifestation as a whole (a source with a collective title).
● If there is no source identifying the whole manifestation and there are
multiple works in the resource, determine if there is a predominant work.
Look for a source that identifies the predominant work and use this source
to identify the manifestation as a whole.
● If there is no source that identifies a predominant work, such as a DVD-Video
disc containing two or more films, use the sources that identify the individual
parts of the manifestation as a collective source of information to identify the
manifestation as a whole.
Manifestation Issued in More than One Part (RDA 2.1.2.3)
For a manifestation issued in more than one part that is not an integrating
resource, choose a source of information that identifies the manifestation as a
whole. Give preference to a source in which the information is formally presented
(RDA 2.2.2.2).
● Look for a source of information that identifies the manifestation as a whole,
ideally with a collective title.
● If there is no source identifying the whole manifestation, look for a source
that identifies a predominant work. Use this source to identify the
manifestation as a whole.
● If there is no source that identifies a predominant work, use the sources that
identify the individual parts of the manifestation as a collective source of
information to identify the manifestation as a whole.
● If the manifestation has sequentially numbered issues or parts, choose a
source of information identifying the lowest numbered issue or part
available.
85
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Integrating Resource (RDA 2.1.2.4)
For comprehensive descriptions of integrating resources, RDA 2.1.2.4 instructs the
cataloger to “choose a source of information identifying the current iteration of the
resource as a whole.” Updating websites that are portals to collections of streaming
media and online video games fall into this category.
Analytical Description (RDA 2.1.3)
Choose the source of information for the part being described (RDA 2.1.3.2-RDA
2.1.3.4).
Sources of Information (RDA 2.2)
Preferred Sources of Information (RDA 2.2.2)
RDA 2.2.2.1 states that the preferred source of information should be selected
based on the type of description (e.g., comprehensive or analytical) and “the
presentation format of the resource.”
This is relatively easy when there is only a single work contained in the resource. It
is common for a typical commercially-issued videodisc for a film that is
accompanied by various bonus materials. In this case, the description is based on
the film as the predominant work and not as a collection containing the film and
bonus materials.
Websites as Source of Information
When selecting information to record from the website, be cognizant of which level
of the online resource you are describing (e.g., if cataloging a certain online video,
only record information on the website relating to this file; if cataloging an entire
website containing multiple online videos, record information relating to the
website as a whole).
86
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Online Resources): Consider a website that
contains a link to a nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video, or online
video game as “part of the resource itself.” Textual information on such
websites may be treated as the preferred source of information for streaming
audio files, as well as for online video games and streaming video files when
there are no title frames or screens available.
Preferred Source of Information for Moving Image Resources (RDA
2.2.2.3)
Follow the instructions for Manifestations Consisting of Moving Images (RDA
2.2.2.3) for video and video games. The preferred source of information is the title
frame or frames (or title screen or screens). If the title frames or title screens have
no title that covers the manifestation as a whole, look for the first applicable source
that is part of the manifestation for a formally-presented title. For moving image
resources with insignificant other content, choose a formally-presented title for the
primary content, not the accompanying or bonus material. When a moving image
resource contains two or more independent works, look for the first applicable
source that has a collective title.
For videodiscs and tangible video games that lack a title frame or title screen,
choose the source from this list, in preferred order:
● Label that is permanently printed on or affixed to the manifestation (e.g., a
label on the surface of a videodisc). This choice does not include labels found
on any accompanying materials or container.
● Container (defined in the RDA Glossary as a housing that is physically
separable from the carrier being housed) or accompanying material issued
with the manifestation (when making a comprehensive description).
● Internal source forming part of a tangible digital resource (e.g., a disc menu).
For streaming video and online video games that lack a title frame or title screen,
choose the preferred source from this list, in preferred order:
● First “textual content” bearing a title
● Embedded metadata in textual form that contains a title
87
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If neither of these is present in the resource, use “another source forming part of
the resource itself,” with preference given to those sources that present the
information formally.
Preferred Source of Information for Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Follow the instructions for Online resources (RDA 2.2.2.4.2) for nonmusical
streaming audio files.
Preferred Source of Information for Objects
For objects (3-dimensional objects, models, games, microscope slides, etc.), the
preferred source of information may come from any number of locations. The
source of information is dependent on the type of description you are creating. A
comprehensive description is used to describe the manifestation as a whole, such
as a single puppet, an anatomical model in multiple parts, or a group of objects put
together by a collection developer. When creating a comprehensive description,
treat containers and accompanying material as part of the manifestation itself. An
analytical description is used to describe a part of a manifestation, such as a water
quality tester that is part of a field kit or a single bone that is part of a skeleton.
When creating an analytical description of one or more components of a
manifestation, treat containers and accompanying material as a source outside the
manifestation itself (i.e., as a related resource).
When a resource is issued as a single item and is described comprehensively,
choose a source of information that identifies the resource as a whole. In some
cases, the information needed to identify the resource does not appear on any
source in the resource itself. Information is then taken from one of the following
sources (in order of preference):
● Accompanying material (if using a comprehensive description)
● Other published descriptions of the resource
● A container that is not issued with the resource itself (e.g., a box or case
made by the owner)
● any other available source (e.g., a reference source)
When creating a comprehensive description for multi-part objects, look for a source
that describes the manifestation as a whole, such as a container. If a source
describing the resource as a whole does not have a title, look for another resource
within the resource, giving preference to a source in which the information is
88
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
formally presented. If that is not available, use one of the following in this order of
preference:
● It is common for multi-part objects to have unnumbered parts, in which case
prefer a source of information identifying the earliest date of issue.
Accompanying guides are often the most likely source for this information.
● If one source has a title identifying a main or predominant aspect of the
manifestation, use that.
● If no source of information identifies the manifestation as a whole and it has
no predominant aspect, you may treat the sources identifying the individual
parts as a collective source of information for the manifestation as a whole.
Other Sources of Information (RDA 2.2.4)
If information needed to identify the manifestation does not appear on the
resource at all, it may be taken from one of the following sources in order of
preference:
● accompanying material not treated as part of the manifestation itself
● other published descriptions of the manifestation
● a container that is not issued with the manifestation itself (e.g., a box or case
made by the owner)
● any other available source (e.g., a reference source).
Generally, whenever RDA instructions specify transcription for a data element,
indicate that the information is supplied from a source outside the resource.
Although RDA permits several methods for indicating the information is supplied
from a source outside the resource, follow LC/PCC practice and use square brackets
for this purpose. Also, record a note on the source of title (see section RDA 2.17.2,
Note on title).
245 00 $a [Sustainable waste].
588 0\ $a Title from CAF lecture webpage.
Note: Video on DVD-R without a title screen
89
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a William Shakespeare LEGO minifigure.
264 \1 $a [Billund, Denmark] : $b The LEGO Group, $c [2014]
Note: Supplied place and date of publication in brackets for a toy
245 00 $a Finca / $c Ralf zur Linde & Wolfgang Sentker.
264 \1 $a München : $b Hans im Glück Verlags-GmbH, $c [2009]
Note: Supplied date in brackets for a board game
Resources that Ordinarily Do Not Carry Identifying Information
RDA provides an exception to not indicate that information is supplied from a
source outside the manifestation itself for manifestations that do not normally
carry identifying information such as a naturally occurring object, original work of
art, or handmade item.
245 00 $a Latin American street theater, 1982.
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: An unpublished collection of street theater productions; no title on DVD-R
disc; title supplied by cataloger
245 00 $a Set of 12 Jamaican lace-bark doilies.
264 \2 $a Halfway Tree, Jamaica : $b Sold for the benefit of the Orphanage
for Girls, $c between 1865 and 1890?
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Supplied information for a handmade item
245 00 $a Votes for women tea cup and saucer.
264 _2 $$a England? : $b Women's Social and Political Union, $c between
1903 and 1917?
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Supplied title and distribution statement for an object
Best Practice Recommendation (Manifestations that Ordinarily Do Not Carry
Identifying Information): Follow RDA and do not use square brackets for
supplied information for manifestations that ordinarily do not carry
identifying information, including supplied titles. Always provide a note
stating the source of information for supplied titles. Use MARC field 588 for
the source of title note.
90
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Title (RDA 2.3)
Basic Instructions on Recording Titles (RDA 2.3.1)
Scope and Sources of Information (RDA 2.3.1.1-RDA 2.3.1.2)
A title is defined as a “word, character, or group of words and/or characters that
names a resource or a work contained in it” (RDA 2.3.1.1). Titles may appear in
different forms and in different places in the resource. RDA categorizes titles as
follows (selective list):
● title proper (RDA 2.3.2)
● parallel title proper (RDA 2.3.3)
● other title information (RDA 2.3.4)
● parallel other title information (RDA 2.3.5)
● variant title (RDA 2.3.6)
● preferred title (RDA 6.2.2)
Recording Titles (RDA 2.3.1.4)
As instructed in RDA, transcribe a title as it appears in the source of information.
There is an option to abridge lengthy titles, but only if no essential information is
lost. None of the first five words of the title should be omitted. A mark of omission
( … ) is used to indicate abridgement.
Name of Agent as Title (RDA 2.3.1.5)
In some cases, the only title in the source of information is just the name of a
person, family, or corporate body. That name can be recorded as the title proper
(RDA 2.3.1.5). If the name that would normally be considered a publisher or
distributor name is an integral part of the title (e.g., with a case ending, etc.) the
name can be recorded as part of the title proper.
245 00 $a Paulo Gil Soares.
Note: The title of this videodisc is an agent name
91
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a Rooster Teeth shorts. $n Volume 1.
Note: Rooster Teeth is also the name of the publisher
Introductory Words, Etc. (RDA 2.3.1.6)
Do not transcribe introductory words that are clearly not intended to be part of the
title (RDA 2.3.1.6). If considered important, this information may be given as a
variant title or note. Names in the possessive case preceding the title are
considered an integral part of the title and should be included (RDA 2.3.1.5).
245 00 $a Stieg Larsson’s Millennium
246 3\ $a Millennium
Note: Introductory words are considered an integral part of the title in this case
245 00 $a Miniature human muscular figure
246 32 $a Altay miniature human muscular figure
Note: Introductory word is not considered an integral part of the title
Titles of Parts, Sections, and Supplements (2.3.1.7)
RDA 2.3.1.7 provides guidance for resources that have titles of parts or sections
that may or may not also have a title that is common to all parts or sections. For
moving image and nonmusical streaming audio, this is not at all straightforward,
and this instruction is in conflict with LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion
Pictures, Television Programs, Radio Programs.
Follow the instructions in LC-PCC PS 6.27.1. 9 Appendix 1 when recording titles of
parts, sections, and supplements. Generally, record titles of parts, sections, and
supplements as part of the title proper. Be sure to consult related instructions and
examples in RDA and corresponding sections of this guide:
● “Comprehensive Title/Individual Title for Motion Picture Video” in Additional
Elements in Authorized Access Points Representing Works (RDA 6.27.1.9)
● “Comprehensive Title/Individual Title for Television Program Video” in
Additional Elements in Authorized Access Points Representing Works (RDA
6.27.1.9)
● “Franchise Titles” in Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2)
● Collective Title and Titles of Individual Contents (RDA 2.3.2.6).
245 10 $a This American life. $p My experimental phase.
Note: Streaming audio part title recorded as part of the title proper
92
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a Prepared slides. $n Set 1.
Note: Microscope slides part title recorded as part of the title proper
Best Practice Recommendation: Generally, record titles of parts, sections,
and supplements as part of the title proper. Follow instructions in LC-PCC PS
6.27.1.9 Appendix 1 and instructions in the Authorized Access Point
Representing a Work (RDA 6.27.1) section in this guide. Also consider
instructions for Franchise Titles in the Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2) section of this
guide and instructions in the Collective Title and Titles of Individual Contents
(RDA 2.3.2.6) section of this guide.
Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Preferred source of information as specified at RDA 2.2.2-2.2.3
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 245 $a
The title proper is the title that appears on the manifestation (i.e., the piece in hand
that is being cataloged) and is the “title normally used when citing the resource”
(RDA 2.3.2.1).
245 00 $a Sharknado / $c SYFY presents ; The Asylum Productions ; an
Anthony C. Ferrante film ; written by Thunder Levin ; produced by David
Michael Latt ; directed by Anthony C. Ferrante.
Note: Title proper for a video on DVD-Video disc
245 00 $a Ratatouille : $b (rat-a-too-ee).
93
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Title proper (and other title information) for a video game
A title proper may include an alternative title.
245 00 $a George Dandin, ou, Le mari confondu
Note: Alternative title included in title proper
Selecting the Title Proper
When the title is in more than one language or script, choose as a title proper the
title in the language or script of the main content of the resource for written,
spoken, or sung content. If the content is not written, spoken, or sung, choose the
title proper on the basis of the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the
source of information (RDA 2.3.2.4).
If the title in the source of information for the title proper is in more than one form
and the titles are in the same language and script, select the title proper on the
basis of the sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source of
information. If these factors do not help in the selection of the title proper, choose
the most comprehensive title available on the source of information (RDA 2.3.2.5).
Recording the Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2.7)
Record the title proper as it appears on the source of information. Include any
diacritical marks (RDA 1.7.4) or errors (RDA 1.7.9) in the title proper as it appears on
the source of information. If the title proper contains inaccuracies, record the
corrected title proper as a variant title (RDA 2.3.6).
245 00 $a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hydee
246 1\ $i Title should read: $a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde
Note: Title on title frame: Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hydee; title in other parts of the
resource and reference sources: Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde
If the title proper contains symbols that cannot be transcribed, then provide an
explanation of the symbol(s) in square brackets (RDA 1.7.5).
Source of Information (RDA 2.3.2.2)
See RDA 2.2.2, Preferred Source of Information, for instructions on selecting the
preferred source of information for title proper.
94
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
For moving image resources, the preferred source of information for the title
proper is the title frame or frames (or title screen or screens) (RDA 2.2.2.3).
Alternatively, one may use a label “printed on or affixed to the resource.” This
would mean the disc label, as it does not apply to accompanying materials. This
alternative is useful since libraries may not have the equipment necessary to view
the title frames or screens.
Make a note on the source of title proper if required. See RDA 2.17.2, Note on Title,
and the corresponding section of this guide.
Other Elements Recorded as Part of a Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2.8)
Some additional elements may be recorded as part of the title proper for musical
works. When the title consists of a name of a type of composition, elements such as
medium of performance, key, date of composition, and number may be recorded
as part of the title proper. These elements are not recorded as part of the title
proper for so-called “distinctive” titles, but rather as other title information. For
assistance in determining whether a title is a type of composition, consult the Music
Library Association’s Types of Compositions for Use in Authorized Access Points : A
Manual for Use with RDA
(http://cmc.blog.musiclibraryassoc.org/types-of-composition-for-use-in-authorized-
access-points-for-music-a-manual-for-use-with-rda/).
Franchise Titles
A franchise can be defined as a collection of media consisting of derivative works
produced from an original work of media (e.g., film, literature, etc.). Some
franchises are laid out with a single overarching storyline while others appear to be
more random but still carry the franchise title. In some cases, the name of a
franchise appears with a number or another title, usually set apart from the specific
individual number or title by placement or typography. When a franchise title is
involved, the industry standard appears to record the titles in this format:
“franchise title: individual title” (with no space before the colon). The franchise title
can be treated as part of the title proper when it appears in this manner in the
preferred source of information. Treating both the franchise and individual specific
title as title proper is less likely to cause a conflict with the title of another resource
than making the franchise title alone the title proper.
Because the “franchise title: individual title” format is a convention in the industry
and in the culture at large, always add a colon even if it does not appear on the
95
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
source of information if it is clear that the title elements should be treated together
as the title proper. Adding punctuation to the transcription for clarity is permitted in
RDA (RDA 1.7.3). Do not put a space in front of the colon, to limit confusion with
ISBD punctuation.
245 00 $a Need for speed: undercover.
Note: Not Need for speed : $b undercover.
Note: Video game disc
245 00 $a Need for speed: rivals.
Note: Not Need for speed : $b rivals.
Note: Video game disc
245 00 $a SimCity 4: rush hour expansion pack.
Note: Not SimCity 4 : $b rush hour expansion pack.
Note: Video game disc
245 04 $a The hunger games: catching fire
246 30 $a Catching fire
246 3\ $a Hunger games 2
Note: Not The hunger games : $b catching fire
Note: DVD-Video disc
245 04 $a The librarian: quest for the spear
246 30 $a Quest for the spear
Note: Not The librarian : $b quest for the spear
Note: Blu-ray Disc
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the franchise title and the number
and/or specific title as part of the title proper (MARC field 245 $a), adding a
colon after the franchise title for clarity. Do not put a space in front of the
colon. Only record a title as other title information if it is clearly secondary to
the title information and is not necessary to distinguish the title from other
titles in the franchise.
Selecting Collective Title and Titles of Individual Contents (RDA 2.3.2.6)
Instructions for determining the title proper for motion pictures or television
programs that contain a comprehensive title and individual titles are found in
96
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9, Appendix 1. In such cases, follow instructions in Appendix 1
and related instructions in this guide, Choosing Additional Elements for Authorized
Access Points Representing Works. Otherwise, titles for resources with a collective
title and titles of individual contents are recorded depending on the type of
description chosen for the resource: comprehensive (RDA 1.5.2) or analytical (RDA
1.5.3).
If a comprehensive description is chosen for a resource and the source of
information contains both a collective title and titles representing individual
content, record the collective title as the title proper (RDA 2.3.2.6.1).
245 00 $a Jac and Daxter collection.
Note: Comprehensive description; collective title used as title proper. Individual
titles appear in a contents note and as title authorized access points.
245 00 $a Wallace & Gromit, the complete collection
Note: Comprehensive description; collective title used as title proper. Individual
titles appear in a contents note and as title authorized access points.
Titles of individual content may be recorded as related works, usually in a contents
note and/or as preferred title access points (MARC field 730). See RDA Chapter 25
and the corresponding section of this guide for instructions and examples.
Do not record titles of individual content in the MARC field 246.
If an analytical description is chosen for a resource and the source of information
contains both the title of the content being described (i.e., individual title) and a
collective title for the larger manifestation, RDA instructions are to record the title
of the content being described as the title proper when the individual title is
sufficient to identify the manifestation.
245 04 $a The new asylums / $c written, produced & directed by ... ; a
Frontline coproduction with...
500 \\ $a Originally broadcast as a segment of the television program
Frontline on May 10, 2005.
Note: Analytic description of an episode of Frontline recorded with the
individual title
97
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If the title of the content being described does not sufficiently identify the resource,
then the collective title may be recorded along with the title of the content to help
with identification.
245 00 $a Looney tunes. $p Golden collection. $n Volume 5
Note: Record collection title as title proper and volume title as part title
If the collective title represents a publisher/distributor series, treat it as a series
statement. See RDA 2.12, Series Statement, and the corresponding section of this
guide for instructions and examples.
Best Practice Recommendation: For determining the title proper for motion
pictures and television programs with both a comprehensive title and
individual title(s), consult the instructions for Comprehensive title/Individual
title in LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television Programs,
Radio Programs. Also, see instructions and examples in the related section of
this guide for RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1.
Resources without a Collective Title (RDA 2.3.2.9)
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Tangible Video Games, and Online Resources
If a comprehensive description has been chosen for a resource and no collective
title appears on the source of information, record the titles of the parts as they
appear on the source of information for the resource as a whole (RDA 2.3.2.9).
Record the titles in the order they appear on the resource. An RDA alternative
allows the cataloger to devise a title for the resource as a whole, however, LC-PCC
PS 2.3.2.9 advises to generally not apply the option.
245 00 $a Jaggies ; $b Bouncing ball ; Slot animation.
Note: Titles of individual parts for a videodisc lacking a collective title
245 00 $a Banjo-Kazooie: Nuts & bolts ; $b Viva piñata.
Note: Titles of individual parts for a video game lacking a collective title
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs, Tangible Video Games, Online
Resources): For a resource without a collective title (comprehensive
98
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
description), follow LC-PCC PS 2.3.2.9 and record the titles of individual parts
in the order they appear on the resource. Do not apply the alternative.
Objects
For objects lacking a collective title, use the alternative instruction for RDA 2.3.2.9
and devise a title.
245 00 $a Balance pods.
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Resource lacks comprehensive title
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): When a resource has no collective
title in any source of information, including sources outside the resource
itself, apply the alternative instruction at RDA 2.3.2.9 and devise a collective
title in the predominant language presented in the resource; if that is not
possible or practicable, devise a title in the language of the cataloging agency.
Resources with No Title (RDA 2.3.2.10)
If the resource has no title at all, either take a title from another source (RDA 2.2.4)
or devise a title. Record the source of the title proper in a note.
245 00 $a Bill Adler interview.
588 0\ $a Description based on online resource; title from resource webpage
(viewed Jan. 17, 2022).
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio without a title screen; the website containing
the link to the audio file is considered part of the resource itself so square
brackets are not required for the title.
245 00 $a Human nervous system model.
588 0\ $a Title from distributor’s website.
Note: 3D object without a title provided on the object. No square brackets
needed for a resource that does not ordinarily carry such information.
See RDA 2.2.4, Other Sources of Information, and the corresponding section of this
guide for instructions for resources that ordinarily do not carry identifying
information.
99
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Devised Titles (RDA 2.3.2.11)
If a resource has no title, and no title can be found in any sources of information
given at RDA 2.2.4, then the cataloger can devise a brief descriptive title that
indicates either the nature and/or subject of the resource. Devise a title in the
predominant language presented in the resource; if that is not possible or
practicable, follow the LC-PCC PS for the alternative instruction and devise a title in
English.
Best Practice Recommendation: When a resource has no title in any source of
information, devise a title in the predominant language presented in the
resource; if that is not possible or practicable, follow the alternative in LC-PCC
PS 2.3.2.11 and devise a title in English. Always record the source of the title
proper in a note.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Streaming Video, and Video Games
Specific instructions for devising titles for certain types of moving image materials
are given at RDA 2.3.2.11.3:
● Advertising: include the name of the product or service advertised plus the
word “advertisement”
● Unedited material, stock shots, newsfilm: include all the major elements
present in the resource in order of their occurrence (e.g., place, date of
event, date of shooting (if different), personalities, and subjects)
245 00 $a Pepto-Bismol advertisement.
588 \\ $a Title supplied by cataloger.
Note: Source of title note for a videodisc supplied title
245 00 $a German newsreel films, 1938-1941.
588 \\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Source of title note for a videodisc devised title
100
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Parallel Title Proper (RDA 2.3.3)
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core for monographs
Source
Any source within the resource
Encoding
MARC 245 $b
A parallel title proper is a title proper that is in another language and/or script (RDA
2.3.3.1). A parallel title does not have to come from the same source as the title
proper but may come from any source within the resource (RDA 2.3.3.2).
If the title proper comes from a source outside the resource, the parallel title
proper should be taken from the same source. If the parallel title proper is taken
from a different source than the title proper, the source of the parallel title proper
can be given in a note.
An alternative parallel title proper is recorded as part of the parallel title proper.
Each parallel title should also be given in a MARC field 246, with second indicator 1.
245 03 $a Le genou de Claire = $b Claire's knee
246 31 $a Claire’s knee
Note: Parallel title recorded as a variant title.
245 02 $a L'antiquaire = $b The art dealer
246 31 $a Art dealer
500 \\ $a Parallel title from optional English subtitles.
Note: Parallel title taken from a different source than the title.
Best Practice Recommendation: Record all parallel titles proper that appear
on the resource; if a parallel title proper is taken from a different source than
the title proper, record the source of the parallel title proper in a note if the
101
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
information is considered important. Also record each parallel title in a MARC
field 246 with second indicator 1.
In the case of multiple parallel titles, record them in the order indicated by the
sequence, layout, or typography of the titles on the source(s) of information (RDA
2.3.3.3). Each instance of parallel other title information should follow its
corresponding parallel title (RDA 2.3.5.3).
245 00 $a Jailor = $b Jelara = Jelar
246 31 $a Jelara
246 31 $a Jelar
Note: Videodisc parallel titles each recorded as a variant title.
245 00 $a Mulujte své nepřátele : $b dokumentární film = Liebet eure Feinde
: ein Dokumentarfilm = Love your enemies : a documentary
246 31 $a Liebet eure Feinde : $b ein Dokumentarfilm
246 31 $a Love your enemies : $b a documentary
Note: Videodisc parallel titles, each with other title information, recorded as
variant titles.
Other Title Information (RDA 2.3.4)
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core for monographs
Source
Same source as the title proper
Encoding
MARC 245 $b
Other title information is “information that appears in conjunction with, and is
subordinate to the title proper of a resource” (RDA 2.3.4). A common example of
other title information is a subtitle.
245 00 $a Guerrilla grannies : $b how to live in this world
102
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: DVD-Video disc
245 02 $a A new dance for America : $b the choreography, teachings and
legacy of Doris Humphrey, 1895-1958
Note: Streaming video
245 00 $a Beach spikers : $b virtual beach volleyball.
Note: Video game computer disc
Other title information is taken from the same source as the title proper. Thus, if a
subtitle is not present on the same source as the title proper but appears
elsewhere, it should be recorded as a variant title (see the Variant Titles (RDA 2.3.6)
section of this guide).
245 00 Fast fitness / $c Ben Salz Productions
246 1\ $i Subtitle on container: $a 30-minute fitness regimen for women on
the go!
Note: Subtitle does not appear on the same source as the title proper; recorded
as variant title
RDA does not consider part, section, or supplement titles to be other title
information (RDA 2.3.4.1). Follow LC-PCC PS 2.3.1.7 and transcribe any numbering
in 245 $n and any part title in $p. Exception - numbering that is part of a franchise
title should be transcribed as part of the title proper (see the Title Proper (RDA
2.3.2) section of this guide).
245 04 $a The Kartemquin Films collection. $p The early years. $n Volume 3,
$p 1970.
Note: DVD-Video disc - Section and part titles are not recorded as other title
information
245 00 $a Diablo III: reaper of souls.
Note: Franchise title recorded as part of the title proper
Best Practice Recommendation: Record other title information that appears
in conjunction with the title proper.
103
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Variant Titles (RDA 2.3.6)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 246 $a $b
MARC 740 $a
A variant title is a title that differs from the title proper or other title information (or
parallel title proper or other title information).
Examples of variant titles include:
● Titles or variants that appear in the resource itself
○ Title frames or screens
○ Container
○ Accompanying material
● Titles from reference sources
● Titles assigned by the cataloger/agency preparing the description of the
resource
○ Translation
○ Transliteration
● Titles assigned by the creator, previous owners, others associated with the
resource
● Corrections to titles
● Part of a title recorded as part of the title proper
○ Alternative title
○ Section title
○ Parallel title
Any variant title considered important for identification or access can be recorded.
They may come from any source, including variants transcribed from the resource
(RDA 2.3.6.2). Variant titles are generally recorded in MARC field 246. First indicator
104
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
values determine whether or not a note and/or added entry will be generated. The
second indicator value can be used to generate a label for certain types of titles.
Both depend on the functionality of one’s library system.
245 00 $a PES 2014 : $b pro evolution soccer.
246 1\ $i Title on container spine: $a Pro evolution soccer 2014
Note: Video game disc with other title information recorded also as a variant title
245 00 $a Guardians of the galaxy.
246 1\ $i At head of title: $a Marvel
246 3\ $a Marvel Guardians of the galaxy
Note: Video game disc with information at head of title
Variant titles may include parts of titles following the colon when those titles have
been transcribed as part of the title proper.
245 00 $a Tom Clancy’s splinter cell: essentials.
246 30 $a Splinter cell: essentials
246 30 $a Essentials
Note: Variant titles for a video game
LC-PCC PS 2.3.6.3 also provides guidance for making variant titles for permutations
related to the title proper. These guidelines are given as an attempt to standardize
the types and forms of variant titles related to the title proper. Some examples
include how to record alternate forms of abbreviations, dates, numbers, signs,
symbols, etc., corrected title proper, portions of title proper, and introductory
words. LC-PCC PS 2.3.6.3 also provides guidance for making variant titles for other
titles found on the item, including parallel titles and other title information.
245 00 $a Halo 3.
246 3\ $a Halo3
246 3\ $a Halo three
Note: Permutations of the title proper given as variant titles
245 00 $a Defender nuestro territorío es defender la vida!
246 1\ $i Title on DVD menu: $a Defensa del territorio y medio ambiente
Note: Variant title given in the 246 field
245 00 $a Symphony no. 22
105
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
246 1\ $i Title should read: $a Symphony no. 2
Note: Title transcribed with error; corrected title given in the 246 field
245 00 $a Guilty of being me : $b the Phil Spector story
246 30 $a Phil Spector story
Note: Other title information given in the 246 field; Initial article omitted in
accordance with LC-PCC PS 2.3.6.3
245 00 $a Unforgotten : $b twenty-five years after Willowbrook.
246 30 $a Twenty-five years after Willowbrook
Note: Other title information given in the 246 field
245 00 $a Kamen raidā batoraido wō = $b Kamen rider battride war
246 31 $a Kamen rider battride war
Note: Parallel title proper given in the 246 field
245 00 $a Fast fitness / $c Ben Salz Productions
246 1\ $i Subtitle on container: $a 30-minute fitness regimen for women on
the go!
Note: Subtitle does not appear on same source as the title proper; recorded as a
variant title
245 00 $a Professor Noggin’s countries of the world card game.
246 30 $a Countries of the world card game
Note: Title proper with name in the possessive case given as variant title
245 00 $a World War II map game.
246 3\ $a World War 2 map game
246 3\ $a World War two map game
Note: Variant titles recording alternate forms of a number in the title of a game
Streaming Video Special Situations
Sometimes, a title will appear in either the upper left corner of the screen or in
another location. For instance, YouTube videos display a title in the upper left
when the video is enlarged to “full screen.”
106
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Such titles are embedded in the metadata of the video, so they would not be
treated as the preferred source if there is a title screen or a title on the streaming
video’s website. Treat them as variant forms of the title proper if they do not match
what is recorded in the 245 field.
245 \\ $a Kansans Can school redesign project : $b Coffeeville’s journey.
246 30 $a Coffeeville’s journey
246 1\ $i Title at top of the screen: $a Kansans Can school redesign : $b
Coffeyville’s journey
Note: Title screen reads: Kansans Can school redesign project - Coffeeville’s
journey, while the text displayed in the upper left of full screen reads:
Kansans Can School Redesign - Coffeeville’s Journey
In other cases, the title may appear on the bottom left side of the screen when the
user mouses over the screen.
107
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
In the image above, the title on the title frames does not match the title that
appears in the lower left corner of the screen.
245 00 $a Birth of an opera : $b December 17, 1999.
246 1\ $i Title at bottom of the screen: $a Staging a show on the NewsHour
Note: Episode of a television show not intended to be viewed consecutively, with
structured title proper and variant title appearing in the lower left corner of the
screen
Compilation Titles
See LC-PCC PS 2.3.6.3 for instructions for recording a variant title for a component
of a compilation in MARC field 740. Note that the field 740 is used for
uncontrolled/unauthorized titles. Initial articles are dropped from MARC field 246
unless the intent is to file on those articles.
245 00 $a Alex Cox's Highway patrolman = $b El patrullero
246 31 $a Patrullero
246 30 $a Highway patrolman
740 02 $a Sleep is for sissies.
Note: Variant titles for the work given in MARC 246 fields and variant title for a
component work entered in MARC field 740
108
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
See RDA 25.1, RDA Appendix J, and the corresponding section of this guide for
instructions and examples for recording component works.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 2.3.6.3 and encode most
variant titles in MARC field 246. Use MARC field 740 for title access points for
component works in a compilation or multi-part resource when an authorized
access point is not needed or in addition to an authorized access point.
109
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Statement of Responsibility (RDA 2.4)
Label
Element
Core
RDA core for the 1st statement of responsibility
LC/PCC core
Source
Same source as title proper
Another source within the resource
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 245 $c
Statement of responsibility refers to the “identification or function of agents
responsible for the creation of, or contributing to the realization of, the intellectual
or artistic content of a manifestation” (RDA 2.4.1.1). A statement of responsibility
may include words or phrases that are neither names nor linking words.
Statements of responsibility may occur in association with:
● a title proper (RDA 2.4.2-RDA 2.4.3)
● a designation of edition (RDA 2.5.4-RDA 2.5.5)
● a designation of a named revision of an edition (RDA 2.5.8-RDA 2.5.9)
● the title of a series (RDA 2.12.6-RDA 2.12.7)
● the title of a subseries (RDA 2.12.14-RDA 2.12.15)
Statement of Responsibility Relating to Title Proper (RDA 2.4.2)
The statement of responsibility relating to title proper is a core element. If there
are multiple statements of responsibility, only the first is core to record; the rest are
optional (RDA 2.4.2). Follow LC-PCC practice and transcribe (or record in a note) any
other statements of responsibility that aid in resource discovery, identification, and
selection. Do not omit names from the statement of responsibility. For serials, the
110
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
statement of responsibility related to title proper is not required (based on LC-PCC
PS for RDA 2.4.2).
Recording Statement of Responsibility Relating to Title Proper (RDA
2.4.2.3)
Transcribe (RDA 2.4.1.4 and 2.4.2.3) the statement of responsibility that relates to
the title proper in the form in which it appears on the same source of information
as the title proper (RDA 2.4.2.2). If absent on the source of the title proper, take it in
this order of preference:
● from another source within the resource itself (RDA 2.2.2)
● one of the sources specified at RDA 2.2.4.
Record creators of or contributors to the realization of the intellectual or artistic
content in the statement of responsibility.
245 02 $a A perfect candidate / $c a film by R.J. Cutler and David Van Taylor.
Note: Streaming video taken from title frames during playback for a streaming
video
245 10 $a Hard eight / $c by Preston Wadley.
Note: Original art with creator recorded in the statement of responsibility
245 10 $a Native Americans and the national consciousness : $b virtual
reading and conversation / $c Joy Harjo.
Note: Spoken word streaming audio with author and speaker recorded in the
statement of responsibility
Best Practice Recommendation: Generally, record work-level roles (e.g.,
creators and individuals or groups associated with a work from RDA Appendix
I) in the statement of responsibility. Use cataloger’s judgment to determine
the significance of their involvement in the creation of artistic and
intellectual content of the work being cataloged.
A statement of responsibility can be recorded even if no specific person, family, or
corporate body is named.
111
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a Decision to win : $b (the first fruits) / $c a film made by
Salvadorean film makers
Note: Statement of responsibility with no specific entity named
If the role or function of the person, family, or corporate body named in a
statement of responsibility is unclear, a word or short phrase of explanation can be
added. Enclose the explanation in brackets to show the information was taken from
a source outside the resource itself (RDA 2.4.1.7).
245 14 $a The perfect American : $b an opera / $c [music by] Philip Glass ;
libretto by Rudy Wurlitzer ; a co-production of EuroArts Music International,
Idéale Audience, Teatro Real de Madrid, Westdeutscher Rundfunk Köln, and
NHK.
Note: A short phrase supplied to explain the role of Philip Glass
Multiple statements of responsibility should be recorded in the order indicated by
the sequence, layout or typography of the source of information. If the order
cannot be determined, record the statements in the order that makes the most
sense (RDA 2.4.1.7).
245 00 $a Greed / $c Metro Goldwyn picture ; Louis B. Mayer presents an
Erich von Stroheim production ; screen adaptation and scenario by June
Mathis and Erich von Stroheim ; produced by Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer
Corporation ; personally directed by Erich von Stroheim.
Note: Multiple statements of responsibility recorded in the order they appear on
the title screen
RDA offers an option to abridge a statement of responsibility if this can be done
without a loss of essential information (RDA 2.4.1.4); however, LC-PCC practice is
not to do so. If a statement is abridged, do not omit the first name.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 2.4.1.4 for the optional
omission and generally do not abridge the statement of responsibility.
Video
112
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
For video, roles relating to direction, production, writing, and presentation are
generally recorded in the statement of responsibility.
245 00 $a Indie game : $b the movie / $c BlinkWorks presents ; a Flutter
Media production ; a film by James Swirsky & Lisanne Pajot ; directed by
Lisanne Pajot & James Swirsky.
Note: Statement of responsibility for a DVD-Video disc
245 02 $a A perfect candidate / $c a film by R.J. Cutler and David Van Taylor.
Note: Statement of responsibility for a streaming video
Objects
Record named board game developers in the statement of responsibility.
245 10 $a Rise up : $b the game of people & power / $c game design by Brian
Van Slyke ; graphic design by Molly McLeod.
Note: Board game designer recorded in the statement of responsibility
Video Games
Many video games do not have a clear statement of responsibility. Such a
statement is most often found in the block of text near the copyright statement on
the back of the container or the label. Attempt to find the name of the person or,
more likely, corporation who is the game developer. This is not necessarily the
same as the publisher. Record game developer(s) in the statement of
responsibility.
245 00 $a Razor racing / $c developed by Vision Scape Interactive, Inc.
Note: Statement of responsibility on video game disc label and back of container
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Record only a clear statement
of responsibility in MARC field 245 $c, not simply a corporate name with no
function indicated, particularly if only represented by a logo. Record the
113
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
name formally presented as the game developer on the resource itself as a
statement of responsibility.
Other Information
Notes may be made for information that is not recorded in the statement of
responsibility. This includes performers and various technical credits including the
video game developer. Encode this information in a MARC field 511 field
(participant or performer note) and/or 508 field (creation/production credits note).
Members of a group, ensemble, company, etc. may also be recorded in the notes if
the group, etc. has already been named in a statement of responsibility (RDA
2.4.1.5). See the Note on Statement of Responsibility (RDA 2.17.3) section of this
guide for more information.
Edition Statement (RDA 2.5)
An edition statement refers to a “statement identifying the edition to which a
resource belongs” (RDA 2.5.1.1). Edition statements may include a statement of
responsibility, or include information about a named revision of an edition.
“Designation of edition” and “Designation of a named revision of an edition” are
core elements. Edition statements should pertain to the entire manifestation and
are transcribed in MARC field 250 as found on the source of information.
For unpublished resources (e.g., a video recording that has never been
commercially broadcast or released), treat any version information as an edition
statement. See section Considerations for Publication, Production, Distribution,
Manufacture & Copyright Elements for information about what is considered to be
unpublished.
Designation of Edition (RDA 2.5.2)
Label
Element
Core
Core
114
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Source
Same source as title proper
Another source within the manifestation
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 250 $a
Designation of edition is defined as “a word, character, or group of words and/or
characters, identifying the edition to which a manifestation belongs” (RDA 2.5.2).
250 \\ $a Director’s Cut.
Note: Title screen of a streaming video has “Director’s Cut” displayed
250 \\ $a Director-approved, dual-format Blu-ray and DVD special edition.
Note: Edition statement from container for a DVD-Video and Blu-ray disc combo
250 \\ $a Newly restored ed.
Note: The abbreviation “ed.” is present on the resource
250 \\ $a Classic edition.
Note: Editing statement from board game container
Some typical video game edition statements are numbered versions (e.g. “version
1.0” or “release 1.2”) or various phrases like “Platinum edition,” etc.
250 \\ $a Platinum edition.
Note: Video game edition statement from container
250 \\ $a Version 1.2.
Note: Video game edition statement from container
250 \\ $a v. 2.0 for Windows.
Note: Video game edition statement from container
RDA provides an option to supply an edition statement if the manifestation does
not carry an edition statement. The supplied edition statement should then be
enclosed in brackets.
250 \\ $a [Reconstructed version].
115
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Information taken from outside the resource itself
250 \\ $a [Edited version].
Note: An external source confirms that the resource being cataloged has lyrics
edited from the original lyrics
If the edition designation consists solely of letters or numbers without any
explanation, add an appropriate word in brackets (RDA 2.5.2.3)
250 \\ $a [Version] 1.0.
Note: Edition statement on resource consisted only of “1.0”
Multiple designations of edition should be recorded in the order found on the
source of information using separate MARC 250 fields.
250 \\ $a Director’s cut.
250 \\ $a Renegade version.
Note: Two edition statements on the manifestation
250 \\ $a Legendary edition.
250 \\ $a PC game.
Note: Two edition statements on the manifestation
Best Practice Recommendation: Encode each edition statement in a separate
MARC field 250.
Video Game Platform as Edition
While it is debatable whether the platform name as generally presented on the
resource is a true edition statement, versions of games on different platforms often
have significantly different gameplay and may be considered as a way of
differentiating one expression of a game from another. Thus, OLAC recommends
that any statement of platform or system which may be construed as an edition
statement should be transcribed as such. Not all games have such a statement, but
most console games and many PC games do. The platform must also be recorded
in its proper place in the MARC fields 538 and 753.
250 \\ $a Nintendo Game Boy.
Note: Version of a video game for Game Boy
116
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
250 \\ $a XBox 360.
Note: Version of a video game for XBox 360
250 \\ $a PC DVD-ROM.
Note: Version of a video game for PC, provided on a DVD-ROM
If there is no statement on the resource for the platform name, and the cataloger
judges that the game most likely exists or will soon exist for another platform, the
platform name may be supplied as a bracketed edition statement. Video game
databases such as Moby Games, IGDB.com or VGDB may be used to check the
existence of another version.
250 \\ $a [Macintosh].
Note: Video game platform supplied by cataloger
250 \\ $a [PC and Mac].
Note: Video game platform supplied by cataloger
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Transcribe a statement of the
video game platform as an edition statement. If the resource lacks such a
statement, supply the platform name in brackets if the cataloger judges it to
be useful.
Moving Image Aspect Ratio as Edition
Aspect ratio is recorded as a separate element (RDA 7.19) and encoded in MARC
field 345 $c and optionally in field 500. Aspect ratio is only recorded as an edition
statement when the word edition (version, etc.) is present.
250 \\ $a Widescreen edition.
345 \\ $c 1.78:1
345 \\ $d wide screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Wide screen (1.78:1).
Note: The word “edition” is present on the manifestation
345 \\ $c 1.78:1
345 \\ $d wide screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Wide screen (1.78:1).
117
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Aspect ratio not presented as an edition statement on the manifestation
Best Practice Recommendation: Record aspect ratio as an edition statement
only when it is presented as an edition statement on the manifestation.
Designation of a Named Revision of an Edition (RDA 2.5.6)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Same source as designation of edition
Another source within the manifestation
Source specified in RDA 2.2.4.
Encoding
MARC 250 $a
Recording Designation of Named Revision of Edition (RDA 2.5.6.3)
Record named revisions of editions in MARC field 250 $a (or $b if parallel
designation of edition is present).
250 $a Special release, newly corrected.
Note: Edition statement and named revision of edition
Best Practices Recommendation: Record named revisions of editions. Provide
both the edition statement and the designation of a named revision of the
edition in a single 250 field if necessary for clarity. Separate the statements
with a comma.
118
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Production, Publication, Distribution, Manufacture
& Copyright Date Elements
Published Manifestation vs. Unpublished Manifestation
The first step in the process of recording the elements in production statement
(RDA 2.7), publication statement (RDA 2.8), distribution statement (RDA 2.9), and
manufacture statement (RDA 2.10) is to determine if the resource is published or
unpublished.
Published Manifestation
RDA defines the scope of a publication statement as “statements relating to the
publication, release, or issuing of a manifestation” (RDA 2.8.1.1). This scope
encompasses resources that are released in ways that fall outside the traditional
concept of publication, as is often the case with many objects such as an article of
commercially produced clothing. Consider the following resources as published
manifestations:
● Online resources (RDA 2.8.1.1)
● Objects that bear a distribution statement or manufacture statement
● Objects that are known to be commercially manufactured or distributed
For published manifestations, publication statements are recorded or supplied.
Distribution statements, manufacture statements, and/or copyright dates may also
be provided as applicable. Production statements are only recorded for
unpublished manifestations and do not apply to published manifestations.
Unpublished Manifestation
RDA does not define "unpublished" directly but gives examples of a manifestation
in an unpublished form in RDA 2.7.1.4. – a manuscript, a painting, a sculpture, and a
locally made recording. Many hand-made, one-of-a-kind, and naturally occurring
119
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
objects are also by their fundamental nature unpublished. If a resource is
unpublished by nature but was commercially packaged and distributed (e.g., rock
specimens sold as a collection), the resource is considered published.
For unpublished manifestations, only production statement elements are recorded
or supplied. Publication, distribution, and manufacture statements do not apply to
unpublished manifestations.
If it cannot be determined whether a resource is published or unpublished, do the
following:
● If the resource is an object, assume it is unpublished.
● If the resource is a videodisc or tangible video game, assume it is published.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): If uncertain as to whether an object
is published or unpublished, assume it is unpublished.
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs and Tangible Video Games): If it is
unknown whether a videodisc or tangible video game is published or
unpublished, assume that it is published.
Principle of Conformance
According to RDA 0.6.4, a resource description should include all the core elements,
if applicable and readily ascertainable. Per this principle of conformance, this guide
recommends omitting the production or publication statement elements for object
resources if the statements are not applicable and readily ascertainable, even
though they may be required as core elements. This is because not all objects are
produced or published in the same way as other resource formats, and the concept
of production or publication statements defined in RDA does not always apply to
them. For specific best practice recommendations for objects, see the following
sections for production and publication statements.
Square Brackets for Resources that Ordinarily Do Not Carry Identifying
Information
RDA 2.2.4 provides an exception to not indicate that information is supplied from a
source outside the manifestation itself for transcribed elements if the
120
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
manifestation is of a type that does not ordinarily carry identifying information. For
resources that fall into this category, most likely unpublished materials such as an
art original or a hand-made item, this exception is applied and no square brackets
are necessary for supplied information.
Best Practice Recommendation: Do not use square brackets for supplied
information in a description for an unpublished resource.
121
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Production Statement (RDA 2.7)
A production statement identifies the place of production, producer, and date of
production of an unpublished manifestation. Note that this definition of production
is different from “production” as is usually associated with moving image materials
(e.g., “a film production”).
The production statement does not apply to naturally occurring objects (e.g., a rock
specimen, a tree branch, etc.), since they are not “produced” in the same way as
other types of resources.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): In general, do not provide a
production statement for naturally occurring objects.
Place of Production (RDA 2.7.2)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Same source as a producer’s name
Another source within the manifestation itself
One of the other sources of information specified at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $a, second indicator 0
Place of production is not a core element. However, it is recommended to record it
if it is applicable for the resource and is readily available. Place of production is
transcribed as it appears on the source of information in MARC field 264 $a with
second indicator 0.
Best Practice Recommendation: Record place of production for unpublished
resources when applicable and readily ascertainable. Generally do not record
place of production for naturally occurring objects as it is not applicable.
122
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
264 \0 $a East Liverpool, Ohio
Note: An unpublished videodisc with content transferred from VHS
More Than One Place of Production (RDA 2.7.2.4)
If there are multiple places of production present on the source of information,
record the place names following the instruction in RDA 2.7.2.4.
264 \0 $a San Diego, California : $b Wanderlustproject ; $a Stanford, CA : $b
Stanford Program on International and Cross-Cultural Education (SPICE)
Note: Two places of production listed on the source of information in a single
MARC field 264
Place of Production Not Identified in Manifestation (RDA 2.7.2.6)
Supply place of production when applicable and readily ascertainable, and if
needed for identification and selection. Indicate that the information is supplied or
taken from a source outside the manifestation using square brackets, unless the
resource is a handmade item or naturally occurring object that ordinarily does not
carry identifying information.
264 \0 $a [Nashville, Tennessee] : $b [Vanderbilt University Archives], $c
[2014]
Note: An unpublished DVD-Video reproduction of a video-taped television
broadcast
264 \0 $a New York? : $b Greg Wyatt, $c 2014.
Note: An unpublished art original; a signed cast bronze portrait of Shakespeare.
Brackets are not used since the resource does not normally carry identifying
information (RDA 2.2.4).
264 \0 $a London?, $c between 1903 and 1917.
Note: A hand-sewn banner with uncertain place of production. No brackets are
used.
Best Practice Recommendation: If no place of production can be determined
from any sources, do not record the element. Do not record [Place of
production not identified].
123
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Producer’s Name (RDA 2.7.4)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Same source as a title proper
Another source within the manifestation itself
One of the other sources of information specified at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $b, second indicator 0
Producer’s name is not a core element; however, it is recommended to record it if it
is applicable for the resource and is readily available. Producer’s name is
transcribed as it appears on the source of information in MARC field 264 $b with
second indicator 0.
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the producer’s name for unpublished
resources when it is applicable and readily ascertainable. Generally do not
record producer’s name for naturally occurring objects as it is not applicable.
If the producer’s name cannot be identified in the resource itself, supply the
producer’s name if it is readily ascertainable and needed for identification and
selection of the resource. Indicate that that information is supplied or taken from a
source outside the manifestation using square brackets, unless the resource is a
handmade item or naturally occurring object that ordinarily does not carry
identifying information.
264 \0 $a [Nashville, Tennessee] : $b [Vanderbilt University Archives], $c
[2014]
Note: An unpublished DVD-Video reproduction of a video-taped television
broadcast
264 \0 $a New York? : $b Greg Wyatt, $c 2014.
Note: An unpublished art original; a signed cast bronze portrait of Shakespeare.
124
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Brackets are not used since the resource does not normally carry identifying
information (RDA 2.2.4).
Statement of Function (RDA 2.7.4.4)
Record words or phrases that describe the function of the producer, if present on
the manifestation. Per LC-PCC PS 2.7.4.4, apply the optional addition of RDA 2.7.4.4
only if a more specific term is necessary to clarify the function.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC/PCC practice and supply producer
function information only if the function is unclear and a more specific term
is necessary.
More than One Producer (RDA 2.7.4.5)
If there are multiple producer’s names present on the source of information, record
the place names following the instruction in RDA 2.7.4.5. Record each name in
conjunction with its corresponding place of production, if present.
264 \0 $a [Amherst, Massachusetts] : $b University of Massachusetts
Amherst ; $a Wareham, Massachusetts : $b UMass Cranberry Station
Note: Two producers listed on source of information; use one 264 field
No Producer Identified (RDA 2.7.4.7)
Do not record the element when a producer’s name cannot be identified from any
sources. Do not record [producer not identified].
Best Practice Recommendation: If the producer’s name cannot be identified
from any sources, do not record the element. Do not record [producer not
identified].
125
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Date of Production (RDA 2.7.6)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 264 $c, second indicator 0
Date of production is a core element for unpublished manifestations. The element
is transcribed as it appears on the source of information in MARC field 264 $c with
second indicator 0.
264 \0 $c 2010.
Note: Date of production on manifestation
Per the principle of conformance in RDA 0.6.4, it is recommended not to record the
date of production for objects that naturally occur (e.g., a specimen of rock) as they
do not go through the same “production” process as other types of resources; thus,
the concept of production is not applicable.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Generally omit the date of
production for unpublished naturally occurring objects.
Date of Production Not Identified (RDA 2.7.6.6)
If no date of production can be found in a single-part unpublished resource other
than a naturally occurring object, supply a production date or an approximate
production date (RDA 2.7.6.6). If the date or an approximate date of production
cannot be determined, record the standard phrase [date of production not
identified].
264 \0 $c [2014?]
Note: Approximate date of production
126
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
264 \0 $c 1999.
Note: Known date, but not present on manifestation; taken from a box made by
the owner. Square brackets are not used since the resource does not normally
carry identifying information
For multipart monographs or serials, follow instructions in RDA 2.7.6.5.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Do not use [date of production not
identified] for naturally occurring object resources.
127
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Publication Statement (RDA 2.8)
The publication statement identifies the place of publication, the publisher, and the
date of publication of a manifestation. These three elements are core elements for
published manifestations.
Published Objects
While it is a core element, the publication statement may not be applicable and
readily ascertainable for object resources as many of them are “published” in a way
that is different from the traditional concept of publication (e.g., an article of
commercially produced clothing). Therefore, it is recommended to apply RDA 0.6.4
and omit recording publication statements for objects unless publication
information appears on the source of information.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Generally do not record publication
statements for objects if publication information is not readily available on
the resource.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
In a provider-neutral record, publication information should reflect all instances of
the equivalent manifestations described in the record.
For online reproductions of tangible audio or video, publication information should
relate to the manifestation as it was published in its original format.
264 \1 $a [Burbank, California] :$b [First National Pictures], $c [1930]
264 \4 $c ©1930
500 \\ $a Originally produced as a motion picture in 1930.
Note: A film originally released as a motion picture, is now available as a
streaming video
128
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
For born-digital resources, publication information should relate to the earliest
online iteration of the resource.
264 \ 1 $a [Bethesda, Md.] : $b [National Institutes of Health], $c [2019]
518 \ \ $a Recorded May 7, 2019.
Note: A born-digital streaming video originally released by the National Institutes
of Health. Publication date is inferred from capture date and given in brackets as
supplied information.
264 \ 1 $a [New York] : $b Intelligence Squared US, $c 2018.
Note: A born-digital streaming video originally released by Intelligence Squared
US, 2018
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming
Video): Follow the PCC Provider Neutral E-resource Guidelines and provide
publication statements that reflect all instances of a resource described in
the record.
Place of Publication (RDA 2.8.2)
Label
Element
Core
RDA core for the 1st place of publication
Source
Same source as publisher’s name
Another source within the manifestation itself
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $a, second indicator 1
Recording Publication Statement (RDA 2.8.1.4)
Transcribe the place of publication in the language and script in which it appears on
the source of information. Include both the local place name and the larger
jurisdiction name(s) if they appear on the source of information (RDA 2.8.2.3).
129
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
264 \1 $a Sunnyvale, CA : $b RedOctane, $c 2006.
Note: Video game disc; “CA” appears on the source of information
264 \1 $a Calabasas Hills, California : $b THQ, $c 2003.
Note: Video game cartridge; “California” appears on the source of information
264 \1 $a New York : $b Deep Dish T.V., $c [1990]
Note: A streaming video file of a television program originally released by Deep
Dish T.V. in 1990. Per PCC Provider Neutral E-resource Guidelines, the place of
publication is taken from the original manifestation
264 \1 London, England : $b Virgin EMI, $c 2019.
Note: “Born digital” streaming audio file. Per PCC Provider Neutral E-resource
Guidelines, the place of publication is taken from the first iteration of the
resource
More Than One Place of Publication (RDA 2.8.2.4)
If multiple places of publication are present on the source of information and more
than one is being recorded, record the place names in the order indicated by the
sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information. If the
places of publication are each associated with different publishers, record each
place of publication with its corresponding publisher. Record each grouping in the
order suggested by the sequence, layout, or typography present on the source of
information (RDA 2.8.2.4).
264 \1 $a Burbank, California : $b High Impacts Games ; $a Foster City, CA :
$b Sony Computer Entertainment America, $c 2006.
Note: Video game disc with two places of publication
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the first place of publication as
required. Record additional places of publication only if deemed important.
130
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Place of Publication Not Identified in Manifestation (RDA 2.8.2.6)
If a place of publication is not found in the manifestation, supply either a known
place of publication found from another source or a probable place of publication
using the instructions found at RDA 2.8.2.6.
264 \1 $a [Burbank, California] : $b Touchstone Home Entertainment, $c
2011.
Note: DVD-Video disc; place of publication is known but not given on resource
264 \1 $a [United States] : $b Gravitas Ventures, $c 2018.
Note: Blu-ray Disc; country of publication known
264 \1 $a [United States?] : $b Rykodisc, $c ℗1998.
Note: Reproduction streaming spoken word audio; probable country of
publication
If it is impossible to determine a probable place of publication, the standard phrase
[Place of publication not identified] is recorded. It is LC/PCC practice to try to supply
a probable place of publication whenever possible instead of recording [Place of
publication not identified].
If a place of publication cannot be found in a published object resource, the
element may be omitted. Supply a place of publication only if it is known or readily
available and considered important. See the Publication Statement (RDA 2.8)
section of this guide for more information about omitting publication elements for
published objects.
264 \1 $a [Billund, Denmark] : $b The LEGO Group, $c [2014]
Note: Known place of publication supplied for a toy
Best Practice Recommendation (Online Resources, Videodiscs, Tangible Video
Games): Follow LC/PCC practice and supply a probable place of publication if
feasible rather than using [Place of publication not identified].
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): If a place of publication cannot be
found in a published object, generally do not record the element. Supply
information only if available and important. Do not use [Place of publication
not identified].
131
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Publisher’s Name (RDA 2.8.4)
Label
Element
Core
RDA core for the 1st publisher’s name
Source
Same source as title proper
Another source within the manifestation itself
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $b, second indicator 1
Recording Publisher’s Name (RDA 2.8.4.3)
Transcribe the publisher’s name as it appears on the source of information. For
videodiscs and tangible video games, the publisher’s name and address often
appear in small print on the back of the container. If more than one publisher’s
name appears in the source of information, only the first publisher name is
required. If the publisher's name appears in more than one language or script,
record the name in the same language or script as the title proper.
264 \1 $a Redmond, WA : $b Nintendo of America, $c 2000.
Note: Computer chip cartridge video game
264 \1 Portland, Oregon : $b Oregon Public Broadcasting, $c 2011.
Note: Streaming video of a television program originally broadcast in 2011. Per
PCC Provider Neutral E-resource Guidelines, the publisher’s name is taken from
the original manifestation
264 \1 New York : $b Intelligence Squared US, $c 2018.
Note: “Born digital” streaming video originally released by Intelligence Squared
US in 2018
RDA offers an alternative to omit levels of hierarchy, if present. However, LC/PCC
practice is not to do so (LC-PCC PS 2.8.4.3).
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC/PCC practice and do not omit levels
of hierarchy.
132
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Determining the name of the publisher for moving images can be difficult when
there are many names present in the sources of information for the manifestation.
These names might include the name of the production company of the original
work, the name of a subsidiary of the production company who could be the
publisher, or the name of the distributor, who could also function as a publisher.
Use cataloger's judgment in choosing the publisher from multiple corporate names
from the source of information. When in doubt, treat the name as a publisher.
Best Practice Recommendation: If there is doubt as to whether a person,
corporate body or family is functioning as a publisher or distributor, treat the
name as a publisher.
Statement of Function (RDA 2.8.4.4)
Record words or phrases that describe the function of the publisher, if present on
the manifestation. Apply the optional addition of RDA 2.7.4.4 only if a more specific
term is necessary to clarify the function.
264 \1 $a New York : $b Kids Fitness Productions in conjunction with Pro
Image Studios
Note: Statement of function is transcribed from the container of a videodisc
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC/PCC practice and supply publisher
function information only if the function is unclear and a more specific term
is necessary.
More Than One Publisher (RDA 2.8.4.5)
If there are multiple publishers’ names present on the source of information and
more than one is being recorded, record the names in the order indicated by the
sequence, layout, or typography of the names on the source of information. Record
each name in conjunction with its corresponding place of publication, if present.
264 \1 $a [Burbank, California] : $b Disney interactive ; $a Foster City, CA : $b
Sony Computer Entertainment
133
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Video game disc with multiple publisher names and places on the
manifestation
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the first publisher name found on the
manifestation as required; optionally record additional publisher names if
deemed important. Record all names in a single 264 field.
No Publisher Identified (RDA 2.8.4.7)
When a publisher of a resource cannot be identified, practice depends upon
format.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Tangible Video Games, and Online Resources
If there is no publisher’s name available from the manifestation or any other
source, record the standard phrase [publisher not identified].
264 \1 $a New York : $b [publisher not identified]
Note: Publisher not available from manifestation or any other source
Objects
If a publisher’s name cannot be found in a published object resource, the element
may be omitted. Supply a publisher’s name only if it is known or readily available
and considered important. See the Publication Statement (RDA 2.8) section of this
guide for more information about omitting publication elements for objects.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): If a publisher’s name cannot be
found in a published object, generally do not record the element. Do not use
[publisher not identified].
134
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Date of Publication (RDA 2.8.6)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Same source as title proper
Another source within the manifestation itself
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $c, second indicator 1
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Tangible Video Games
Record the date of publication as it appears on the source of information in MARC
field 264, second indicator 1, $c. Do not confuse the date of production of the
original work or expression with the date of publication of the manifestation.
264 \1 $a [Roma] : $b Gianluca & Stefano Curti : $b RaroVideo, $c 2013.
Note: Videodisc with a publication date from the container
264 \1 $a Redmond, WA : $b Nintendo of America, $c May 2000.
Note: Video game disc with publication date as stated on the disc
Online Video Games
For video games available online, use the release date on the game homepage.
264 \1 $a [Bellevue, Washington] : $b 3909, $c Aug 8, 2013.
Note: Online video game available online through a distribution service
135
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
For digital reproductions, follow PCC Provider Neutral E-Resource guidelines and
use the date of the original manifestation as the publication date.
264 \1 $a New York, NY : $b FirstRun Features, $c 2016.
Note: Streaming video of a motion picture released in 2016
For born digital resources, follow PCC Provider Neutral E-Resource guidelines and
use the date of the earliest iteration as the publication date. When one is uncertain
if the date is the earliest iteration, use square brackets and a question mark.
264 \1 $a Normal, Illinois : $b Joi Adams, $c 2019-
Note: Born-digital streaming audio, a podcast hosted by Joi Adams, beginning in
2019
264 \1 $a San Francisco, California : $b Better Media Group, $c [2019?]
Note: Born digital streaming video. The first iteration of the resource is uncertain
Date of Publication Not Identified
If no date of publication can be found in a single-part resource, supply a publication
date or an approximate publication date (RDA 2.8.6.6) with square brackets.
264 \1 $a Oley, PA : $b Bullfrog Films, $c [2004]
Note: Blu-ray Disc with publication date not stated on the manifestation, but
found to be 2004
264 \1 $a Foster City, CA : $b Sony Computer Entertainment, $c [between
2000 and 2010]
Note: Video game disc with supplied publication date range
If it is impossible to determine a probable or an approximate date of publication,
the standard phrase [date of publication not identified] is recorded. It is LC/PCC
practice to try to supply a probable date of publication whenever possible instead
of recording [date of publication not identified]. LC-PCC PS 2.8.6.6 provides practical
guidelines for use of copyright and distribution dates when the date of publication
cannot be identified in the manifestation.
136
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If no date of publication is present but a copyright date is present, supply an
estimated date of publication that corresponds to the copyright date. Use the
copyright date associated with the program content or bonus features, but not a
packaging date unless it is the only date available. In many cases, the packaging
copyright date refers only to an updated container and does not correspond to the
date of the content. If multiple copyright dates are present, infer the date of
publication from the latest copyright date. If there is no date of publication, but a
date of distribution is present, supply a date of publication based on the
distribution date.
264 \1 $a [Zambia] : $b Cheke Cha Mbunda Cultural & Writers Association,
$c [2009]
264 \4 $c ©2009
Note: Videodisc with ©2009 as the only date present on the manifestation
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs, Nonmusical Streaming Audio,
Streaming Video, Video Games): Follow LC/PCC practice and supply a date of
publication, if possible, rather than [date of publication not identified].
For multipart monographs or serials, follow instructions in RDA 2.8.6.5.
Objects
If a date of publication cannot be found in a published object resource, the element
may be omitted. Supply a date of publication only if it is known or readily available
and considered important. See the Publication Statement (RDA 2.8) section of this
guide for more information about omitting publication elements for objects.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): If a date of publication cannot be
found for a published object, generally do not record the element. Do not use
[date of publication not identified].
137
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Distribution Statement (RDA 2.9)
Label
Element
Core
Not Core
Source
Place of distribution: same source as a distributor’s name
Distributor’s name/Date of distribution: same source as title proper
Another source within the manifestation
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $a $b $c second indicator 2
Distribution statement is not a core element. The place, name, and date of
distribution are recorded in the same manner as the corresponding elements in the
publication statement. The place of distribution and distributor’s name are both
transcribed from the manifestation; the date of distribution is recorded. Since these
are optional elements, the standard phrase “[XXX] not identified” is not necessary
when any of the elements is not recorded.
Published Objects
Many objects are considered published for the purpose of cataloging but are
“published” in a way that falls outside the traditional concept of publication (e.g.,
commercially produced furniture or clothing). As a result, such objects may carry
only distribution information instead of publication information. If any of the
elements in the distribution statement appear on an object resource, they should
always be recorded, regardless of the presence of publication statements. If
distribution information is not present on the resource but is readily available from
other sources, it may be recorded if considered important.
264 \1 $b Altay Scientific, $c [2017]
264 \2 $a Burlington, NC : $b Carolina Biological Supply Company, $c [2017]
138
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Both publication and distribution information present on an anatomical
model
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Always record distribution
statements if the information is present on the resource.
Online Video Games
Video games available online are frequently available via more than one digital
distribution service, such as Steam, Origin, etc. The distribution service or provider
for the version of the game being cataloged is given in the “description based on”
note. See the section of this guide for RDA 2.17.13, Note on Issue, Part, or Iteration
Used as the Basis of Identification of Manifestation.
Because game play differs according to the distribution service or provider, online
video games are not cataloged according to PCC Provider-Neutral E-Resource
Guidelines.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
Streaming media are often hosted by more than one service provider. Follow PCC
Provider-Neutral E-Resource Guidelines and do not record a distribution statement
for nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Do not record distribution statements in a provider-neutral record.
For the other formats, it is encouraged to record a distribution statement if it is
readily available and considered useful, especially when publication information
cannot be identified for the resource.
264 \1 $a [New York?] : $b [publisher not identified], $c [1994]
264 \2 $a Glen Cove, NY : $b [Distributed by Acclaim Distribution]
Note: Publisher’s name not determined for a video game cartridge; optional
distribution statement is added
139
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Statement of Function (RDA 2.9.4.4)
RDA 2.9.4.4 provides an optional addition for adding a term indicating the function
of a distributor if it is not clear. LC practice is to generally not apply the option,
unless a more specific function than the MARC field 264 second indicator is deemed
important.
264 \2 $a New York : $b [distributed in North America by] Smith Films Group
Note: Specific distribution function supplied from outside the manifestation
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 2.9.4.4 and apply the RDA
optional addition only if a more specific function term is deemed important.
Manufacture Statement (RDA 2.10)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Place of manufacturer: Same source as manufacturer’s name
Manufacturer’s name/Date of manufacture: Same source as a title
proper
Another source within the manifestation
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 264 $a $b $c, second indicator 3
Manufacture statement is not a core element. The place, name, and date of
manufacture are recorded in the same manner as the corresponding elements in
the publication and distribution statements. The place of manufacture and
manufacturer’s name are transcribed from the manifestation; the date of
140
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
manufacture is recorded. Since these are optional elements, the standard phrase
“[XXX] not identified” is not necessary when one or more of the elements is not
recorded.
Objects
Many objects are considered published for the purpose of cataloging but are
“published” in a way that falls outside the traditional concept of publication (e.g.,
commercially produced furniture or clothing). As a result, such objects may carry
only manufacture information instead of publication or distribution information. If
any of the elements for the manufacture statement appear on an object resource,
they should always be recorded, regardless of the presence of publication or
distribution statements. If manufacture information is not present on the resource
but is readily available from other sources, it may be recorded if considered
important.
264 \1 $a El Segundo, CA : $b Mattel Inc., $c [2004]
264 \2 $a Mississauga, Ontario : $b Mattel Canada Inc.
264 \3 $a Indonesia : $b [Mattel Inc.]
Note: Publication, distribution, manufacture information recorded for a toy
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Always record manufacture
statements if the information is present on the resource.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Tangible Video Games
For other resources in physical format, a manufacture statement may be recorded
if it is readily available and considered useful, especially when neither publication
nor distribution information cannot be identified for the resource.
264 \1 $a [New York, New York] : $b A&E Television Networks, $c [2002]
264 \3 $a [United States] : $b manufactured by CustomFlix, an Amazon.com
company
Note: Optional manufacture statement added
141
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Statement of Function (RDA 2.10.4.4)
RDA 2.10.4.4 provides an optional addition for adding a term indicating the function
of a manufacturer if it is not clear. LC practice is to generally not apply the option,
unless a more specific function than the MARC field 264 second indicator is deemed
important.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 2.10.4.4 and apply the RDA
optional addition only if a more specific function term is deemed important.
Copyright Date (RDA 2.11)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 264, second indicator 4 $c
Copyright date is a date associated with a claim of protection under copyright or a
similar regime (RDA 2.11.1.1). This also includes phonogram dates (i.e., dates
associated with claims of protection for audio recordings). Copyright dates are
recorded in MARC field 264, second indicator 4, $c.
264 \4 $c ©2014
Note: Copyright date
264 \4 $c copyright 2014
Note: Copyright date
Copyright date is an optional element, however, it is recommended to record it if
the date appears on the resource, especially when the date differs from the date of
142
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
publication, the date of publication is not present, or when the date of publication
is supplied.
264 \1 $c [2003?]
264 \4 $c ©2003
Note: Supplied date of publication, copyright date added
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the copyright date when feasible.
In some cases, there will be more than one copyright date on a manifestation,
including for the program content, bonus features, or for the packaging. See RDA
2.11.1.3 for instructions on multiple copyright dates.
Multiple copyright dates that apply to different aspects of the manifestation (such
as text, sound or video) are entered in separate MARC fields 264 (2nd indicator 4),
using a $3 to distinguish between materials. Only the latest copyright date should
be recorded if multiple copyright dates apply to a single aspect of a manifestation.
264 \4 $3 DVD : $c ©2014
264 \4 $3 Audio CD : $c ℗2008
Note: DVD-Video disc + audio CD set; each date refers to a different aspect - video
and sound
143
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Series Statement (RDA 2.12)
The series statement identifies a series to which a manifestation belongs. The
series statement may include subseries information, numbering, and a statement
of responsibility. Core elements are the series title proper, numbering, subseries
title proper and numbering.
Title Proper of Series (RDA 2.12.2)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Series title page
Another source within the manifestation
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 490 $a $v
Recording Title Proper of Series
Transcribe the title proper of the series in the language and script in which it
appears on the source of information. It is important to note that only publisher
series are recorded here.
Record series statements in MARC field 490 $a and any series numbering in $v. Use
the first indicator 1 when the series is traced and provide an authorized access
point for the series title in the appropriate MARC 8XX field if access to the
authorized series title is desired. Use the first indicator 0 for untraced series, that is,
no authorized access point to the series title is given.
245 00 $a 12 angry men / $c Orion Productions and Nova Productions ;
director, Sidney Lumet ; producers, Henry Fonda, Reginald Rose ; story and
screenplay, Reginald Rose.
144
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
490 1\ $a Criterion collection
Note: “Criterion collection” is a series used by Criterion Collection, Inc. when
reissuing motion pictures on videodisc
245 00 Blood omen 2 / $c Crystal Dynamics.
490 0\ $a Legacy of Kain series
Note: Series statement for a video game disc. Series is not traced.
Do not treat a franchise title or television program title as a series. See RDA 2.3.2,
Title Proper, and the corresponding section of this guide section for further
information on recording franchise titles. See RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1 and the
corresponding section of this guide for television program titles.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Follow the provider-neutral guidelines and only record series
statements that reflect all versions of a resource regardless of provider.
Series Statement vs. Notes
LC-PCC PS 2.12 provides guidance on distinguishing between true series and those
that are not, such as series-like phrases.
500 __ $a "This pack is one of a series of reproductions of 17th and 18th
century packs of engraved cards which is being published."
Note: This text appears on an informational insert which was included with packs
of reproduction playing cards
490 1\ $a Globe on screen
500 \\ $a "A Shakespeare's Globe production"--Container.
Note: Series statement in 490; another phrase that appears on container is given
as a quoted note.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow the LC-PCC-PS 2.12, and transcribe a
phrase in the series statement only when it is a true series. If it is uncertain
about whether a statement counts as a series, give it as a quoted note.
145
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Numbering within the Series (RDA 2.12.9)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Series title page
Another source within the manifestation
One of the sources listed at RDA 2.2.4
Encoding
MARC 490 $v
Series numbering (if present) is a core element. Numbering can include a numeral,
a letter, any other character, or the combination of these. Numbering is often
accompanied by a caption (e.g., volume, number, etc.) and/or a chronological
designation.
Recording Numbering within Series (RDA 2.12.9.3)
Record numbering within series in the language and script in which they appear on
the source of information, which is anywhere within the resource.
490 0\ $a FIFA World Cup DVD collection 1930-2006 ; $v 5
Note: Series numbering given without caption on the resource
146
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Identifier for the Manifestation (RDA 2.15)
Label
Element
Core
Core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 020 $a
MARC 022 $a
MARC 024 $a
MARC 028 $a $b
MARC 074 $a
An “identifier for the manifestation” is a character string associated with a
manifestation that differentiates the piece that is being cataloged from others (RDA
2.15.1.1).
General Guidelines
A single resource may have several different identifiers. When more than one
identifier is present on the resource, only one is core. Recording additional
identifiers is optional. For resources with parts, record identifiers associated with
the entire resource, and optionally identifiers associated with the individual parts.
● If multiple identifiers are present, prefer an internationally recognized
identifier. Consider ISBN, URN, UPC, and EAN numbers as internationally
recognized.
● Publisher numbers should be recorded in the 028 field when applicable,
along with the publisher in $b. Note discussion below about platform
numbers which are different from publisher numbers.
Best Practice Recommendation: Record identifiers when present, especially
ISBN and publisher numbers, with qualifying information, when applicable.
147
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Follow the provider-neutral guidelines and only record identifiers that
reflect all instances of the resource regardless of provider.
Commonly found types of identifiers include:
● Registered identifiers from internationally recognized schemes (e.g., ISBN)
● Other identifiers assigned by publishers, distributors, government
publications agencies, document clearinghouses, archives, etc., following
their internally devised schemes
Recording Identifier for the Manifestation (RDA 2.15.1.4)
If an identifier has a specified display format, RDA stipulates that the specified
display format should be used; however, that is not always possible when using
MARC. For identifiers with no standard display format, the number is recorded as it
is presented on the resource.
ISBN 978-0-79697-5062-0
Note: Standard display format
020 \\ $a 97807969750620
Note: MARC display format
International Standard Book Number (ISBN) (MARC 020)
The ISBN is a 10- or 13-digit number recorded in the MARC field 020, $a, with both
indicators blank. Do not include hyphens or the “ISBN” preceding the number.
Qualifying information is recorded in $q. The ISBN-13 begins with digits 978, or
9791 through 9799.
020 \\ $a 97807969750620
Note: Number appears on resource as ISBN: 978-0-7697-5062-0
020 \\ $a 9780769750927 $q (disc 4)
Note: Qualifying information added; enclosed in parentheses according to ISBD
148
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
International Standard Serial Number (ISSN) (MARC 022)
The ISSN is an 8-digit code recorded in the MARC field 022, $a, with both indicators
blank (unless values are being recorded by the ISSN Centers). Do not include “ISSN”
preceding the number, but do include the hyphen found within the number.
022 0\ $a 2329-9738 $2 1
Note: Provider-neutral born-digital streaming video serial. The 1
st
indicator 0
denotes that this resource is of international interest and the $2 is the code for
the ISSN Center responsible for assigning and maintaining ISSNs and related
data.
Universal Product Code (UPC) (MARC 024 1\)
These numbers are generally found beneath a barcode on the container. The UPC
is a 12-digit number recorded in MARC field 024 with first indicator 1. There may be
additional numbers to the right of the barcode; these should be recorded in $d.
024 1\ $a 032031437098
Note: UPC from the container of a DVD-Video disc
024 1\ $a 9781476801988 $d 52499
Note: UPC with additional numbers to the right of the barcode
International Article Number (EAN) (MARC 024 3\)
The EAN was formerly known as the “European Article Number.” The EAN is a 12 or
13- digit number recorded in MARC field 024 with first indicator 3. The EAN can be
differentiated from the ISBN-13 by its initial digits.
024 3\ $a 7350002939550
Note: EAN appears on the back of the container of the game, under the barcode
in the format: 7 350002 939550
Other Standard Numbers (MARC 024 7\)
Standard numbers from other schemes are recorded in MARC field 024 with first
indicator 7. Code for the source of the number or code in $2. A list of standard
identifier source codes can be found in Source Codes for Vocabularies, Rules, and
Schemes, “Standard Identifier Source Codes”
(http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/standard-identifier.html).
149
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
024 7\ $a 00883929398638 $2 gtin-14
Note: Resource contains a Global Trade Identification Number 14
Publisher Number with Publisher Name (MARC 028 )
Publisher number is recorded in MARC field 028, $a. The first indicator is coded for
the type of number. The second indicator may be coded either 1 or 2, depending on
whether note generation is desired. Record the number as it is presented on the
resource, including spaces, hyphens, capitalization, etc. The name of the publisher
is given in $b. Qualifying information is recorded in $q. Identifiers associated with
the original manifestation may also be recorded in MARC field 028.
028 41 $a DOG285 $b Dogwoof
Note: Video recording publisher number and name of publisher. Second
indicators coded for note, added entry.
028 42 $a OA 1106 D $b Opus Arte
Note: Video recording publisher number and name of publisher. Second indicator
coded for note, no added entry.
028 42 $a BFIB1191 $b BFI $q (set)
028 42 $a BFIB1154 $b BFI $q (disc 1)
028 42 $a BFIB1085 $b BFI $q (disc 2)
Note: Video recording publisher number and name of publisher of a set.
Qualifying information indicates the location of each number.
028 51 $a 987717 $b Valve
Note: Video game publisher number and name of publisher
028 51 $a RCK49007-PH $b Rockstar
Note: Video game publisher number and name of publisher
GPO Item Number (MARC 074 \\)
GPO item number is the number assigned to publications by the U.S. Government
Printing Office (GPO) to manage their distribution to libraries within its Depository
Library System.
074 \\ $a 0968-H-01 (online)
Note: Provider-neutral, born-digital, streaming video recording with no
150
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
internationally recognized identifier
Video Game Platform Number (MARC 024 8\)
Often numbers appear which cannot be identified with a video game publisher but
seem to be associated with a platform – Sony and Nintendo games, in particular,
have these sorts of numbers. Record the platform number in MARC field 024 with
first indicator 8 to indicate the type of number or code is unspecified. Do not record
the publisher. Format the numerical identifier as it appears on the resource.
Sony has an internal code system for platform (PS1, PS2, PS3, PSP) and region (US,
Europe, Asia). Platform numbers are meaningful in the gaming community and can
be considered the equivalent to the ISBN on a book.
024 8\ $a CUSA 00600
Note: Game on the Sony PS4 platform
024 8\ $a BLUS 30971
Note: Game on the Sony PS3 platform
024 8\ $a SLUS 21503
Note: Game on the Sony PS2 platform
Nintendo video games may have different platform numbers on the label and the
box. Record both platform numbers with identifying information in $q.
024 8\ $a RVL-RMKE-USA-BO $q (label)
024 8\ $a RVL P RMKE USZ $q (container)
Note: Game on the Nintendo Wii platform
024 8\ $a DL-DOL-GJKE-USA $q (label)
028 8\ $a DOL P GJKE $q (container)
Note: Game on the Nintendo Gamecube platform
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Record video game platform
numbers in MARC field 024 with first indicator 8.
151
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note on Manifestation (RDA 2.17)
RDA defines note on manifestation as “a note providing additional information
about manifestation attributes” (RDA 2.17.1.1). For instructions on notes that
describe carriers, see RDA 3.21, Note on Carrier, and the corresponding section of
this guide.
Note on Title (RDA 2.17.2)
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core when applicable
LC-PCC core for all online resources
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 588 $a
RDA 2.17.2.1 describes “note on title” as “providing information on: the source from
which a title was taken; the date the title was viewed; variations in titles,
inaccuracies, deletions, etc.; or other information relating to a title.”
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
For DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc, make a note about the source of title if the title has
been taken from a source other than the title frame(s) or screen(s) as instructed in
RDA 2.17.2.3.
588 0\ $a Title from disc label.
Note: Source of title note for DVD-Video disc
152
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs): If the title is taken from a source
other than the title screen, record the source of title in a note, using MARC
field 588.
Objects
Routinely supply a source of title note for objects, which are more variable than
other media. Cataloging objects commonly calls for cataloger's judgment to
determine or devise a title.
588 0\ $a Title from contents sheet.
Note: Source of title note for a rock collection
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Source of title note for a naturally occurring object
Video Games
Routinely supply a source of title note for video games, regardless of where the title
is taken from. With tangible video games, many libraries do not have the
equipment necessary to view the titles frames and have to use another source
within the resource. OLAC recommends recording a source of title note for all
video games.
588 0\ $a Title from cartridge label.
Note: Source of title note for a video game cartridge
588 0\ $a Title from title frames.
Note: Source of title note for video game, even when title is taken from the
preferred source of information
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects and Video Games): Always record the
source of title for objects and video games in a note using MARC field 588,
regardless of where the title is taken.
153
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note on Statement of Responsibility (RDA 2.17.3)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 511
MARC 508
RDA defines this element as “a note providing information on an agent not named
in a statement of responsibility to whom responsibility for the intellectual or artistic
content of the resource has been attributed …” Media commonly have agents not
named in the statement of responsibility, and it is important to make notes on
performance, artistic, or technical contributions.
Artistic and/or Technical Credits
Record notes on artistic and/or technical credits that are not included in the
statement of responsibility in MARC field 508. Include a statement of function with
each name (or group of names). This statement of function is given in the language
of the cataloging agency since this information is supplied rather than transcribed.
508 \\ $a Produced and mixed by Buddy Miller.
Note: Streaming audio
508 \\ $a Director of photography, Carlos Hidalgo Valdés; music, Pablo
Valero; editor, Felipe Gómez Torres.
Note: Streaming video
508 \\ $a Director of photography, Wladimir Ivanov ; editor, Albert Jurgenson
; music, Georges Delerue.
Note: DVD-Video disc
154
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: Record notes on artistic and/or technical
credit if not included in the statement of responsibility.
Video Game Developer
Video games seldom have a clear statement of responsibility and many have no
credits at all. At a minimum, attempt to find the name of the person or, more likely,
corporation who is the game developer. This is not necessarily the same as the
publisher. If the information is given in a form suitable for a statement of
responsibility, give the information in MARC field 245 $c. Otherwise use MARC field
508. If this information is not clear in the resource itself, a third-party site such as
Moby Games, Wikipedia, or TheGamesDB.net may be used.
508 \\ $a Developed by Rebellion.
Note: Video game developer
508 \\ $a Developer/designer, John Tiller.
Note: Video game developer
508 \\ $a Producer, Scott Hamilton ; developer/designer, John Tiller ; design,
Greg "Sturm" Smith ; additional scenario and campaign design, Tom Wilson,
James Rapkins ; graphics, Joseph Amoral ; maps, Michael Avanzini ; music,
Thomas Hook.
Note: Video game developer and other technical credits
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Record the game developer in
MARC field 245 $c only when a clear statement can be transcribed from the
disc/cartridge, packaging, or credits. Otherwise, use a MARC field 508 note if
the developer or other technical credits can be easily determined.
Performers, Presenters, Narrators
Notes on performers, presenters, and narrators are recorded in MARC field 511. To
generate the display constant “Cast,” use the first indicator value of “1.”
511 0\ $a Narrator, Kim Tilbury.
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio narrator note
155
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
511 1\ $a Sean Connery, Michael Caine, Christopher Plummer.
Note: DVD-Video performers; first indicator “1” generates the display constant
“Cast.”
Video Games
If a video game has a well-known or prominently named voice actor or actors,
record that name in the form presented in the resource. Some games may also
feature persons (especially athletes) whose images are used or whose actions have
been captured via motion capture technology, and these people may be recorded
as well if they are prominently named, with an appropriate explanation.
511 0\ $a Voice actors include Max von Sydow, Christopher Plummer.
Note: Video game. First indicator “0” does not generate a display constant.
Best Practice Recommendation: If not recorded in the statement of
responsibility, routinely record notes on performers, presenters, and/or
narrator(s) in a MARC field 511 field.
Note on Issue, Part, or Iteration Used as the Basis of Identification
of Manifestation (RDA 2.17.13)
RDA defines the scope as a “note identifying the issue or part of a multipart
monograph or serial, or the iteration of an integrating resource that has been used
as the basis for the identification of the resource.” Always make a note identifying
the date on which an online resource was viewed for description, as per RDA
2.17.13.5.
156
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
Provider-Neutral guidelines require that both the provider and date viewed be
included in the note. The source of the description and the date viewed/provider
should be combined in the following format in a MARC field 588:
588 \\ $a Description based on online resource; title from title screen
(Alexander Street Press, viewed November 26, 2012).
Note: Streaming video basis of identification note
Provider-Neutral guidelines recommend the following format for integrating
resources: “Description based on contents viewed on [date]”
588 \\ Description based on contents viewed on March 12, 2019; title from
home page.
Note: Streaming video database basis of identification note
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Always record a basis of identification note. Follow the Program for
Cooperative Cataloging’s (PCC) guidelines for provider-neutral record and
record both the source of title and the date viewed in a single note. Record
the note in the form recommended by these guidelines and include the
provider or resource in addition to the source of the title proper and date
viewed, using MARC field 588.
Online Video Games
Always make a note on the source of the description for online video games.
Include both the provider or digital distribution service for the online game and the
date viewed in the note.
588 \\ $a Description based on online resource; title from game homepage
(Steam, viewed October 3, 2014).
Note: Source of description note for an online video game via the Steam platform.
157
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 3. Describing Carriers
Introduction
No General Material Designation
General material designation (GMD) should not be recorded in bibliographic
records. Instead, use content, media, and carrier terms and codes in MARC fields
336, 377, and 338. OCLC began removal of existing GMDs from bibliographic
records in 2016.
Recording Technical Details for Nonmusical Streaming Audio &
Streaming Video
Technical details such as sound characteristics, digital file characteristics,
equipment or system requirements are generally considered to be
“provider-specific” information and are best omitted from bibliographic records as
prescribed in the Program for Cooperative Cataloging Provider-Neutral E-Resource
MARC Record Guide: P-N/RDA Combined Version available here
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/PCC-PN-guidelines.html). It is the
policy of OCLC to adhere to the provider-neutral approach when cataloging
electronic resources in all formats (e.g., e-books, streaming video and audio, etc.),
thus, when contributing records to WorldCat, follow the provider-neutral (PN)
guidelines. The SkyRiver database also participates in national cataloging
programs, including BIBCO, so following the PN guidelines is important.
Instructions and examples sections for specific RDA elements pertaining to
technical details reflect adherence to provider-neutral practice. Record technical
details locally if they are important for your local catalog.
In shared bibliographic environments, follow the provider-neutral guidelines and
record provider-neutral practice in MARC field 040 $e. Code the 040 field with the
value of “pn” in a second $e, following the first $e coded for “rda.”
040 $a [Code for original cataloging agency] $b eng $e rda $e pn $c [Code for
transcribing agency]
Note: MARC field 040 coded for provider-neutral cataloging
158
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming
Video): Follow the e-resource provider-neutral guidelines by the Program for
Cooperative Cataloging (PCC). Recording of technical details for online
resources in a shared cataloging environment should adhere to the
provider-neutral practice.
Media Type (RDA 3.2)
Label
Element
Core
LC/PCC core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 337 $a $b $2
RDA defines media type as a “categorization reflecting the general type of
intermediation device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource
(RDA 3.2.1.1).” Media type reflects what type of equipment, if any, is needed to use
the resource.
Recording Media Type (RDA 3.2.1.3)
Record a media type using one or more terms from the list at RDA 3.2.1.3. RDA
media types that apply to resources within the scope of this guide are:
computer
“A media type used to store electronic files, designed for use with a
computer”
microscopic
“A media type used to store minute objects, designed for use with a device
such as a microscope to reveal details invisible to the naked eye.”
159
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
unmediated
“A media type used to store content designed to be perceived directly
through one or more human senses without the aid of an intermediary
device. With the exception of microscopic which is used for microscope
slides, the media type for objects will be unmediated.”
video
“A media type used to store moving or still images, designed for use with a
playback device such as a videocassette player or DVD player.”
If none of the terms apply to the manifestation being described, use media type
other. If media type cannot be readily ascertained, use media type unspecified.
Record the RDA media type term in MARC field 337 $a and the code in $b. Terms
and codes for RDA media type are available at LC’s Term and Code List for RDA
Media Types (https://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdamedia.html). Follow the
recommendation of the Joint MLA-OLAC 33X/34x Task Group and record the source
code “rdamedia” in $2, rather than the RDA Value Vocabularies: Media Type source
code, rdamt.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Use the media type “video” for DVD-Video and Blu-ray discs.
337 \\ $a video $b v $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for a Blu-ray disc
Online Resources and Tangible Video Games
Use media type “computer” for nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video, and
tangible and online video games. The RDA Glossary defines computer media type
as “a media type used to store electronic files, designed for use with a computer.
Media that are accessed remotely through file servers as well as direct-access
media such as computer tapes and discs are included.”
337 \\ $a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
160
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Media type for video game computer disc
337 \\ $a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for online video game
337 \\ $a computer $b c $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for nonmusical streaming audio
Objects
Objects are almost exclusively media type “unmediated.” Microscope slides are the
exception; use media type “microscopic” for microscope slides.
337 \\ $a unmediated $b n $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for a jigsaw puzzle
337 \\ $a unmediated $b n $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for a diorama
337 \\ $a microscopic $b p $2 rdamedia
Note: Media type for a set of microscope slides
Multiple Media Types
If the manifestation consists of more than one media type, either record only the
media type of the predominant part of the manifestation (if there is one) or media
types that pertain to the most substantial parts of the manifestation. Include the
materials specified in MARC field 337, $3.
337 \\ $a video $b v $2 rdamedia $3 videodisc
337 \\ $a audio $b s $2 rdamedia $3 audio disc
Note: Media types for a manifestation containing a documentary film on
DVD-Video disc and audio CD
Best Practice Recommendation: Although media type is not “core” in RDA,
follow the LC-PCC PS for RDA 3.2 and always record media type term(s) and
code(s) in MARC Field 337.
161
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Carrier Type (RDA 3.3)
Label
Element
Core
Core element
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 007 (sound recording) $b
MARC 007 (videorecording) $b
MARC 008/23 (computer files)
MARC 008/29 (visual materials)
MARC 338 $a $b $2
RDA defines carrier type as: “categorization reflecting the format of the storage
medium and housing of a carrier in combination with the type of intermediation
device required to view, play, run, etc., the content of a resource.”
Recording Carrier Type (RDA 3.3.1)
Terms and codes for RDA carrier type are available at LC’s Term and Code List for
RDA Carrier Types (https://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacarrier.html). Note
that this is the same vocabulary used for the extent of nonmusical streaming audio,
streaming video, video games, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs. Follow the
recommendation of the Joint MLA-OLAC 33X/34x Task Group and record the source
code “rdacarrier” in $2, rather than the RDA Value Vocabularies: Media Type source
code, rdact.
If none of the terms in the list applies to the resource being described, record
“other.” If the carrier type applicable to the resource being described cannot be
readily ascertained, record unspecified.
Record the RDA carrier type term in MARC field 338 $a and the code in $b. Record
the source of the term and code, “rdacarrier,” in $2.
162
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Use the carrier type “videodisc” for both DVD-Video and Blu-Ray Discs. The RDA
Glossary defines videodisc as “A carrier type consisting of a disc on which video
signals, with or without sound, are recorded.”
338 \\ $a videodisc $b vd $2 rdacarrier
Note: Carrier type for Blu-ray disc
Objects
Applicable RDA carrier types for objects are card, microscope slide, and object.
Carrier type “object” is most frequently used for the following types of resources: –
three-dimensional art originals, dioramas, models, puzzles, toys, and realia whether
handmade, manufactured or naturally occurring.
338 \\ $a card $b no $2 rdacarrier
Note: Carrier type for an Old maid card game deck
338 \\ $a object $b nr $2 rdacarrer
Note: Carrier type for Set of 12 Jamaican lace-bark doilies
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
The carrier type for nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video is “online
resource.”
338 \\ $a online resource $b cr $2 rdacarrier
Note: Carrier type for streaming audio
Video Games
The carrier type for video games will be one of the following:
163
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● computer card
● computer chip cartridge
● computer disc
● computer disc cartridge
● computer tape cartridge
● computer tape cassette
● computer tape reel
● online resource
● other
338 \\ $a online resource $b cr $2 rdacarrier
Note: Online video game
338 \\ $a computer disc $b cd $2 rdacarrier
Note: Computer game disc
Coding Carrier Type in MARC field 008/23, Form of Item
Carrier type information is also coded in more general terms in MARC fixed field
byte 008/23, Form of item, for audio or 008/29, Form of Item, for video.
Use code “o” (online) for nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video, and online
video games.
008/23=o
338 \\ $a online resource $b cr $2 rdacarrier
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio
008/29=o
338 \\ $a online resource $b cr $2 rdacarrier
Note: Online video game
Use code “q” (direct electronic) for tangible video games
008/23=q
338 \\ $a computer disc $b cd $2 rdacarrier
Note: Computer game disc
164
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Do not code 008/29 Form of item for objects, DVD-Video, or Blu-ray discs because
none of the defined codes apply.
Coding Physical Characteristics
Carrier type information is also coded as specific material designation (SMD) in
MARC field 007 $b. Note that the 007 field is resource-specific. Category of
material is coded in 007 $a, and the encoding that follows is specific to the category
of material.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Use videorecording MARC field 007 $b to code for the SMD for DVD-Video and
Blu-ray discs. Use code “d” for “videodisc.”
007 \\ $a v $b d $d b $e s $f a $g i $h z $i m
Note: Coding for a black and white video on Blu-ray disc
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Use sound recording MARC field 007 $b to code for the sound SMD of the
nonmusical streaming audio. Use code “r” for “other.”
Use electronic resource MARC field 007 $b to code for the online SMD of the
nonmusical streaming audio. Use code “r” for “remote.”
007 \\ $a s $b r $d n $e u $g n
007 \\ $a c $b r $d n $f a
Note: Coding for nonmusical streaming audio
Objects
Do not use 007 coding for objects.
Streaming Video
165
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Use the Videorecording 007 field to code for the video SMD of streaming video, and
use code “z” for other in $b for specific material designation.
Use electronic resource MARC field 007 $b to code for the online SMD of the
streaming video. Use code “r” for remote.
007 \\ $a v $b z $d c $e z $f a $g z $h u
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $f a
Note: Coding for streaming video
Video Games
Use electronic resource MARC field 007 $b to code the SMD for all video games.
Specific material designation values applicable to video games are:
MARC
position
OCLC
position
Value
Description
007/01
007 $b
k
computer card
007/01
007 $b
b
computer chip cartridge
007/01
007 $b
j
computer disc: magnetic (“floppy”)
007/01
007 $b
o
computer disc: optical disc
007/01
007 $b
c
computer disc cartridge
007/01
007 $b
a
computer tape cartridge
007/01
007 $b
f
computer tape cassette
007/01
007 $b
h
computer tape reel
007/01
007 $b
r
online resource
007/01
007 $b
z
other
166
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
007 \\ $a c $b b $d c $e z $f a
338 \\ $a computer chip cartridge $b cb $2 rdacarrier
Note: Coding for a video game computer cartridge
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $e n $f a
338 \\ $a online resource $b cr $2 rdacarrier
Note: Coding for an online video game
Multiple Carrier Types
If the manifestation consists of more than one carrier type, either record only the
carrier type of the predominant part of the manifestation (if there is one) or carrier
types that pertain to the most substantial parts of the manifestation. Record
multiple carrier types in separate instances of MARC field 007 and MARC field 338.
Include the materials specified in MARC field 338, $3.
007 \\ $a v $b d $d b $e v $f a $g i $h z $i m
007 \\ $a s $b d $d f $e s $g g
338 \\ $a videodisc $b vd $2 rdacarrier $3 DVD
338 \\ $a audio disc $b sd $2 rdacarrier $3 CD
Note: Manifestation contains a documentary film on DVD-Video disc and an
audio CD
007 \\ $a c $b o $d c $e g $f a
007 \\ $a a $b a
338 \\ $a computer disc $ cd $2 rdacarrier $3 computer disc
338 \\ $a volume $b v $2 rdacarrier $3 volume
Note: Video game computer disc with accompanying book
167
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Extent (RDA 3.4)
Label
Element
Core
Core when the manifestation is complete or if the total extent is
known.
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 300 $a
Extent is the number and type of units making up a resource.
Recording Extent (RDA 3.4.1)
Record the extent by giving the number of units and the type of unit that make up
the resource. Specify the number of subunits, if applicable.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming Video, DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs,
and Video Games
For nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video, videodiscs, and video games, use
the carrier type terms for extent taken from the list of carrier types given at RDA
3.3.1.3 for type of unit.
These terms are often not specific enough, nor are they in common usage by
patrons. RDA does allow for the use of a “term in common usage, including a trade
name if applicable” (RDA 3.4.1.3, alternative) and gives the example of “USB flash
drive.” However, lack of controlled vocabulary is a problem with “terms in common
usage.”
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming
Video, Videodiscs, and Video Games): Do not apply the RDA 3.4.1.3 alternative
to use a term in common usage. Use RDA carrier type terms and give further
characteristics of the media in a 538 field.
168
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video
For nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, use the carrier type “online
resource” (RDA 3.3.1.3) for recording extent. Do not record the number of files
when there are multiple files of the same online resource on a specific provider’s
website. Follow provider-neutral guidelines and record “1 online resource (video
files)” or “1 online resource (audio files).”
300 $a 1 online resource (audio files)
Note: Extent for nonmusical streaming audio with more than one file
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): When there are multiple files of the same online resource on a specific
provider’s website, follow the recommended provider-neutral guidelines and
record “1 online resource (video files)” or “1 online resource (audio files)” in
MARC field 300 $a, as the number of files representing the same resource may
vary according to provider.
Online Video Games
For online video games, use the carrier type “online resource” (RDA 3.3.1.3) for
recording extent.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource
Note: Extent for an online video game
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc
Use the carrier type “videodisc” for DVD-Video or Blu-ray discs rather than a term in
common usage (e.g., DVD) for shared cataloging.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in.
Note: Extent for a Blu-ray disc
169
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Tangible Video Games
For video games in physical format, use the RDA terms for carrier type. “Computer
disc” is used for any type of computer disc. See the list of carrier types at RDA
3.3.1.3 for other terms. A disc characteristics note may be given if it is desired to
specify the disc type. See the section of this guide for RDA 3.20, Equipment and
System Requirements.
300 \\ $a 1 computer disc : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in.
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: DVD-ROM.
Note: Video game on DVD-ROM disc
300 \\ $a 1 computer chip cartridge : $b sound, color ; $c 6 cm
538 \\ $a System requirements: Game Boy Color.
Note: Video game on computer chip cartridge
Objects
RDA Carrier type terms are not used for recording extent for objects. Use a term
from the list for three-dimensional forms in RDA 3.4.1.3, the exceptions section of
recording extent. Record the term in singular or plural as applicable.
300 \\ $a 1 diorama
Note: Model of a medieval castle
If none of the terms in the list are appropriate, use another concise term or terms
to indicate the type of unit.
300\\ $a 1 pair of ballet shoes
Note: Supplied term for realia
See RDA 3.4.6, Extent of Three-Dimensional Form, for additional instructions.
Recording Subunits (RDA 3.4.1.7)
170
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
For nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, use the carrier type “online
resource” and the terms “audio file” and “video file” to record subunits (RDA
3.19.2.3).
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 audio file) : $b sound.
Note: Subunit for nonmusical streaming audio
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file) : $b sound, color
Note: Extent for streaming video
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Follow provider-neutral guidelines and do not record details of File
Type (RDA 3.19.2.4) such as streaming video file or streaming audio file as
extent.
When there are multiple files (different encoding formats of the same content) of
the same online resource on a specific provider’s website, follow Provider-Neutral
guidelines and do not record the number of files as they may vary according to
provider.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (video files) : $b sound, color
Note: Streaming video files of a video available in Ogg Video, MPEG, and MPEG-4
formats on the provider’s website.
Libraries frequently use vendor records which contain provider-specific
information. Records in local catalogs may contain provider-specific information.
Objects
For objects, specify the type(s) of component pieces or subunits in parentheses
following the term for the type of unit (RDA 3.4.6.3) when that information is readily
ascertainable and considered important for identification or selection
300 \\ $a 1 jigsaw puzzle (1,000 pieces)
Note: Type of subunit for a jigsaw puzzle
171
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If the subunits cannot be named concisely or if their number cannot be readily
ascertained, record various pieces (RDA 3.4.6.3)
300 \\ $a 2 games (various pieces)
Note: Type of subunit for a board game
Online Video Games
Do not record subunits for online video games.
Multiple Carrier Types
If a manifestation has multiple carrier types, all of the bibliographically significant
carrier types can be recorded. LC-PCC PS 3.1.4 provides options for recording
multiple carrier types. Recording methods vary according to the bibliographic
significance of the carrier types and whether one carrier type is primary or not.
Choose one of the options recommended in the Policy Statement.
(1) If a detailed description of the carrier characteristics of the accompanying
material is desired, record the extent and other characteristics applicable to the
accompanying material. Provide this information as either as:
(a) A separate additional MARC field 300:
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (65 min.) : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in.
300 \\ $a 1 volume (78 pages) : $b illustrations ; $c 15 cm
Note: Details of additional carrier type recorded in a separate field
OR
(b) Accompanying material added to MARC field 300 of the main component
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (65 min.) : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in. + $e 1 volume
(78 pages : illustrations ; 15 cm)
Note: Details of additional carrier type recorded as accompanying material
(2) If a detailed description of the additional carrier(s) is not desired, record only
the extent of the additional carrier as accompanying material.
172
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
300 \\ $a 1 feely bag (9 pieces) : $b color ; $c in drawbag, 19 x 17 cm + $e 1
blindfold
Note: Only the extent of the additional carrier recorded as accompanying
material
(3) If the additional carrier(s) is not bibliographically significant, or a description of
the carrier itself is not desired, consider giving a note for any details about the
extent of the accompanying material.
500 \\ $a Synopsis (2 pages) inserted in container.
Note: Note for an additional carrier with no bibliographic significance
Dimensions (RDA 3.5)
Label
Element
Core
LC core for resources other than serials and online resources
PCC core for resources other than print books, print, serials, and
online resources
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 007 (Videorecording) $h
MARC 007 (Electronic resource) $e
MARC 300 $c
MARC 340 $b
Dimensions are a measurement of a carrier or a container of a manifestation.
173
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Dimensions (RDA 3.5.1)
Unless instructed otherwise, RDA specifies recording dimensions in centimeters,
rounding up to the next whole centimeter. The metric symbol “cm” is used. Note
there is no full stop after the symbol, unless a series statement follows.
Record dimensions in MARC field 300 $c and MARC field 340 $b.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Follow Provider-Neutral Guidelines and do not record dimensions for nonmusical
streaming audio. See the section on MARC Field 007 - Physical Description Coding
for guidance on coding MARC 007 fields for nonmusical streaming audio.
007 \\ $a c $b r $d n $f a
007 \\ $a s $b r $d n $e u $g n
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (3 audio files)
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio example; dimensions are not recorded
Objects
Coding MARC field 007 for objects is not recommended.
Record the height x width of a card, measured in centimeters.
300 \\ $a 50 flash cards : $b black and white ; $c 8 x 13 cm
340 \\ $b 8 x 13 cm
Note: Dimensions for a set of flash cards
For three-dimensional forms other than globes, record the dimensions of the form
itself. If necessary, add a word to indicate which dimension is being given. If
multiple dimensions are given, record them as height x width x depth (RDA
3.5.1.4.13).
300 \\ $a 1 toy : $b synthetic fabric, color ; $c 51 cm high
174
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
340 \\ $b 51 cm high
Note: Dimensions for a stuffed giraffe
If the form is in a container, follow the optional omission for RDA 3.5.1.4.13. Omit
the dimensions of the form itself and record the dimensions of the container.
300 \\ $a 1 game : $b wood, color ; $c 28 x 23 x 6 cm
340 \\ $b 28 x 23 x 6 cm
Note: Dimensions for a game in a container
If considered important for identification or selection, name the container and the
dimensions of the container (height x width x depth), either in addition to the
dimensions of the carrier(s) or as the only dimensions (RDA 3.5.1.5).
300 \\ $a 1 model : $b plastic, color ; $c 16 x 32 x 3 cm, in case 17 x 34 x 6 cm
340 \\ $b 16 x 32 x 3 cm, in case 17 x 34 x 6 cm
Note: Dimensions of a model and its container
300 \\ $a 1 model ; $c 24 x 14 x 10 cm in container 30 x 15 x 12 cm
340 \\ $b 24 x 14 x 10 cm in container 30 x 15 x 12 cm
Note: Dimensions for a model and its container
300 \\ $a 11 inflatable models, 1 foot pump, 1 activity guide (folded) : $b
plastic, color ; $c in box 30 x 36 x 9 cm
340 \\ $b in box 30 x 36 x 9 cm
Note: Dimensions for the container of a giant inflatable solar system pieces
If a more granular description of dimensions is needed for identification or
selection, such details may be given in MARC field 340 $b.
300 __ $a 1 tea service (1 teapot, 4 demitasse cups, 4 saucers, 2 large plates,
4 small plates, 1 large creamer, 1 small creamer, 1 sugar bowl) : $b porcelain,
white, green, purple ; $c various sizes
340 \\ $3 teapot $b 9 x 15 x 20 cm
340 \\ $3 demitasse cups $b 7 x 5 x 10 cm
340 \\ $3 saucers $b 13 x 13 x 2 cm
340 \\ $3 large plates $b 22 x 22 x 3 cm
340 \\ $3 small plates $b 13 x 13 x 2 cm
340 \\ $3 large creamer $b 19 x 8 x 11 cm
175
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
340 \\ $3 small creamer $b 6 x 4 x 10 cm
340 \\ $3 sugar bowl $b 5 x 8 x 8 cm
Note: Details of dimensions given for each type of piece in a tea service.
Online Video Games
Do not record dimensions for online video games.
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $e n $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource : $b sound, color
Note: Dimensions not recorded for online video game
Streaming Video
Follow Provider-Neutral Guidelines and do not record dimensions for streaming
video. See the section on MARC Field 007 - Physical Description Coding for
guidance on coding MARC 007 fields for streaming video.
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $f a
007 \\ $a v $b z $d c $e z $f a $g z $h u
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file (28 min.))
Note: Streaming video example; dimensions are not recorded
Video Game Cartridges
Record the length of the side of the cartridge that is to be inserted into the
machine, measured in centimeters.
007 \\ $a c $b b $d c $e z $f a
300 \\ $a 1 computer chip cartridge : $b sound, color ; $c 6 cm
340 \\ $b 6 cm
Note: Dimensions for a video game computer chip cartridge
176
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs
An alternative instruction allows for recording dimensions in the system of
measurement preferred by the cataloging agency. For DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and
video game discs, record the diameter of the disc in inches (LC-PCC PS 3.5.1.4.4),
using the abbreviation “in.” for “inches” (RDA Appendix B).
Follow LC-PCC PS 3.5.1.4.4 and record the diameter of a disc, measured in inches.
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e s $f a $g i $h z $i k
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (123 min.) : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in.
340 \\ $b 4 3/4 in.
Note: Dimensions for a Blu-ray Disc
007 \\ $a c $b o $d c $e g $f a
300 \\ $a 2 computer discs : $b sound, color ; $c 4 3/4 in.
340 \\ $b 4 3/4 in.
Note: Dimensions for video game computer discs
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs, Video Game Discs): Follow LC
practice as specified in LC-PCC PS 3.5.1.3 and 3.5.1.4.4, applying the alternative
to give the dimensions of DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and computer discs in
inches (using the abbreviation “in.” for “inches” per RDA Appendix B).
Base Material (RDA 3.6)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 300 $b
MARC 340 $a
177
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Base material is the underlying physical material of a manifestation. For resources
within the scope of this guide, base material applies only to objects.
Recording Base Material (RDA 3.6.1)
Objects
Record base material if it is considered important for identification or selection.
Use one or more appropriate terms from the list provided at RDA 3.6.1.3. The
terms are also available at RDA value vocabularies: Material
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAMaterial/). Record base material in
MARC field 340 $a. When using RDA vocabulary terms, record “rdamat” as the
source of term in $2. If none of the terms from the RDA list is appropriate or
sufficiently specific, use another concise term to indicate a base material.
340 \\ $a plastic $2 rdamat
Note: Base material of a human skeleton
340 \\ $a resin
Note: Base material of a diorama
340 \\ $a glass $2 rdamat
Note: Base material of a microscope slide set
340 \\ $a fabric
Note: Base material of a hand puppet
Applied Material (RDA 3.7)
Label
Element
178
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 340 $c
Applied material is a physical or chemical substance applied to a base material of a
manifestation. For resources within the scope of this guide, applied material applies
only to objects.
Recording Applied Material (RDA 3.7.1)
Objects
Record applied material if it is considered important for identification or selection.
Use one or more appropriate terms from the list provided at RDA 3.6.1.3, the same
list used for base material. The terms are also available at RDA value vocabularies:
Material (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAMaterial/). Record applied
material in MARC field 340 $c. When using RDA vocabulary terms, record “rdamat”
as the source of term in MARC field 340 $2. If none of the RDA terms is appropriate
or sufficiently specific, use another concise term to indicate an applied material. If
multiple materials are known to have been applied, but not all can be readily
identified, record mixed materials.
340 \\ $a paper $2 rdamat
340 \\ $c watercolour $2 rdamat
340 \\ $c gouache $2 rdamat
340 \\ $c ink $2 rdamat
Note: 12 paintings, of watercolor, gouache and ink applied to paper
179
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Mount (RDA 3.8)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 340 $e
Mount refers to the physical material used for the support or backing to which the
base material of a manifestation has been attached. For resources within the scope
of this guide, mount applies only to objects.
Recording Mount (RDA 3.8.1)
Objects
Record mount if considered necessary for identification or selection. Use one or
more appropriate terms from the list at RDA 3.6.1.3. The terms are also available at
RDA value vocabularies: Material
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAMaterial/). Record mount in MARC field
340 $e. When using RDA vocabulary terms, record “rdamat” as the source of term
in $2. If none of the terms from the RDA list is appropriate or sufficiently specific,
use another concise term to indicate mount.
340 \\ $e wood $2 rdamat
Note: Mount for a diorama
180
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Production Method (RDA 3.9)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 340 $d
Production Method refers to the process used to produce a manifestation.
Recording Production Method (RDA 3.9.1)
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Record a production method if considered important for identification or selection
using one or more appropriate terms from the list at RDA 3.9.1.3. The terms are
also available at RDA Value Vocabularies: Production Method
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAproductionMethod/). Record production
method in MARC field 340 $d. When using RDA vocabulary terms, record “rdapm”
as the source of term in $2. If none of the terms from the RDA list is appropriate or
sufficiently specific, use another concise term to indicate mount.
Most commercial videodiscs are produced by stamping, “a production method
consisting of the application of pressure to make an impression on the surface of
the material (RDA Glossary).” Generally, do not record production method for
commercially produced discs.
Recorded discs (DVD-R) are produced by burning, “a production method consisting
of the application of heat to mark the surface of a material (RDA Glossary).”
Additional details may be recorded in a note, if desired.
340 \\ $d burning $2 rdapm
181
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
538 \\ $a This disc is a burned DVD-R and may not play in some DVD players
or drives.
Note: Production method for a DVD-Video disc with additional details recorded in
a note
Layout (RDA 3.11)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 340 $k
RDA Layout (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/layout/) is defined in the RDA
value vocabularies (RDA Registry) as “concepts for an arrangement of text, images,
tactile notation, or other content in a manifestation.” Note that the terms “single
sided” and “double sided” do not apply to videodiscs.
Recording Layout (RDA 3.11.1)
Record a layout of the manifestation if considered important for identification or
selection. Use one or more terms from the list at RDA 3.11.1.3. The terms are also
found at RDA Values Vocabularies: RDA Layout
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/layout/). Record layout in MARC field 340 $k.
When using RDA vocabulary terms, record “rdalay” as the source of term in $2. If
none of the terms from the RDA list is appropriate or sufficiently specific, use
another concise term to indicate layout.
340 \\ $k double sided $2 rdalay
Note: Layout for a deck of double-sided playing cards
182
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Sound Characteristic (RDA 3.16)
Sound characteristic refers to “technical specifications relating to the encoding of
sound in a manifestation” (RDA 3.16.1.1). Sound characteristics are generally
recorded for manifestations consisting primarily of recorded sound; however, RDA
provides an option to record sound characteristics in any situation.
Recording Sound Characteristic (RDA 3.16.1)
Information should be taken from the manifestation itself and any accompanying
material or container. Additional information may come from any source.
Use RDA controlled vocabulary terms for Type of Recording (RDA 3.16.2), Recording
Medium (RDA 3.16.3), Configuration of Playback Channels (RDA 3.16.8), and Special
playback characteristics (RDA 3.16.9). Terms are found under the corresponding
RDA instruction number and also in the RDA values vocabularies. Sound
characteristics are recorded in MARC field 344 as follows:
● Type of recording $a
● Recording medium $b
● Configuration of playback channels $g
● Special playback characteristics $h
When applicable, include the code for source of term for terms from a controlled
vocabulary list in $2. Subfield 3 may be used to indicate which part of the
manifestation the information in the field is referring to. Use separate occurrences
of MARC field 344 for each sound characteristic element.
344 \\ $a digital $2 rdatr
344 \\ $g surround $2 rdacpc
344 \\ $h Dolby 5.1
Note: Terms for type of recording and configuration of playback channels are
from RDA value vocabularies. The special playback characteristic element, Dolby
5.1, is not from an RDA vocabulary
Best Practice Recommendation: Use separate occurrences of MARC field 344
for each sound characteristic element, whether the terms are from the same
RDA vocabulary or not. This will allow for the addition of URIs for each term,
183
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
an important data point in the transition to Linked Data. Identify the source
of the term when it is from a controlled vocabulary in $2. Do not add $2 when
non-RDA vocabulary terms are used (e.g., Special Playback Characteristics).
Type of Recording (RDA 3.16.2)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 344 $a $2
Type of recording refers to the method used to encode audio content for playback.
RDA terms for type of recording are listed at RDA 3.16.2.3, and the terms are also
available at 344 \\ (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/typeRec/). The term
“digital” applies to resources within the scope of this guide. When applicable,
record “digital” in MARC field 344 $a and include “rdatr,” the term source code, in
$2.
344 \\ $a digital $2 rdatr
Note: Type of recording for a Blu-ray Disc
344 \\ $a digital $2 rdatr
Note: Type of recording for nonmusical streaming audio
Any additional details regarding the type of recording (such as the original type of
recording for a reissue) can be given in a note (RDA 3.16.2.4).
184
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Medium (RDA 3.16.3)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 007 (videorecording) $g
MARC 344 $b $2
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs
Recording medium is the type of medium used to record sound on an audio carrier
(RDA 3.16.3.1). All DVD-Video discs, Blu-ray discs, and disc-based video games are
optical discs, so use the term “optical” from the list given at RDA 3.16.3.3.
Recording medium terms are also available at RDA Value Vocabularies: Recording
Medium (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/recMedium/). Recording medium
terms are encoded in MARC field 344 $b, with “rdarm,” the term source code, in $2.
344\\$b optical $2 rdarm
Note: Blu-ray disc
344 $b optical $2 rdarm
Note: Video game computer disc
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Use MARC field 007 for videorecording and code medium for sound in $g.
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e v $f a $g i $h z $i k
Note: Medium of sound for DVD-Video disc coded in MARC field 007
185
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Configuration of Playback Channels (RDA 3.16.8)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
Sound recording 007 $e
Videorecording 007 $i
MARC 344 $g $2
Playback channels are the number of sound channels used to make a recording
(e.g., one channel for mono, two for stereo, etc.). If this information is given on the
manifestation, record the configuration of playback channels using one of the
terms from the list at RDA 3.16.8.3. The terms are also available at RDA Value
Vocabularies: Configuration of Playback Channels
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/configPlayback/). Note that “stereo” and
“mono” are no longer considered abbreviations so there are no periods at the end
of these words.
Record configuration of playback channels using RDA terms in MARC field 344 $g,
and add the code for source of the term, “rdacpc,” in $2. Configuration of playback
channels is also coded in MARC field 007.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
For nonmusical streaming audio, use MARC field 007 for sound recordings to code
configuration of playback channels in $e. Include MARC field 007 for electronic
resources to code for the electronic aspects of the audio file. Note that OLAC
recommends coding mandatory, applicable data elements for field 007 and an
optional data element, configuration of playback channels, when that information is
known. Additional optional data elements may be coded when known
186
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
007 \\ $a s $b r $d n $e u $g n
007 \\ $a c $b r $d n $e n $f a
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio file with no information on the configuration
of playback channels
For video, use MARC field 007 for videorecording to code configuration of playback
channels in $i.
007 \\ $a v $b d $d b $e s $f a $g i $h z $i q
344 \\ $g quadraphonic $2 rdacpc
Note: Blu-ray disc of a black-and-white video with quadraphonic sound
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e v $f a $g i $h z $i s
344 \\ $g stereo $2 rdacpc
Note: DVD-Video disc of a multicolored video with stereo sound
There is a conflict between MARC and OCLC MARC instructions on the issue of how
to encode multiple terms from the same RDA vocabulary. When recording multiple
terms from the same vocabulary, the Task Force recommends following OCLC
instructions and encoding each term in separate MARC fields to facilitate future
recording of URIs.
344 \\ $g surround $2 rdapc
344 \\ $g stereo $2 rdapc
Note: Videodisc with stereo and surround sound
344 \\ $a digital $2 rdatr
344 \\ $b optical $2 rdarm
344 \\ $g stereo $2 rdacpc
344 \\ $g mono $2 rdacpc
Note: Disc-based video game with both mono and stereo sound tracks
187
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Special Playback Characteristic (RDA 3.16.9)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 344 $h $2
Examples of special playback characteristics include equalization systems, noise
reduction systems, etc. used in the recording of the audio track. Use a term from
the list given at RDA 3.16.9.3. The terms are also available at RDA Value
Vocabularies: RDA Special Playback Characteristic
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/specPlayback/). Record the special playback
characteristics in MARC field 344 $h. Add $2 to indicate the source of the term; if
the term is not taken from the list at RDA 3.16.9.3, do not add $2 rdaspc.
344 \\ $h LPCM $2 rdaspc
Note: Videodisc OR disc-based video game
For videodiscs, do not use any of the RDA “Dolby” controlled terms listed at RDA
3.16.9.3 (Dolby, Dolby-A encoded, Dolby-B encoded, Dolby-C encoded). RDA
defines all “Dolby” controlled terms as “A special playback characteristic of sound
that is a series of noise reduction systems developed by Dolby Laboratories for use
in analog magnetic tape recording” so it cannot be applied to DVD-Video and
Blu-ray discs. An indication of “Dolby” on a DVD-Video disc is likely to mean Dolby
Digital.
344 \\ $h Dolby digital 5.1
Note: Videodisc OR disc-based video game
Note: No $2 added after $h because“Dolby digital 5.1” is not found in the list
given in RDA 3.16.9.3
When multiple combinations of special playback characteristics and/or
configuration of sound channels are present in a manifestation, there are several
188
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
possible ways to record this information depending on the manifestation in hand.
For a single disc, use separate instances of MARC field 344. For multi-disc sets, use
separate instances of MARC field 344 with a $3 to specify the grouping and/or give a
note to explain complex situations.
If recording multiple sets of playback characteristics associated with multiple types
of discs, use separate instances of MARC field 344 (with $3 and/or a note if
necessary to provide clarity).
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e v $f a $g i $h z $i k
344 \\ $a digital $2 rdatr
344 \\ $b optical $2 rdarm
344 \\ $g surround $2 rdacpc
344 \\ $g mono $2 rdacpc
546 \\ $a English soundtrack (surround); French soundtrack (mono).
Note: DVD-Video disc with multiple configurations of playback channels
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e s $f a $g i $h z $i k
007 \\ $a s $b d $d f $e z $g g
344 \\ $3 videodisc $a digital $2 rdatr
344 \\ $3 videodisc $b optical $2 rdarm
344 \\ $3 videodisc $g stereo $2rdacpc
344 \\ $3 videodisc $g quadraphonic $2 rdacpc
344 \\ $3 videodisc $h LPCM $2 rdaspc
344 \\ $3 audio disc $a digital $2 rdatr
344 \\ $3 audio disc $b optical $2 rdarm
344 \\ $3 audio disc $g stereo $2rdacpc
344 \\ $3 audio disc $g quadraphonic $2 rdacpc
Note: Resource consists of a Blu-ray Disc and an audio disc, both with multiple
configurations of playback channels.
Best Practice Recommendation: Always record the type of recording,
recording medium, configuration of playback channels and special playback
characteristics (when known) for the soundtrack of the primary content.
Optionally provide sound characteristics of other features present on the
resource.
189
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Projection Characteristic of Motion Picture Film
(RDA 3.17)
Projection characteristic of motion picture film applies only to actual motion picture
film. This element does not apply to DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, video games or
streaming video. If information about the original motion picture film is deemed
important, it should be given in a note.
500 \\ $a “Filmed in Technicolor.”
Video Characteristic (RDA 3.18)
Video characteristic refers to “a technical specification relating to the encoding of
video images in a manifestation” (RDA 3.18.1.1). Examples of video characteristics
include video format, broadcast standard, etc.
Recording Video Characteristic (RDA 3.18.1)
Video Format (RDA 3.18.2)
This sub-element does not apply to videodiscs, tangible video games, and online
resources. Video format refers to the standard that encodes analog video content
of a manifestation (RDA 3.18.2.1). Although “laser optical” is included in the list of
video encoding formats given at RDA 3.18.2.3, this term actually refers to discs
commonly known as “Laser Discs” that contain analog video. DVD-Video, Blu-ray
Discs, video games and streaming video are digital; do not record anything in MARC
field 346 $a.
Broadcast Standard (RDA 3.18.3)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for moving images, when applicable
190
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 346 $b $2
DVD-Video, Blu-ray, and Video Game Discs
Broadcast standard refers to the system used to format a manifestation of a video
for television broadcast. Information about the television system format should be
recorded in the bibliographic record. Note that this element applies to Blu-ray Discs
less frequently than DVD-Video discs.
There are four different format systems for television broadcasting, as defined in
the RDA Broadcast Standard vocabulary
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/broadcastStand/): HDTV, NTSC, PAL, and
SECAM.
● HDTV (High-definition television) - "A broadcast standard that is an
encoding system for digital broadcast television, named after high-definition
television."
● NTSC (National Television Systems Committee) - A broadcast standard
that is an analog broadcast television system. Used in Canada, Japan, Mexico,
Philippines, Taiwan, the United States and other countries
● PAL (Phase Alternate Line) - A broadcast standard that is a color encoding
system for analog broadcast television. Used in most of Europe, most of
Africa, China, India, Australia, New Zealand, Israel, North Korea, and other
countries
● SECAM (Sequential Color with Memory) - A broadcast standard that is a
color encoding system for analog broadcast television. Used in eastern
Europe and France
191
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
World Map with Color Coding for Broadcast Standards
“PAL-NTSC_SECAM” by Akomor1. Licensed under public domain via Wikimedia Commons -
https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:PAL-NTSC-SECAM.svg (viewed October 2022)
Record the broadcast standard in MARC field 346 $b using terms given in the list at
RDA 3.18.3.3. If the broadcast standard is taken from the RDA list, add $2 “rdabs” to
cite the source of the term. Subfield 3 may be used to identify which part of the
manifestation the information refers to.
346 \\ $b NTSC $2 rdabs
Note: Video game disc
346 \\ $3 disc 1 $b NTSC $2 rdabs
346 \\ $3 disc 2 $b PAL $2 rdabs
Note: DVD-Video discs, in two broadcast standards
Optionally, this information may be repeated in MARC field 538 if needed for
discovery display.
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs and Tangible Video Games):
Record the video broadcast standard when applicable, in MARC field 346 $b,
adding the source code $2 rdabs for terms coming from the RDA Broadcast
Standard vocabulary; optionally repeat this information in MARC field 538.
192
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Digital File Characteristic (RDA 3.19)
Digital file characteristics are “technical specifications relating to the digital
encoding of text, image, audio, video, and other types of data in a manifestation”
(RDA 3.19.1.1).
Recording Digital File Characteristic (RDA 3.19.1)
Digital file characteristics that are applicable to media formats include file type,
encoding format, and regional encoding. When recording a digital file characteristic,
use controlled terms from relevant instructions in the RDA Toolkit. See these
sub-elements' respective instructions for appropriate terms.
Most of the listed vocabulary is more appropriate to single file type digital
resources, such as PDF or image files, than to complex resources such as video
games combining software, moving image, sound, etc. Nothing in the list of file
types (RDA 3.19.2) or encoding formats (RDA 3.19.3) is appropriate for video games.
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs): Record, where possible, as many
of the digital file characteristics that are present in the resource itself. When
multiple file types are present in the manifestation, use separate occurrences
of MARC field 347 to record this information.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Follow the Program for Cooperative Cataloging (PCC) Provider-Neutral
E-Resource guidelines which permit only the optional recording of file type.
Do not record other Digital File Characteristics for streaming media.
Note that OCLC’s Special Cataloging Guidelines
(https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/specialcataloging.html#providerneutralcatalog
ing) for Provider-Neutral Cataloging of Online Resources call for omitting all
provider-specific details about digital file characteristics.
193
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
File Type (RDA 3.19.2)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings and moving images
Source
Manifestation itself
Any source
Encoding
MARC 347 $a $2
File type characterizes the general type of data content encoded in a computer file.
Use terms from the list given at RDA 3.19.2.3. RDA file types are also listed at the
RDA Registry, RDA value vocabularies: RDA File Type.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Streaming Video
Use terms from the list given at RDA 3.19.2.3, recording “audio file” for nonmusical
streaming audio and “video file” for streaming video. Record the file type in MARC
field 347 $a and the source vocabulary in $2.
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
Note: Recording file type for streaming video is permitted with Provider-Neutral
E-Resource guidelines
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): When recording technical details, record only the file type “audio file”
or “video file”.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
347 \\ $3 videodisc $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $3 audio disc $a audio file $2 rdaft
Note: Multiple file types recorded for a manifestation containing both a videodisc
194
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
and an audio disc
Video Games
Most of the listed vocabulary for RDA File Type is more appropriate to single-type
digital resources, such as a video file. Video Games are a complex combination of
software, moving images, sound, and possibly other file types. Do not record RDA
file type for video games.
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Do not record file type for
video games.
Encoding Format (RDA 3.19.3)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for audio recordings and moving images
Source
Manifestation itself, any accompanying material or container
Encoding
MARC 347 $b
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
Follow Provider-Neutral Guidelines and do not record encoding format for
nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video.
195
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Encoding format is the “schema, standard, etc. used to encode the digital content of
a manifestation” (RDA 3.19.3.1). Record the encoding format in MARC field 347 $b.
Since a list of prescribed terms is not provided in RDA, no $2 “rda” for the source of
term is added to MARC field 347.
If considered important for identification or selection, include other details about
encoding format (RDA 3.19.3.4). Information about specific equipment
requirements falls under RDA 3.20, Equipment or System Requirements.
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $b DVD video
Note: File type and encoding format for a DVD-Video disc
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $b Blu-ray
Note: File type and encoding format for a Blu-ray Disc
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $b 4KUltra HD Blu-ray
Note: File type and encoding format, with details, for a Blu-ray Disc
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs): Record the encoding format in
MARC field 347 $b. Use a separate occurrence of MARC field 347 for each term
recorded.
Video Games
Most of the listed vocabulary for RDA Encoding Format is more appropriate to
single-type digital resources, such as a video file. Video Games are a complex
combination of software, moving images, sound, and possibly other file types. Do
not record RDA encoding format for video games.
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Do not record encoding
format for video games.
196
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Regional Encoding (RDA 3.19.6)
Label
Element
Core
PCC core for moving images
Source
Manifestation itself, any accompanying material or container
Encoding
MARC 347 $e $2
RDA defines regional encoding as a designation for one or more regions of the
world for which a videodisc or video game carrier has been encoded, indicating that
playback is restricted to a device configured to decode it.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Motion picture studios control the home release of movies in different countries
through the inclusion of codes on videodiscs that prevent playback in geographical
regions that are not authorized for that code. DVD-Video and Blu-ray players also
contain a code for the region in which it is sold and will refuse playback of discs that
are not coded for that geographical region.
Blu-ray and DVD-Video Region Code Symbols
Image from https://www.regionfreedvd.net/region-codes.html
(viewed October 2022).
197
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Region Codes for Standard-definition DVD-Video
The world is divided into seven regions for standard DVD technology; each region
produces players that will only play DVD-Video discs designed for that region.
Information about the region usually will be found on the disc container. For
example, a small symbol of a globe with a superimposed number 1 on the
container tells the user that this DVD will work in a player produced for region 1
(i.e., North America).
The standard-definition DVD regions are:
Region 0: No region code embedded, or region codes 1-6 embedded
Region 1: USA & Canada, Bermuda, and US Territories
Region 2: Europe (with the exceptions of Russia, Ukraine, Belarus), Japan,
South Africa, Eswatini, Middle East, Egypt, Lesotho, and Greenland
Region 3: Southeastern Asia (including Hong Kong)
Region 4: Latin America, Central America, Mexico, South America, Caribbean,
Australia, New Zealand, Pacific Islands
Region 5: Russia, Asia (non-southeast, including Indian subcontinent), Africa,
North Korea, Mongolia
Region 6: China
Region 7: Reserved for future use
Region 8: Special international venues (airline, cruise ship industries)
198
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Map Showing DVD Region Codes
Image from https://www.regionfreedvd.net/region-codes.html (viewed October 2022)
Region Codes for Blu-ray Disc
Blu-ray Discs may be encoded with a region code that restricts the region in which
they can be played much like the DVD region codes, or they may be produced
without region coding. Region codes may appear as letters (“region A”) or numbers
(“region 1”).
The Blu-ray regions are:
● Region A/1: all of North America, South America and South East Asia
● Region B/2: Europe, Africa, Middle East, French territories and Greenland
● Region C/3: the rest of the world including Russia, Asia, and China
199
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Map of Blu-ray Regions
Image from https://www.world-import.com/world_region_code_map.htm
(viewed October 2022)
Record the regional encoding in MARC field 347 $e using the RDA regional encoding
terms listed at RDA 3.19.6.3 and the RDA value vocabularies: RDA Regional
Encoding (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDARegionalEncoding/). Use RDA
terms rather than terms found on the manifestation.
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $a DVD video
347 \\ $e Region 1 $2 rdare
Note: File type, encoding format, and regional encoding for a DVD-Video disc
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $a Blu-ray
347 \\ $e Region A $2 rdare
Note: File type, encoding format, and regional encoding for a Blu-ray disc
Use the RDA term “all regions” for videodiscs with “region 0” or “region free”
designations.
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $a DVD video
347 \\ $a all regions $2 rdare
200
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: File type, encoding format, and regional encoding for a DVD-Video disc with
“Region 0” present on the container
Video Games
Most console video games have region encoding which are split between NTSC (the
Americas and some Asian countries) and PAL (Europe, Oceania and most of Asia).
NTSC can be further split between the Americas (NTSC-U/C), Japan (NTSC-J), China
(NTSC-C), and Korea (NTSC-K).
If regional encoding is given on the video game or is otherwise known, record it in
MARC field 347 $e using RDA regional encoding vocabulary terms when possible.
Code the source of the term in MARC field 347 $2. The list of regional encoding
terms is given in RDA 3.19.6.3, with definitions in the RDA glossary. Optionally,
repeat this information in MARC field 538 if needed for discovery display.
347 \\ $e Region U/C $2 rdare
538 \\ $a System requirements: PlayStation with the NTSC U/C designation.
Note: Video game computer disc regional encoding, encoded in MARC field 347
and duplicated in MARC field 538
347 \\ $e Region J $2 rdare
538 \\ $a Sony PlayStation 2.
Note: Regional encoding for a video game computer disc
347 \\ $e USA
538 \\ $a System requirements: Wii
Note: Regional encoding for a computer chip cartridge. The term is not present in
the RDA Regional Encoding vocabulary, therefore $2 is not added.
Some video games have conventional numbered regions, indicated by an image of
a globe with a number on it. This image is usually found on the back of the
container near the bottom.
201
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Video Game Container
The number indicates in which region a video game is released.
R0 – All
R1 – Bermuda, Canada, United States and U.S. territories
R2 – The Middle East, Western Europe, Central Europe, Egypt, French
overseas territories, Greenland, Japan, Lesotho, South Africa and Swaziland
R3 – Southeast Asia, Hong Kong, Macau, South Korea and Taiwan
R4 – Australasia, Central America, the Caribbean, Mexico, Oceania, South
America
R5 – The rest of Africa, Former Soviet Union, the Indian subcontinent,
Mongolia, North Korea
R6 – Mainland China
Record these using the terms from the list at RDA 3.19.6.3. For example, regional
encoding for the image above is recorded as region 2.
347 \\ $e Region 2 $2 rdare
Note: Regional encoding for a Sony PlayStation 4
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs and Tangible Videogames): Record
the regional encoding as prescribed in RDA 3.19.6.3; use the term “all regions”
as instructed for “region 0” or “region free” designations.
202
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Equipment or System Requirements (RDA 3.20)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself or any accompanying material or container
Take additional information from any source
Encoding
MARC 538 $a
MARC 753 $a
Recording Equipment or System Requirement (RDA 3.20.1)
The equipment or system requirements note provides a place to record equipment
or system requirements beyond the standard for a particular manifestation.
Information should come from the manifestation itself first, with any additional
information taken from any source.
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
Program for Cooperative Cataloging (PCC) Provider-Neutral E-Resource Guidelines
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/PCC-PN-guidelines.html) permit only
the optional recording of file type. Following the guidelines, and do not record other
equipment or system requirements for nonmusical streaming audio and streaming
video.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Video Games
Many of the characteristics formerly recorded in MARC field 538 field (e.g. sound
characteristics, broadcast standard, region coding etc.) are now recorded
elsewhere:
203
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● 344 (Sound Characteristics)
● 345 (Aspect Ratio for Moving Images)
● 346 $b (Broadcast Standard)
● 347 (Digital File Characteristics)
Use MARC fields 344 (Sound Characteristics), 346 $b (Broadcast Standard), 347
(Digital File Characteristics), 345 $c and $d (Aspect ratio) to record these RDA
elements. Optionally, this information may be repeated in MARC field 538 if needed
for discovery display.
347 \\ $e Region 1 $2 rdare
538 \\ $a System requirements: PlayStation Portable (PSP); Region 1; wi-fi
compatible.
Note: Video game computer disc cartridge
346 \\ $b NTSC $2 rdabs
347 \\ $e Region U/C $2 rdare
538 \\ $a System requirements: PlayStation with the NTSC U/C designation.
Note: Video game disc
346 \\ $b PAL $2 rdabs
347 \\ $a video file $2 rdaft
347 \\ $b DVD video
347 \\ $b Blu-ray
538 \\ $a System details: DVD; PAL
538 \\ $a System details: Blu-ray Disc; PAL
Note: Dual format, DVD-Video and Blu-ray Disc
It is only necessary to record requirements beyond what is normal and obvious for
the type of carrier or type of file. Record requirements that would assist in selection
or identification, for example:
● Make and model of equipment or hardware
● Operating system
● Peripherals required
204
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs and Video Games): Record
equipment or system requirements that are not recorded elsewhere and that
are considered important for identification and/or selection in MARC field
538. Use a quoted note if that provides the clearest explanation.
More than one MARC field 538 System requirements note may be given for clarity.
538 \\ $a Optimal playback of main feature in4KUltra HD with High Dynamic
Range requires 4KUltra HD TV with HDR, Ultra HD Blu-ray player, and
high-speed HDMI (Category 2) cable. Levels of video resolution and audio
standards performance require audio-visual equipment capability.Playback
of Blu-ray Disc requires Blu-ray Disc player or Ultra HD Blu-ray Disc
player.Playback experience will vary depending on player and TV capabilities
and performance.
Note: Equipment/system requirements for a Blu-ray disc
538 \\ $a "The Blu-ray Disc will play on standard Blu-ray players & 3D Blu-ray
players. To enjoy this movie in Blu-ray 3D, you will need a full HD 3D
television, compatible 3D glasses and a Blu-ray 3D player."--Container.
Note: Equipment/system requirements for a Blu-ray disc as found on the
container
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: UMD (Universal media disc).
538 \\ $a System requirements: PSP (PlayStation portable); region 1; wi-fi
compatible.
Note: Equipment/system requirements for a PSP video game. Disc characteristics
information is recorded in a separate field.
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: DVD-R.
538 \\ $a Compatible with Windows Media Player 9 and above
Note: Equipment/system requirements for a videodisc. Disc characteristics
information is recorded in a separate field.
538 \\ $a System requirements: OS: Win 7 or higher; Processor: Intel i5;
Memory: 8 GB RAM, Graphics: GTX 970, DirectX: Version 10, Network:
Broadband Internet connection, Storage: 1400 MB available space.
538 \\ $a VR support for: HTC Vive, Oculus Rift, Windows Mixed Reality.
Note: Equipment/system requirements for an online virtual reality video game
205
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Some phrases or words appear on the container and/or title screens and look
important but do not seem to fit anywhere in the bibliographic record. Include
these statements in MARC field 500. If the wording is quoted, enclose the statement
with quotation marks.
500 \\ $a "THX digitally remastered."
Note: Phrase taken from title screen
500 \\ $a "Lucasfilm system”--Container.
Note: Phrase taken from container
If desired, a disc characteristics note may also be added. This can be useful if your
library wishes to distinguish between CD-ROMs, DVDs, Blu-Ray Discs and their
burned or pressed variants, such as DVD-R, as well as more exotic disc types. Input
this information in a separate MARC field 538 preceded by the text: “Disc
characteristics:.” Indicate if the disc is a recordable disc (often prone to playback
problems). These discs can often be identified by the bluish hue on the recorded
side of the disc. The production method of these discs (e.g., “burning”) can be
recorded in MARC field 340 $d. See RDA 3.9, Production Method, and the
corresponding section of this guide for more information.
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: DVD-R.
Note: Disc characteristics for a videodisc
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: UMD (Universal media disc).
Note: Disc characteristics for a PSP video game
340 \\ $d burning $2 rdapm
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: DVD-R.
Note: Production method for a recordable videodisc
Recording Additional System Details
Video Games
Number of players
Many video games provide information on how many players may use the game at
206
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
once. Notes limited to the number of players should be given in the 500 field.
Notes about the number of players may be folded into the 538 field when there are
specific requirements involved.
538 \\ $a GBA link cable required for multi-player use.
Note: System requirements note for specific requirements for multi-player use of
Game Boy Advance video game console
Platform and Operating System
Among video games, the term "System requirements” usually refers to additional
requirements beyond the type of platform, particularly for PC games; however, RDA
appears to consider the platform as part of the system requirements. Even if the
platform has been named in the 250 edition statement, it should be recorded in the
538 system requirements note. Also, record the platform in MARC field 753, using
$a for console games and $c for computer games.
To facilitate searching, it is best to use a controlled vocabulary for the platform
names and operating systems. See the GAMECIP (Game and Metadata Citation
Project) Computer Game Platform (https://gamemetadata.soe.ucsc.edu/platform)
vocabulary. Note that many of the platform names include a qualifier which may
not be given anywhere on the packaging, so it may be necessary to infer the correct
platform based on the place of publication, standard number, or other information.
Record the source of the platform name or operating system term in MARC field
753 $2; the MARC source code for the GAMECIP (Game and Metadata Citation
Project) Computer Game Platform is “gcipplatform.”
538 \\ $a System requirements: XBox 360 with the NTSC designation.
753 \\ $a Microsoft Xbox 360 (NTSC-U/C) $2 gcipplatform
Note: Video game disc with platform recorded as system requirements and as a
system details access point
538 \\ $a System requirements: PlayStation Portable (PSP) ); Region 1; wi-fi
compatible.
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: UMD (Universal media disc).
753 \\ $a Sony PlayStation Portable $2 gcipplatform
Note: System requirements for a PlayStation Portable video game
207
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
For computer platforms, record the operating system in MARC field 753 $c. Use
separate 753 fields for multiple computer platforms, as MARC field 753 $c is not
repeatable. Note minor versions of operating systems in a 538 field.
538 \\ $a System requirements for PC: Windows XP, (SP2), Windows Vista
(SP1) or Windows 7; 2.0 GHz P4 processor or equivalent for XP/2.4 HGz P4
processor or equivalent for Vista and Windows 7; At least 1 GB RAM for
XP/1.5 GB for Vista/2DB for NVIDIA ION computers; at least 3.5 GB free hard
drive space; DirectX 9.0c compatible video card with 128 MB video RAM and
support for PixelShader 2.0. See packaging for supported video cards.
538 \\ $a System requirements for Macintosh: Mac OS X 10.5.7 Leopard or
higher; Intel Core Duo processor (game will not run on a PowerPC
Macintosh); at least 2 GB RAM; at least 3.5 GB free hard drive space; ATU
X1600 or NVIDIA 7300 GT with 128 MB of video RAM. See packaging for
supported video cards.
538 \\ $a Disc characteristics: DVD-ROM.
538 \\ $a Requires The Sims 3 to play.
753 \\ $c Microsoft Windows XP $2 gcipplatform
753 \\ $c Microsoft Windows Vista $2 gcipplatform
753 \\ $c Microsoft Windows 7 $2 gcipplatform
753 \\ $c Apple Mac OS X 10.5 $2 gcipplatform
Note: System requirements for a video game on DVD-ROM disc for PC or Mac
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Record the platform name and
any other system requirements or peripherals in MARC field 538, beginning
the note with “System requirements:” Give the platform name or, for
computer platforms, the operating system in the MARC field 753.
Additional System Requirements
Many games require an Internet connection to access additional game content or
to access the entire game. In addition to an Internet connection, an account on a
specialized gaming service (such as XBox Live or Sony Entertainment Network) may
be required; these accounts are sometimes free, and sometimes they are paid (for
example, ‘XBox Live’ or ‘XBox Live Silver’ is free, while ‘XBox Live Gold’ is paid). The
specifics pertaining to what portions of the game require such accounts, and
whether these accounts are paid or free, is often found in the fine print on the back
of the game’s container. If information about such requirements can be readily
obtained from the container, record them in a 538 field. If any requirements are
208
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
known by the cataloger to pertain only to additional content but not the whole
game, record those contents in an additional 538 field beginning the note with
“Additional system requirements:”
538 \\ $a System requirements: XBox 360 with the NTSC designation; XBox
Live account and Internet connection.
538 \\ $a Additional system requirements: Paid XBox Live Gold account
required for online multiplayer.
753 \\ $a Microsoft Xbox 360 (NTSC-U/C) $2 gcipplatform
Note: XBox 360 game container reads: “XBox live ; Online only ; XBox Live Gold
required” and, further down, “XBox Live system requirements: In available games,
paid subscription required for online multiplayer.”
538 \\ $a System requirements: PlayStation 4.
538 \\ $a Additional system requirements: Online features require Internet
connection and a Sony Entertainment Network account ; Online multiplayer
requires a PS Plus membership.
753 \\ $a Sony PlayStation 4 $2 gcipplatform
Note: PlayStation 4 game container reads: “PSN online features require
broadband internet service and a Sony Entertainment Network (SEN) account”
and, further down, “Online multiplayer also requires a PS Plus membership.”
Note on Carrier (RDA 3.21)
Label
Element
Core
LC core for Note on changes in carrier characteristics, when
applicable
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 5xx $a (Objects)
The note on carrier note provides information on attributes of a carrier(s) of a
manifestation.
209
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note on Extent of Manifestation (RDA 3.21.2)
The note on extent of manifestation provides information on the extent of a
manifestation that is not recorded as part of an extent element.
Objects
When the extent of a manifestation is made up of components, information on the
extent of manifestation is encouraged.
300 \\ $a 1 plastic snap-grid, 31 parts, 1 layout sheet, 1 instruction manual
520 \\ $a CONTAINS: 1 clear base grid, 3-blue #1 snap wires, 6-blue #2 snap
wires, 3-blue #3 snap wires, 1-blue #4 snap wire, 1-blue #5 snap wire, 1-blue
#6 snap wire, 1 orange whistle chip, 1 green slide chip, 1 green press switch,
1 clear photoresister, 1 red light emitting diode (LED), 1 clear 2.5V lamp, 1
clear battery holder, 1 red speaker, 1 blue music integrated circuit, 1 red
alarm integrated circuit, 1 green space war integrated circuit, 1 clear fan
motor, 1 red fan blade attachment, 1 orange 100Ω resistor, 1 red jumper
wire, 1 black jumper wire.
Note: Note on extent of manifestation for an electronic circuits model
For objects cataloging, this element is frequently combined with nature of content
(RDA 7.2) as part of a larger, more narrative scope and content note. See section of
this guide on nature of content (RDA 7.2) for further instructions and examples.
210
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 4. Providing Acquisition and
Access Information
Restrictions on Access (RDA 4.4)
Label
Element
Core
Not Core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 506 $a
Restrictions on access describe any limitations imposed on access to a
manifestation or item.
Recording Restriction on Access (RDA 4.4.1)
Record any restrictions on access to the manifestation or item in MARC field 506.
Be as specific as possible about the nature of the restrictions to access (e.g., eligible
viewers, duration of restriction, etc.). Information may be taken from any source.
Availability of a manifestation, if considered important, can be recorded as well.
MARC field 506 first indicator value contains coding for type of restrictions.
● 1st indicator blank = no information provided
● 1st indicator 0 = no restrictions on access (e.g., open access)
● 1st indicator 1 = restrictions apply to some or all of the material
When applicable, record that there are no restrictions on access when that
information aids user tasks.
211
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Restrictions on access that apply to a manifestation usually refer to unique archival
materials. When restrictions on access apply to a manifestation, it is appropriate to
record a note in a shared bibliographic environment.
506 1\ $a Restricted to individual viewing only at the Michelle Smith
Performing Arts Library, University of Maryland.
Note: Restrictions on access for a DVD-Video disc
506 \\ $a Collection open to research. DVDs are accessible via a listening
station in the Special Collections and Archives reading room.
Note: Restrictions on access for this collection of Grateful Dead DVD-Video disc
506 \\ $a Reading room use only.
Note: Restrictions on access for a handmade object
When restrictions on access pertain to a particular copy, record the access
restrictions for the item in one’s local catalog only.
Best Practice Recommendation (Tangible Formats): For resources that are
archival in nature, record information about restrictions on access if the
information would apply to the public beyond one’s local institution. Such
notes may be recorded in shared cataloging. Limit recording information on
restrictions on access that does not apply beyond one’s local institution to
one’s local catalog only.
For nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, OLAC recommends following
the PCC Provider-Neutral Guidelines which limit restrictions on access notes to DLF
Registry of Digital Masters, HathiTrust Digital Library, and other digital preservation
projects. If considered important, record restrictions on access details in one’s local
catalog only.
Open Access & Online Resources
Availability via open access is important to record for online resources. Open
access information can be recorded in MARC field 506 $a. When using data from a
standardized list, record the terminology in MARC 506 $f with the source of the
term in $2. OLAC recommends using Standardized Terminology for Access
212
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Restriction from the DLF/OCLC Registry of Digital Masters Working Group.
Resources with no restrictions should have a 1st indicator value 0.
506 0\ $a Open access.
Note: Availability note for a streaming audio file
506 0\ $a Free to play.
Note: Availability note for an online video game
506 0\ $f Unrestricted online access $2 star
Note: Availability note using terminology from Standardized Terminology for
Access Restriction
Restrictions on Use (RDA 4.5)
Label
Element
Core
Core for LC/PCC for archival
materials
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 540
Restrictions on use refers to any limitation placed on the reproduction, publication,
exhibition, etc. of a manifestation or item. This note is for recording restrictions on
use of the material after access has been provided. “The field includes, but is not
limited to, copyrights, film rights, trade restrictions, etc. that restrict the right to
reproduce, exhibit, fictionalize, quote, etc.” (MARC 21 Bibliographic Format, Field
540)
213
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Basic Instructions on Recording Restrictions on Use (RDA 4.5.1)
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, Objects, and Tangible Video Games
Notes for restrictions on use, such as public performance rights, are generally local,
item-specific notes. When restrictions on use pertain to a particular copy, record
the use restrictions for the item in one’s local catalog only. Do not include local
notes in shared cataloging.
Restrictions on use may be recorded in shared cataloging records for materials that
are archival in nature when the information applies to users beyond one’s local
institution. In such cases, record a restriction on use of the manifestation as
specifically as possible, including the nature and duration of the restriction.
Information may be taken from any source.
540 \\ $a Educational purposes only.
Note: Restrictions on use note for a model
540 \\ $a Permission of the creator of this film is required to cite, quote or
reproduce; contact repository for information.
Note: Restrictions on use note for a videodisc that is archival in nature.
Best Practice Recommendation: For resources that are archival in nature,
record information about restrictions on use if the information would apply
to the public beyond one’s local institution. Such notes may be recorded in
shared cataloging.
Limit recording information on restrictions on use that does not apply beyond
one’s local institution to one’s local catalog only.
Online Resources
Do not record restrictions on use notes for online resources in shared cataloging.
214
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Online Resources): Do not record restrictions
on use notes for online resources in shared cataloging.
Uniform Resource Locator (RDA 4.6)
Label
Element
Core
Core for LC/PCC for the resource
being described
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 856 $u
A uniform resource locator (URL) is an address of a remote access resource. A URL
includes all resource identifiers intended to provide online access to a resource
using a standard Internet browser.
Basic Instructions on Recording Uniform Resource Locator (RDA
4.6.1)
Online Video Games
Record the URL for an online video game in MARC field 856 $u.
856 40 $u https://store.steampowered.com/app/990080/Hogwarts_Legacy/
Note: URL for an online video game on the Steam digital distribution service
215
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
Follow the Provider-Neutral Guidelines for Electronic Resources, and record only
general (not institution-specific) URLs. Do not record URLs that are institution-
specific or proxy URLs that are restricted for use at a specific institution. If the only
link available is not a general link, do not record it.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Follow Provider-Neutral Guidelines, adhering to the following
restrictions in recording URLs:
● Do not use $z of MARC field 856 for information that is institution
specific.
● Do not include proxy URLs that are restricted for use at a specific
institution.
● Do not record a URL which is specific only to your institution in shared
cataloging records. Record such URLs in one’s local catalog only.
For general URLs, record the URL for the resource itself in MARC field 856 $u. Use
1st indicator 4 (access method is http) and 2nd indicator 0 (URL is for the resource
itself).
Whenever possible and feasible, the URL given should be a direct link to the online
resource(s) being cataloged.
856 40 $u http://www.sporkful.com/
Note: Direct link to the podcast The Sporkful
856 40 $3 Education in video (streaming video) $u
http://www.aspresolver.com/aspresolver.asp?EDIV;1520541
Note: Direct link to the streaming video file Academic literacy: preparing all
students for success in college and beyond
When it is not possible or feasible to link directly to the online resource(s), include a
URL that links to a website at a higher level of granularity relative to the online
resource being described. Such websites often include descriptive information
about the online resource being cataloged that patrons may find useful. Leave the
second indicator blank (no information provided) in these cases.
216
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
856 4\ $u https://scholarworks.umt.edu/smokejumpers/77
Note: Link to the metadata page of a university institutional repository which
provides access to a streaming audio file
Supply the package/provider name in MARC 856 $3 if the domain name does not
specifically name the package/provider.
856 40 $3 Drama Online $u https://doi.org/10.5040/9790000000041.01
Note: Direct link to the video Hedda Gabler provided by Drama Online. Package
name recorded in 856 $3.
856 40 $u http://ativ.alexanderstreet.com/View/1779974
Note: The provider can be inferred from the URL so no $3 data is necessary
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): Supply the package/provider name in $3 of the MARC 856 field if the
domain name does not specifically name the package/provider.
Sometimes, a resource has multiple URLs, and it is necessary to identify what part
of the resource the URL represents. Use MARC 856 $3 to specify the material to
which the URL belongs.
856 40 $3 Part 1, MPEG-4 (Internet Archive) $u
https://archive.org/download/HolyGhostPeople/HolyGhost1.mp4
856 40 $3 Part 2, MPEG-4 (Internet Archive) $u
https://archive.org/download/HolyGhostPeople/HolyGhost2.mp4
Note: Material specified recorded in $3
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming
Video): When applicable, specify the materials to which the subsequent URL
applies.
Instructions and examples for recording URLs for related resources are found in
this guide at RDA 7.16, Supplementary Content.
217
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
218
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Section 2: Recording Attributes of
Work & Expression
Instructions for recording attributes of work and expression and found in RDA
section 2, chapters 5-7.
RDA Chapter
Description
Chapter 5
General Guidelines on Recording Attributes of Works and
Expressions
Chapter 6
Identifying Works and Expressions
Chapter 7
Describing Content
219
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 6. Identifying Works and
Expressions
Country of Producing Entity (no RDA instruction)
Label
Element
Core
Not an RDA element
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 257 $a
MARC field 257 does not directly map to any RDA element; however, this
information is often very useful, particularly to the video cataloging and user
communities. OLAC recommends recording this information when it is readily
available.
Record the name of the country corresponding to the original production in MARC
field 257 $a; in other words, where the principal offices of the production company
are located. The name of the country should correspond to the production
company (or individual) information given in the statement of responsibility. If
there is no statement of responsibility, use the best information available.
When recording the name of the country with a term that is found in a controlled
vocabulary, give the source of the term in $2. Use a code from Source Codes for
Vocabularies, Rules and Schema “Subject Heading and Term Source Codes”
(https://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/subject.html). Terms from the LC/NACO
Authority File should be coded “naf” in $2.
If multiple country names are associated with a single work, record each name in a
separate $a. Use separate occurrences of MARC field 257 when there are multiple
works in a manifestation.
220
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: Record this information when readily
available. Use the full name of the country of production in the form found in
the LC/NACO Authority File. Encode the source of the term in $2.
257 \\ $a Italy $2 naf
Note: Country of production
257 \\ $a France $a England $2 naf
Note: Two countries of production associated with a single work
257 \\ $a Germany $a United States $2 naf
257 \\ $a Germany $2 naf
Note: Manifestation contains two works, one a German-American co-production;
the other produced by a German production company
Title for Work (RDA 6.2)
Preferred Title of Work (RDA 6.2.2)
Label
Element
Core
Core element
Source
Resource itself or reference sources
Encoding
MARC 245 $a or as part of an AAP
The preferred title is “the title or form of title chosen to identify the work” (RDA
6.2.2.1) and forms the basis for the authorized access point representing the work.
Follow RDA 6.2.2.4 and choose as the preferred title the title in the original
language by which the work has become known, either through use in
manifestations embodying the work or in reference sources.
221
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Video, Video Games): Base the preferred title
on the form of title that appears in a title frame or title screen in the original
language whenever possible.
Note that usually, the preferred title will be the authorized access point for a work
that is not the product of a single creator. However, when a preferred title conflicts
with the title of another resource, additions must be made to the preferred title to
create the authorized access point. This is extremely common for film and video
games. See RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1 and the corresponding section of this guide,
Additional Elements in Authorized Access Points Representing Works (RDA 6.27.1.9),
for instructions and examples for choosing additional elements for a preferred title
when needed to distinguish the authorized access point from an access point for a
different work or an agent of a different work.
Form of Work (RDA 6.3)
Label
Element
Core
Core when needed to differentiate a work from another work with the
same title or from an agent name
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 380 $a
Basic Instructions on Recording Form of Work (RDA 6.3.1)
Form of work refers to a “class or genre to which a work belongs” (RDA 6.3.1.1). It
may be recorded as a separate element, as part of an access point, or both. Refer
to the section on Authorized Access Points when recording form of work as part of
an access point.
222
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Record form of work, when readily ascertainable, in field 380. When recording form
of work as a component of an authorized access point, also record form of work in
MARC field 380. Take the term for form of work from a controlled vocabulary and
capitalize the first word for consistency. Give the source vocabulary code in 380 $2.
Use a multidisciplinary genre/form vocabulary such as Library of Congress
Genre/Form Terms for Library and Archival Materials (LCGFT)
(https://id.loc.gov/authorities/genreForms.html), Library of Congress Subject
Headings (LCSH), or the Art & Architecture Thesaurus (AAT). Record multiple forms
of work in separate instances of field 380, regardless of whether the terms are from
the same source vocabulary or not.
380 \\ $a Television programs $2 lcgft
380 \\ $a Motion pictures $2 lcgft
380 \\ $a Podcasts $2 lcgft
380 \\ $a Radio programs $2 lcgft
380 \\ $a Jigsaw puzzles $2 lcgft
380 \\ $a Toys $2 lcsh
380 \\ $a Dioramas $2 aat
380 \\ $a Video games $2 lcsh
Best Practice Recommendation: Provide a high-level (broad) term for the
form of work if readily ascertainable. Take the term from a controlled
vocabulary, capitalizing the first word of the term. Use separate instances of
field 380 when recording more than one form of work term.
When form of work is used as a component of an authorized access point, also
record form of work in MARC field 380 $a (see RDA 6.17.1.9, Additional Elements in
Authorized Access points Representing Works, and the corresponding section of
this guide for more information and examples).
223
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Star is born (Motion picture : 1954)
245 12 $a A star is born
380 \\ $a Motion picture
Note: Form of work is used as a component of the authorized access point and
also recorded in MARC field 380
Best Practice Recommendation: When giving form of work as a component of
an authorized access point, also record the term in MARC field 380 $a.
Date of Work (RDA 6.4)
Label
Element
Core
Core when needed to differentiate a work from another work with
the same title or from an agent name
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 046 $k $l $o $p
MARC 500 $a
MARC 033 $a
MARC 518 $a $d $o
Date of work is defined by RDA 6.4.1 as “the earliest date associated with a work.”
For a moving image, audio work, or video game, it generally represents the date
associated with its first and original public release. This may include the first time
when a motion picture was released in theaters, when a television program was
aired on television, or when a video game was published in its original format. If the
resource was originally released as a streaming file or videodisc, date of work may
be the date when it was first made available online or first distributed to the home
video market respectively.
Sometimes a resource is reissued, such as a re-broadcast of a television program.
In these cases, the publication date, and possibly the copyright date, may be for the
224
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
reissue and do not give an accurate representation of the date the resource was
originally published.
Do not confuse Date of work (the date of first public release) with Capture date (the
date of recording or filming). See RDA 7.11, Capture Information and the
corresponding section of this guide for more information.
Basic Instructions on Recording Date of Work (RDA 6.4.1)
Record date of work when it is known, even if not needed to differentiate a work
from another work with the same title or from an agent. Date of work is coded in
MARC field 046, using Extended Date/Time Format. This allows for an
unambiguous date which discovery systems could use to distinguish a publication
date from a creation date when these differ.
046 \\ $k 1995 $2 edtf
Date of work is used in the authorized access point when needed to differentiate
two or more works with the same preferred title. See RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1 and
the corresponding section of this guide, Additional Elements in Authorized Access
Points Representing Works (RDA 6.27.1.9), for more information on recording date
of work as a component of an access point.
Date of work is also recorded in a free text note in MARC field 500 as part of the
History of Work element. See RDA 6.7, History of Work, and the corresponding
section of this guide for further details.
046 \\ $k 1949 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally released as a motion picture in 1949.
Note: Date of work coded in 046 field. Date of work is also recorded as part of
the History of Work note.
046 \\ $k 2018 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Veterans’ voices taken from oral history interviews by the Imperial
War Museum and the BBC.
500 \\ $a Originally released as a motion picture in 2018.
518 \\ $a Filmed on location on the Western Front, 1914-1918.
225
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Archival film and audio were used in the making of this motion picture
released in 2018. Date of work reflects release date rather than date of filming of
the content.
046 \\ $k 1957 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally released on LP (1957).
518 \\ $o Recorded $p Los Angeles $d August 14-16, 1956.
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio of a sound recording originally released on
LP in 1957
046 \\ $k 1978 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally released as a motion picture in 1978.
518 \\ $o Original performance filmed on location $p Wuppertal Opera
House $d 1975 December 3.
Note: Streaming video of a motion picture originally released in 1978
Best Practice Recommendation: Record date of work in MARC field 046
whenever it is known, even when it is not needed to differentiate a work from
another work with the same title or from an agent. Also, record date of work
as a free text note in MARC field 500.
Date of Original Broadcast
Additionally, the date of original broadcast (i.e., the date when a television program
was first aired on television) is recorded in MARC field 518 and 033 (second
indicator 1). For field 518, record information in a structured format using separate
subfields for sub-elements when feasible.
033 01 $a 1960----
046 \\ $k 1960 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally broadcast as a television program in 1960.
518 \\ $o Broadcast $d 1960
Note: DVD-Video disc of a television program originally aired in 1960
Although it seems redundant to record the same information in multiple fields,
each field serves different purposes. History of work note in MARC field 500 is
mostly intended for display. MARC field 518 is used for notes about the date and
226
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
place of an event associated with the resource. When the note is in structured
format, it may be used to facilitate discovery and access. MARC fields 046 and 033
contain formatted data and are intended for machine processing.
Best Practice Recommendation: Record the date of original broadcast for a
television program in MARC field 518 and 033 whenever it is known.
History of Work (RDA 6.7)
Label
Element
Core
Not Core
Source
Any Source
Encoding
MARC 500 $a
MARC 033 $a
MARC 518 $a $d $o $p
Basic Instructions on Recording History of Work (RDA 6.7.1)
RDA defines history of work as “a summary of information about the history of a
work.” Make notes relating to the original production and/or first public release of
a media resource in its original format when readily available. This may include the
original title of the work, associated place, the date when the work was first
released in theaters, aired on television, or published online. Other distinguishing
characteristics may also be incorporated if they are known and considered useful.
History of work may include a date that also applies to the Date of work element.
For instructions on encoding the date associated with a work, see the section of this
guide for RDA 6.4, Date of Work.
227
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
046 \\ $k 1985 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally released as a motion picture in 1985.
Note: A streaming video that was originally released as an educational short
film in 1985. In addition to the History of Work note in MARC field 500, the
original release date has also been encoded in MARC field 046 as Date of Work.
According to the MARC 21 standard, broadcasts are one of the events recorded in
MARC field 518. Therefore, in addition to using MARC field 500, also use MARC field
518 and paired field 033 (second indicator 1) when recording history of work for a
television program. For field 518, record information in a structured format using
separate subfields for sub-elements when feasible.
033 01 $a 2013----
046 \\ $k 2013 $2 edtf
500 \\ $a Originally aired on PBS as an episode of Frontline in 2013.
518 \\ $o Broadcast $d 2013
Note: A DVD-Video disc of an episode of a television series originally broadcast in
2013. In addition to the History of Work note in MARC field 500, the original
broadcast date has also been coded in MARC field 033 and recorded in a
structured format in MARC field 518. Because this date is considered the Date of
Work, it has also been coded in MARC field 046.
Content Type (RDA 6.9)
Label
Element
Core
Core element
Source
Any Source
Encoding
MARC 336 $a $b $2
MARC LDR/06
228
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Basic Instructions on Recording Content Type (RDA 6.9.1)
Content type is defined by RDA as “a categorization reflecting the fundamental form
of communication in which the content is expressed and the human sense through
which it is intended to be perceived. Content type also reflects the number of
spatial dimensions and the presence or absence of movement in which content
expressed in the form of an image or images is intended to be perceived” (RDA
6.9.1.1).
The following RDA Content Types apply to resources covered by this guide.
Definitions are taken from RDA Content Type in the RDA Registry
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAContentType/):
● computer program - A content type that consists of content expressed
through digitally encoded instructions intended to be processed and
performed by a computer.
● performed music - A content type that consists of content expressed through
music in an audible form.
● sounds - A content type that consists of content other than language or
music, expressed in an audible form.
● spoken word - A content type that consists of content expressed through
language in an audible form.
● still image - A content type that consists of content expressed through line,
shape, shading, etc., intended to be perceived visually as a still image or
images in two dimensions.
● tactile three-dimensional form - A content type that consists of content
expressed through a form or forms intended to be perceived through touch
as a three-dimensional form or forms.
● three-dimensional form - A content type that consists of content expressed
through a form or forms intended to be perceived visually in
three-dimensions.
● three-dimensional moving image - A content type that consists of content
expressed through images intended to be perceived to be moving, and in
three dimensions.
● two-dimensional moving image - A content type that consists of content
expressed through images intended to be perceived to be moving, and in
two dimensions.
229
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Content Type (RDA 6.9.1)
Record the content type of the resource using RDA Content Types. For resources
with multiple types of content, use more than one of the applicable RDA Content
Types.
Take content type from any source and record in MARC field 336 $a using terms
from the list given at RDA 6.9.1.3. Include coded content type values in $b and the
MARC code that identifies the source of the content type term in $2. Use
“rdacontent” in $2 for source code. See LC’s Term and Code List for RDA Content
Types (https://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacontent.html) for MARC codes to
RDA terms. If more than one content type applies, record each content type in a
separate MARC 336 field.
Streaming Audio
These RDA content types can apply to streaming audio
336 \\ $a spoken word $b spw $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for spoken word nonmusical streaming audio
336 \\ $a sounds $b snd $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for streaming audio with sound content other than music or
spoken word
Objects
The content type for objects is usually three-dimensional form. This is often
confused with the content type tactile three-dimensional form, which is used for
resources with content expressed through a form or forms intended to be
perceived through touch.
336 \\ $a three-dimensional form $b tdf $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for an iron meteorite
336 \\ $a tactile three-dimensional form $b tdf $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for a “Feely bag texture materials” kit
230
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
336 \\ $a still image $b sti $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for a standard deck of playing cards
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Streaming Video
Use the term “two-dimensional moving image” for both videodiscs and streaming
video.
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $b tdi $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for videodiscs and streaming video
Use the term “three-dimensional moving image” for 3D video.
336 \\ $a three-dimensional moving image $b tdm $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type for 3D videodisc
Two content types are needed to fully convey the content for videos that include
filmed musical performances such as concerts or operas. In addition to
“two-dimensional moving image,” use the content type “performed music” for
musical performance video.
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $b tdi $2 rdacontent
336 \\ $a performed music $b prm $2 rdacontent
Note: Content types for streaming video that contains a filmed musical
performance
Best Practice Recommendation (Videos of Performed Music): Use the content
type “performed music” in addition to the content type “two-dimensional
moving image” for video of performed music.
If deemed necessary for user tasks, add the content type “spoken word” to video
recordings of speeches, poetry readings, etc.
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $b tdi $2 rdacontent
336 \\ $a spoken word $b spw $2 rdacontent
Note: Optional addition of “spoken word” content type for streaming video
231
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Video Games
The content type “two-dimensional moving image” does not adequately describe
video game content, nor does it differentiate video content from interactive game
play content. For video games, use the content type “computer program” in
addition to the content type “two-dimensional moving image.”
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $b tdi $2 rdacontent
336 \\ $a computer program $b cop $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type values for Video game disc
Video games such as those that simulate visual 3-D through the use of stereoscopic
glasses or a headset are considered 3D. In addition to “computer program,” use
content type “three-dimensional moving image” for 3D video games.
336 \\ $a three-dimensional moving image $b tdm $2 rdacontent
336 \\ $a computer program $b cop $2 rdacontent
Note: Content type values for 3D video game that requires a virtual reality
headset
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Use the content type
“computer program” and either “two-dimensional moving image” or
“three-dimensional moving image” for video games.
Content Type Coding
The MARC Leader position 06 contains a one-character code that is used to
differentiate MARC records created for various types of content and material and is
related to RDA Content Type. The following codes apply to resources within the
scope of this guide.
Two content types, two-dimensional moving image and computer program, are
recorded for video games. Code Leader 06 (LDR/06) m for computer file:
LDR/06 (Fixed Field Type): m
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $2 rdacontent
336 \\ $a computer program $2 rdacontent
232
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Coded and recorded content type for video game
Use code i (nonmusical sound recording) for nonmusical streaming audio:
LDR/06 (Fixed Field Type): i
336 \\ $a spoken word $b spw $2 rda content
Note: Coded and recorded content type for nonmusical streaming audio
Use code g (projected medium) for videodiscs and streaming video:
LDR/06 (Fixed Field Type): g
336 \\ $a two-dimensional moving image $b tdi $2 rdacontent
Note: Coded and recorded content type for video
Use code r (realia) for three-dimensional objects:
Leader/06 (Fixed Field Type): r
337 \\ $a three-dimensional form $b tdf $2 rdacontent
Note: Coded and recorded content type for realia
Constructing Authorized Access Points
Representing Works and Expressions (RDA 6.27)
RDA uses authorized access points to provide access to works and expressions
contained in the resource. The purpose of this element is to identify the work or
expression. The preferred title (RDA 6.2) is the basis for the authorized access point
representing the work.
Additional elements may be needed to distinguish the authorized access point
representing the work from an authorized access point representing a different
work or representing an agent. See section on Additional Elements in Authorized
Access Points Representing Works (RDA 6.27.1.9) for instructions and examples.
233
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Authorized Access Point Representing a Work (RDA 6.27.1)
Note that this section does not include added entries which are found in:
● Recording Relationships between Resources (RDA Section 8, Chapters 24-28)
● Recording Relationships to Agents (RDA Section 6, Chapters 18-22)
RDA 6.27.1 contains instructions for constructing authorized access points for
various types of works with various types of creator responsibility.
Works Created by One Agent (RDA 6.27.1.2)
The authorized access point for the work of a single creator is simply the authorized
access point for the creator plus the preferred title. When the preferred title is the
same with the title proper and no additional elements are needed to construct an
authorized access point, MARC field 245 serves as the preferred title.
A few resources within the scope of this guide are considered to be the work of a
single creator, such as handmade items, original works of art, and some
nonmusical streaming audio.
100 1\ $a Wyatt, Greg, $e sculptor.
245 10 $a Cast bronze portrait of Shakespeare / $c by Greg Wyatt.
Note: Original art by a single artist
100 1\ $a Mather, Elizabeth, $e creator.
245 10 $a Pincushion of Elizabeth Mather.
Note: Handmade item by Elizabeth Mather
100 1\ $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960-, $e designer.
245 10 $a Alhambra / $c Dirk Henn.
Note: A board game designed by Dirk Henn
100 1\ $a Cho, Kat, $e interviewee.
245 10 $a Kat Cho interview / $c by Professional Book Nerds.
Spoken word streaming audio
100 1\ $a Muller, R. $q (Richard), $e author, $e speaker.
245 10 $a Physics for future presidents.
234
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: A streaming video of a lecture written and presented by a professor
It is uncommon for moving images, including video games, to be the work of a
single agent. Videos and video games are almost always the result of a
collaborative effort, and OLAC recommends applying the exception given in RDA
6.27.1.3 which results in all collaborative moving image works being identified by
preferred title alone. See RDA 6.27.1.3. Collaborative Works and corresponding
sections of this guide for instructions and examples.
100 1\ $a Mechner, Jordan.
245 10 $a Prince of Persia / $c Jordan Mechner.
Note: The original Prince of Persia video game, created, designed, and
programmed by Jordan Mechner
Although the term “filmmaker” appears as a creator-level relationship designator in
RDA Appendix I, Relationship Designators for Agents Associated with a Work, the
term has a slightly different meaning when associated with moving image
materials. A filmmaker is responsible for all aspects of the film’s concept and
execution (i.e., serves as producer, writer, director, cinematographer, etc.), as in the
following examples.
Authorized access points for moving images that are entirely the work of an
individual are formed by combining the authorized access point for the creator and
the preferred title.
100 1\ $a Auslender, Leland, $e filmmaker.
245 10 $a Venice Beach in the sixties : $b a celebration of creativity / $c
filmmaker, Leland Auslender.
Note: Video produced entirely by the filmmaker; no other personnel involved
Finally, objects more commonly are not the work of a single individual including
board games that do not have a named game designer, such as Monopoly.
Collaborative Works (RDA 6.27.1.3)
Generally, authorized access points for collaborative works are formed by
combining the authorized access point for the agent with principal responsibility for
the work and the preferred title for the work. When the preferred title is the same
with the title proper and no additional elements are needed to construct an
authorized access point, MARC field 245 serves as the preferred title.
235
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
100 1\ $a Van Slyke, Brian.
245 10 $a Rise up : $b the game of people & power / $c game design by Brian
Van Slyke ; graphic design by Molly McLeod.
Note: Authorized access point for this board game is the authorized access point
for the agent with principal responsibility and the preferred title for the work
There are two important exceptions given for RDA 6.27.1.3 that apply to resources
within the scope of this guide – corporate bodies as creators and moving image
works.
Exception for Corporate Bodies As Creators
An exception in RDA 6.27.1.3 for corporate bodies as creators. Do not consider a
corporate body to be a creator unless it is “responsible for originating, issuing, or
causing to be issued” works that fall within one of the categories listed at RDA
19.2.1.1.1, Corporate Bodies Considered to be Creators. This will exclude most
corporate bodies associated with moving images and audio recordings from being
considered creators.
Some examples of corporate bodies that may be considered creators include: a
professional association that is responsible for a streaming video recording of the
proceedings of a conference it organized, a performing group whose responsibility
goes beyond mere performance, execution, etc. of a musical work (filmed musical
performance), and two or more artists acting as a corporate body for named
individual works of art (e.g., video art).
If one or more corporate bodies are collaboratively responsible for creating a work
that falls into one or more of the categories at RDA 19.2.1.1.1, construct the
authorized access point for the work by combining the authorized access point for
the corporate body with principal responsibility for the work plus the preferred title
for the work.
110 1\ $a United States. $b Government Accountability Office.
245 10 $a Watchdog report.
Note: Streaming audio with corporate body creator (RDA 19.2.1.1.1, category b,
works that record the collective thought of the body…)
236
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
110 1\ $a United States. $b Army Map Service.
245 10 $a West Point and vicinity, New York 1:25,000 / $c prepared by the
Army Map Service (AM), Corps of Engineers, U.S. Army.
Note: A model with corporate body creator (RDA 19.2.1.1.1, category f,
cartographic works originating with a corporate body other than a body that is
merely responsible for their publication or distribution)
Exception for Moving Image Resources
Most moving image materials, including video games, are collaborative in nature.
For motion pictures, videos, video games, etc., follow the moving image works
exception and construct the authorized access point representing the work by
using the preferred title for the work. MARC field 245 serves as the preferred title
and the authorized access point in most cases when no additional elements need
to be included.
245 00 $a Razor racing / $c developed by Vision Scape Interactive, Inc.
Note: Video game authorized access point for this collaborative work is the
preferred title
245 00 $a One night in Miami… / $c directed by Regina King ; screenplay by
Kemp Powers ; produced by Jess Wu Calder, Keith Calder, Jody Klein ; a
Regina King film ; an ABKCO Films and Snoot Entertainment production ; an
Amazon Studios presentation.
Note: Video authorized access point for this collaborative work is the preferred
title for the work
Best Practice Recommendation: Apply the exception at RDA 6.27.1.3 for
moving image works and construct the authorized access point representing
all collaborative moving image works, including filmed musical performances
and video games, by using the preferred title for the work.
Filmed Musical Performances
An authorized access point for a filmed musical performance is the preferred title
and not the name of the composer plus the preferred title of the work. It is
important to remember that it is not the musical work itself being
cataloged—rather, it is the filmed performance that is being cataloged. Thus,
237
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
filmed musical performances are (in most cases) considered collaborative works
and are entered under title, according to the exception given at RDA 6.27.1.3.
See the section of this guide on Additional Elements to Authorized Access Points
(RDA 6.27.1.9) for examples.
Compilations of Works by Different Agents (RDA 6.27.1.4)
For works that are compilations of works by different agents, construct the
authorized access point representing the work by using the preferred title for the
compilation.
245 00 $a The James Dean 35th anniversary collection.
Note: Video compilation with a collective title
For instructions on recording the relationship between the compilation and its
individual works, see RDA chapter 25, Related Works, and the corresponding
section of this guide in the Recording Relationships Section.
No Collective Title for Compilation
Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming Video, DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs,
and Video Games
If there is no collective title for the compilation, record each title in the title field for
nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video, videodiscs, and video games.
Authorized access points are given for each title in the compilation when feasible
and when there are not too many as to be burdensome. See section of this guide,
Related Work (RDA 25.1) for instructions and examples for creating authorized
access points for each title in the compilation.
245 00 $a Brother bear ; $b Brother bear 2.
Note: No collective title for the compilation is present
RDA offers an alternative to devise a title for compilations lacking a collective title.
Do not apply the alternative to nonmusical streaming audio, streaming video,
videodiscs, and video games.
238
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio, Streaming
Video, Videodiscs, and Video Games): Do not apply the alternative instruction
to devise a title for a compilation when there is no collective title available.
Record each individual title in MARC field 245.
Objects
Do apply the alternative instruction to objects. Devise a comprehensive title for
objects that are compilations lacking a collective title. The comprehensive title will
likely be the preferred title.
245 00 $a Hull House pottery.
588 0\ $a Title devised by cataloger.
Note: Cataloger devised collective title for a set of 4 teacups with matching
saucers and a serving bowl
Additional Elements in Authorized Access Points Representing Works
(RDA 6.27.1.9)
Determine If Additional Elements Are Needed
To determine if additional elements are needed, one must test the catalog for
conflict. Libraries using OCLC should search OCLC as the catalog. A conflict occurs
when the authorized access point of one work is the same as the authorized access
point of another work. This seldom happens with works of personal authorship,
but it is very common among works that use the preferred title as the authorized
access point, namely video, video games, and streaming audio.
Do not consider a matching title in MARC field 245 to be a conflict when a 100 or
110 field is present because the entire MARC 100/245 string identifies the resource.
In the following example, the title for the streaming video (245) does not conflict
with the authorized access point for the book (100/245).
100 1\ $a Gyles, Anna Benson.
245 \\ $a For the love of Egypt / $c Anna Benson Gyles.
Note: A book with a single creator. The 100/245 string is the authorized access
point in this example.
239
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a For the love of Egypt.
Note: Authorized access point for streaming video is the data in field 245 $a.
There is no conflict with the authorized access point for the book.
When there is no conflict with the preferred title, there is no need to encode the
preferred title in a separate field. The title proper in MARC field 245 serves as the
preferred title and authorized access point.
245 00 $a Need for speed: rivals.
Note: No conflict with this video game preferred title
Choosing Additional Elements for Authorized Access Points Representing
Works
If the preferred title of a resource matches the authorized access point for another
resource or for an agent, additional elements are needed to create the authorized
access point for the resource you are cataloging. Authorized access points based
on preferred title are encoded in MARC field 130. RDA 6.27.1.9 lists additional
elements to use in creating an authorized access point:
● Form of work
● Date of work
● Place of origin of work, and/or
● Another distinguishing characteristic of the work
Generally, form of work is the first element added. Use judgment about which
element(s) would best distinguish between different works and how many to record
when there is a conflict.
There are complexities associated with creating authorized access points for video,
both motion pictures and television programs, and for some types of nonmusical
streaming audio. In these cases, always consult LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1:
Motion Pictures, Television Programs, Radio Programs regarding the choice of
elements and the order in which they should be recorded. The instructions for
video and nonmusical streaming audio in this guide are based on those in the
appendix.
The instructions on creating authorized access points for objects and for video
games are fairly straightforward. The first element to add when creating an
240
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
authorized access point is Form of work; if an additional element is needed, use the
date.
Objects
An object that is not the work of a single creator rarely needs an authorized access
point with additional elements. However when additional elements are needed, use
cataloger’s judgment in determining the most appropriate qualifying term for the
form of work. If a second element is needed, add the date.
130 0\ $a Dash (Toy)
245 10 $a Dash.
Note: Authorized access point for a robot toy
130 0\ $a Heart of America (Model : 2015)
245 10 $a Heart of America
Note: Authorized access point for a model
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): When additional elements are
needed to form an authorized access point for an object, use cataloger’s
judgment in choosing a form qualifier to add to the preferred title. If a
second additional element is needed, use the year.
Video Games
The Library of Congress is working with OLAC on standards for breaking conflicts
between video game titles. In the interim, LC has advised adding the form qualifier
(Video game) to create an authorized access point and further qualifying by year
when needed.
130 0\ $a Mafia (Video game)
245 10 $a Mafia.
Note: Authorized access point for an online video game
130 0\ AC/DC live (Video game)
245 10 $a AC/DC live : $b rockband track pack / $c Harmonix.
Note: Authorized access point for a video game computer disc
241
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ Wild (Video game : 2010)
245 14 $a The Wild.
Note: Authorized access point for a video game cartridge
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): When additional elements are
needed to form an authorized access point for a video game, first add the
form qualifier (Video game) to the preferred title. If a second additional
element is needed, use the year.
Occasionally, a video game will be released in the same language but under
different titles. This can be either a simultaneous release or a video game later
released under a different title in the same language. The authorized access point
is based on the title that was issued or received first.
130 0\ $a Wario land: shake it!
245 10 $a Wario land: the shake dimension
Note: PAL and NTSC versions have different titles
RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Generally, follow the instructions for creating authorized access points for radio
programs in LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television Programs,
and Radio Programs.
For nonmusical streaming audio, use (Radio program) or another form of work as
appropriate such as Lecture, Podcast, Poem, etc.
130 0\ $a Weekend edition Saturday (Radio program). $p Looking back at the
life of Anne Frank
245 10 $a Weekend edition Saturday. $p Looking back at the life of Anne
Frank
Note: Authorized access point for a streaming audio episode from the radio
program Weekend edition Saturday
242
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a For future reference (Podcast)
245 10 $a For future reference
Note: Authorized access point for a streaming audio podcast
The Appendix lists additional elements to use, when needed, and has instructions
for creating authorized access points for radio programs in specific situations.
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio): Generally
follow RDA 6.27.1.9 and Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television Programs,
Radio Programs of the LC-PCC PS for RDA 6.27.1.9 regarding the choice of
additional elements and the order in which to record them. However, do use
judgment about which element(s) would best distinguish between different
works and how many to record when there is a conflict.
DVD-Video, Blu-ray Discs, and Streaming Video
As noted above, there are complexities associated with creating authorized access
points for video, both motion picture and television programs. Generally, follow the
instructions in LC-PCC PS RDA 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television
Programs, Radio Programs which explain the choice and order of additional
elements. Note that the appendix is provisional until reviewed and revised by the
Program for Cooperative Cataloging. The recommendations and examples in this
guide are generally based on the instructions in Appendix 1.
The first element to add to the preferred title is Form of work. Choose the Form of
work that matches the original distribution method of the resource.
● (Motion picture) for resource distributed theatrically, non-theatrically, or as
home video
● (Television program) for those resources originally aired on television,
regardless of subsequent home video releases
Best Practice Recommendation: In general, follow the instructions given in
LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1: Motion Pictures, Television Programs, Radio
Programs when constructing authorized access points for motion pictures
and television programs. However, do use judgment about which element(s)
would best distinguish between different works and how many to record
when there is a conflict.
243
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Motion Picture Video (Including Video Formats)
Apply these instructions to streaming video, DVD-Video, and Blu-ray Discs, whether
the video is distributed theatrically, non-theatrically, or as home video. For motion
picture video, an authorized access point is necessary in the following situations:
● Title conflicts with the title of another resource
● Moving image resource is issued under different titles in the same language
● Video is dubbed or has translated intertitles
● Video is later released with the same language content and different
language title
An authorized access point may also be necessary when both a comprehensive title
and individual titles are present.
Title conflicts with the title of another resource
Add form of work (Motion picture) to the preferred title of a video that is distributed
theatrically, non-theatrically, or as home video.
130 0\ $a Stardust (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Stardust.
Note: Authorized access point for a videodisc originally released as a motion
picture
130 0\ $a Get Smart (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Get Smart / $c Warner Bros. Pictures presents in
association with Village Roadshow Pictures ; a Mosaic Media Group/Mad
Chance/Callahan Filmworks production ; produced by Andrew Lazar, Charles
Roven, Alex Gartner, Michael Ewing ; written by Tom J. Astle & Matt Ember ;
directed by Peter Segal.
Note: Authorized access point for a streaming video originally released as a
motion picture
If the original distribution method of a video is unknown, not applicable, or in
doubt, use the qualifier (Motion picture). Use (Motion picture) for resources
distributed directly to the home video market.
244
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Sonnenallee (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Sonnenallee / $c Delphi Filmverleih zeigt ; Boje Buck präsentiert
eine Boje Buck Produktion in coproduktion mit Ö-Film Produktion ... ; Claus
Boje zeigt einen Leander Haussmann Film ; Buch, Thomas Brussig, Leander
Haussmann ; Produzenten, Claus Boje, Detlev Buck ; Regie, Leander
Haussmann.
Note: Authorized access point for a DVD-Video disc distributed directly to the
home video market
If the form of work (Motion picture) does not break a title conflict, add additional
elements in this order of preference:
● Year of original release (if unreleased, year of original production)
● Director or filmmaker
● Production company
130 0\ $a Hercules (Motion picture : 1997)
245 10 $a Hercules / $c Walt Disney Pictures presents ; produced by Alice
Dewey, John Musker, Ron Clements ; screenplay by Ron Clements & John
Musker, Bob Shaw & Donald McEnery and Irene Mecchi ; directed by John
Musker, Ron Clements.
Note: Authorized access point for a video on Blu-ray Disc that was originally
released as a motion picture in 1997
When using the name of the director as a qualifier, the name should be given in the
shortest intelligible form. The name of the production company should be given in
the RDA form found in the name authority record. If there are multiple production
companies, use the name of the first recorded in the statement of responsibility.
130 0\ $a Leviathan (Motion picture : 2012 : Castaing-Taylor)
245 10 $a Leviathan / $c a film by Lucien Castaing-Taylor and Véréna Paravel ;
Arrête ton Cinéma.
Note: Authorized access point for a video that was originally released as a motion
picture in 2012. An additional qualifier was needed, and the first named director
was used.
A movie remake is a new movie that is based on an older movie. They typically
feature the same storyline or specific concept, and it is not uncommon for movie
245
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
remakes to have the same title as the original version. The remake will need an
authorized access point to distinguish it from the original or earlier versions.
“A Star is Born” is a 1937 film that has been remade several times. The record for
the original version needed additions to create the authorized access point due to
title conflicts with other resources, and the addition of (Motion picture) was used:
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture)
Note: Authorized access point for an original film titled “A Star is Born”
PCC practice for constructing an authorized access point for motion pictures is to
change existing authorized access points to ensure, to the extent possible,
synchronization between access points for different motion pictures with the same
title. When “A Star is Born” was remade in 1954, the authorized access point for the
original version was updated to include the year the film was released:
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture : 1937)
Note: Updated authorized access point for the original version of “A Star is Born”
to align it with the 1954 remake
The authorized access point for the 1954 remake starring Judy Garland and James
Mason is distinguished from the original version with the release date:
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture : 1954)
Note: Authorized access point for the 1954 remake of the film “A Star is Born”
In total, the original film has been remade three times. Here are the authorized
access points for each:
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture : 1937)
Note: Original film authorized access point
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture : 1954)
Note: Authorized access point for the 1954 remake of the film “A Star is Born”
starring Judy Garland and James Mason
130 0\ Star is born (Motion picture : 1976)
Note: Authorized access point for the 1976 remake starring Barbara Streisand
and Kris Kristofferson
246
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Star is born (Motion picture : 2018)
Note: Authorized access point for the 2018 remake starring Lady Gaga and
Bradley Cooper
Video Is Issued under Different Titles in the Same Language
Occasionally, a video will be released in the same language but under different
titles. This can be either a simultaneous release or a moving image resource later
released under a different title in the same language.
The authorized access point is based on the title that was issued or received first.
130 0\ $a Airplane! (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Flying high!
264 \2 $a Australia : $b Universal Sony Pictures Home Entertainment
Australia, $c [2013]
Note: Authorized access point for the American film “Airplane!” which was
released in Australia under the title “Flying high!”. The qualifier in the 130 field is
necessary because the title “Airplane!” conflicts with another authorized access
point.
Video Is Dubbed or Has Translated Intertitles
Dubbing is the process of adding new dialog or other sounds to the audio track of a
video that has already been filmed. For video that has been dubbed, add language
to the authorized access point for the dubbed version.
130 0\ $a Dolce vita (Motion picture)
245 13 $aLa dolce vita / $c Giuseppe Amato and Angelo Rizzoli presents; a
Riama Film productions; story and screenplay by Federico Fellini, Ennio
Flaiano, Tullio Pinelli; director, Federico Fellini.
Note: Authorized access point for an Italian film
130 0\ $a Dolce vita (Motion picture). $l English
245 13 $a La dolce vita / $c Federico Fellini.
Note: Authorized access point for the English dubbed version of an Italian film
This instruction also applies to silent films that contain intertitles in a language
different from the original release.
247
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Bronenoset︠s
︡
"Potemkin (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Bronenosets Potemkin.
Note: Authorized access point for the original version of a Russian film with
Russian intertitles
130 0\ $a Bronenoset︠s
︡
"Potemkin" (Motion picture). $l English
245 14 $a The battleship Potemkin / $c directed by Sergei Eisenstein.
Note: Authorized access point for the film that has added English intertitles
For video games, do not add language to the authorized access point because there
are likely many encoding and content changes with translated video games, as well
as the change in language.
Video Released with the Same Language Content, Different Language Title
A video may be released later with the same language content as the original
release and the title in a different language. In this case, add an authorized access
point for the original title.
Note that this category in LC-PCC PS 6.27.1.9 Appendix 1 is titled “5. Subtitled motion
picture released under the same or different title.” The creators of Best Practices for
Cataloging DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs Using RDA and MARC 21 determined through
consultation with LC and others that this section is not concerned with the provision of
language expression access points for subtitled films.
Subtitles are actually irrelevant in this scenario. Authorized access points for
language expressions are given only for language of the soundtrack, including
dubbed versions. Do not give authorized access points for subtitled content.
The Spanish-language film La decisión de vencer was originally produced in El
Salvador and released in 1981.
245 03 $a La decisión de vencer
Note: Title proper of the original film
Later, a DVD-Video version of the Spanish-language film was published in New York
with an English language title Decision to win. The record for the DVD version
should have an authorized access point for the original release.
248
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Decisión de vencer (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Decision to win
Note: DVD-Video version of a Spanish language film originally released under the
title Decisión de vencer
Another example is a Japanese film that was originally released under the title
Shichinin no samurai. A later DVD-Video disc release of the Japanese language film
had an English language title on the DVD and the container.
130 0\ $a Shichinin no samurai (Motion picture)
245 10 $a Seven samurai / $c directed by Akira Kurosawa.
Note: DVD-Video disc for a Japanese film originally released in 1954 under the
title Shichinin no samurai that is later released under the title Seven Samurai
If the later release has subtitles, do not add an authorized access point for the
language of the subtitles. Authorized access points for different language
expressions of a film are applied only in the case of soundtracks, not subtitles.
Comprehensive Title/Individual Title
The LC-PCC PS that is Appendix 1 provides instructions only for creating the title
proper in this scenario. Note that the status of the policy statement is “provisional.”
While there are ambiguities in this PS, it will not be updated, since LC and PCC are
now focused on the Official RDA Toolkit.
When a comprehensive title is found along with an individual title on a resource,
first determine whether the individual title is intended to be viewed consecutively
or not. Examples of resources intended to be viewed consecutively include a movie
and its sequel(s) or an educational program in which the material is covered
sequentially. In other words, the titles must be viewed in order to understand the
material presented.
When the individual title is intended to be viewed consecutively, the title proper
should consist of a structured combination of the comprehensive title and either an
individual title or a numeric designation (or both). In case of doubt, consider the
individual titles to be viewed consecutively. Note that this instruction does not
apply to franchise titles for videos or video games. For information on franchise
titles, see that section of this guide in Title Proper (RDA 2.3.2).
249
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a Foreign languages for kids by kids®. $p Spanish. $n Volume 3.
Note: DVD-Video disc with both a comprehensive title and individual title. The
individual title is intended to be viewed after volumes 1 and 2
Television Program Video
Appendix 1 states to assign an authorized access point under the conditions listed
for motion pictures that apply also to television programs. There are specific
instructions for the following situations:
● Title conflicts with title of another resource
● Comprehensive title/individual title
● Compilations
Title conflicts with the title of another resource
Add form of work (Television program) to the preferred title of a video that
originally aired as a television program.
130 0\ $a Kids in the hall (Television program)
245 14 $ The kids in the hall : $b the complete series.
Note: Authorized access point for a videodisc originally broadcast as a
television program
If form of work (Television program) does not break the conflict, add additional
elements in this order of preference:
● Year first telecast
● Production company or network
● Country of production
Qualifiers for production company or network and country of production should
use the RDA form of the name as given in the name authority record. When there
are multiple production companies, use the first one recorded in the statement of
responsibility.
130 0\ $a Hawaii Five-0 (Television program : 2010- ). $n Season 12.
245 10 $a Hawaii Five-0. $n The final season.
250
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Year of first telecast used as an additional qualifier to distinguish from the
1968 television program with the same name
130 0\ $a Around the world in 80 days (Television program : 1989 : NBC
Television Network)
245 10 $a Around the world in 80 days
Note: Year of telecast and network used as additional qualifiers to create
authorized access point
Comprehensive Title/Individual Title
The LC-PCC PS that is Appendix 1 provides instructions only for creating the title
proper in this scenario. Note that the status of the policy statement is “provisional.”
While there are ambiguities in this PS, it will not be updated, since LC and PCC are
now focused on the Official RDA Toolkit.
When a comprehensive title is found along with an individual title on a resource,
first determine whether the individual title(s) is/are intended to be viewed
consecutively or not. Examples of resources intended to be viewed consecutively
include limited television series, historical documentaries covering a specified time
sequence, or educational programs in which the material is covered sequentially (in
other words, the titles must be viewed in order to understand the material
presented). In case of doubt, consider the individual titles as not to be viewed
consecutively.
Individual Titles Intended to be Viewed Consecutively
If the individual titles are intended to be viewed consecutively, the title proper
should consist of a structured combination of the comprehensive title, a numeric
designation (e.g., episode, show, or production numbers), and an individual title
when one is available.
130 0\ Commander in Chief (Television program). $n Part 2
245 10 $a Commander in Chief. $n Part 2 / $c Battleplan Productions ;
Touchstone Television.
Note: Title proper for the second half of a one-season television show
245 10 $a Muhammad Ali. $n Round four, $p the spell remains (1974-2016) /
$c a production of Florentine Films and WETA Washington, D.C. ; a film by
Ken Burns, Sarah Burns & David McMahon.
251
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Streaming video for an individual title from a four-episode documentary
series
If neither a numeric designation nor an individual title are present, use the date of
telecast in the form [YYYY-MM-DD].
Individual Titles Not Intended to be Viewed Consecutively
Cataloger’s judgment is necessary in determining the title proper in this scenario.
When the individual titles are not intended to be viewed consecutively, Appendix 1
instructions are to create the title proper consisting of the comprehensive title
followed by the individual title. This works well with fictional television programs
such as Seinfeld or This Is Us. When an individual title is used and a numeric
designation is available, do not record the numbering as part of the title proper.
Provide access to the numeric designation through a variant title.
130 0\ $a Simpsons (Television program). $p Last temptation of Homer
245 10 $a Simpsons. $p The last temptation of Homer
246 30 $a Last temptation of Homer
246 3\ $a Simpsons $n Episode 9-090. $p The last temptation of Homer
For nonfiction television programs such as NOVA and 60 minutes, select the
episode title as the title proper and add an authorized access point for the
comprehensive title in MARC field 730. See the section of this guide, Recording
Relationships, for further instructions and examples of adding authorized access
points to identify relationships between resources or between agents and
resources.
245 04 $a The new asylums / $c written, produced & directed by ... ; a
Frontline coproduction with…
500 \\ $a Originally broadcast as a segment of the television program
Frontline on May 10, 2005.
730 02 $i Contained in (work): $a Frontline (Television program)
Note: Episode of the television program Frontline; episodes are not
intended to be viewed consecutively
If an individual title is not available, a numeric designation can be used.
245 10 $a Futurama. $n Volume 5
Note: Numeric designation used when individual title is not available
252
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If neither an individual title nor numeric designation is available, use the date of
telecast (in the form YYYY-MM-DD) in the title proper.
Compilations
Sometimes selected episodes of a television series will be issued on DVD-Video or
Blu-ray Disc. The disc may contain episodes from an entire season or randomly
selected episodes.
Episodes from an Entire Season
For television program content that is a compilation of all episodes of a season,
collocate them by using the authorized access point for the work followed by the
term “Season” followed by the number of the season.
130 0\ $a Riverdale (Television program). $n Season 1.
245 10 $a Riverdale. $n The complete first season.
Note: Authorized access point and title proper for a DVD-Video disc
Selections from a Particular Season
For television program content consisting of selections from a particular season,
use the pattern above (“Season x”) and add the term “Selections.”
130 0\ $a In the heat of the night (Television program). $n Season 2. $k
Selections.
245 10 $a In the heat of the night. $n Best of Season 2.
Note: Authorized access point for selected episodes from season 2
Consecutive Range of Episodes from a Season
For television programs with a consecutive range of episodes from a season, record
the comprehensive title, then the part title (episodes).
245 10 $a Roswell, New Mexico. $n Episodes 1-4.
Note: Authorized access point for a consecutive range of episodes from one
season
Selections from Two or More Seasons
For television program content consisting of selections from two or more seasons,
add the term “Selections” to the authorized access point. Titles like “The best of…”
are often compilations of programs from multiple seasons.
253
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
130 0\ $a Colbert report (Television program). $k Selections.
245 14 $a The best of The Colbert report.
Note: Authorized access point for selected episodes from multiple seasons
Constructing Access Points to Represent Musical
Works and Expressions (RDA 6.28)
For authorized access points for musical works or expressions, consult RDA 6.28
(plus Best Practices for Cataloging Music with RDA and MARC 21) for instructions on
creating access points for musical works and expressions.
Although RDA 6.27.1.3 also applies to the construction of authorized access points
for musical works (with the exceptions that point to RDA 6.28.1.2-6.28.1.4), the
authorized access point for a filmed musical performance is the preferred title and
not the name of the composer plus the preferred title of the work. It is important to
remember that it is not the musical work itself being cataloged—rather, it is the
filmed performance that is being cataloged. Thus, filmed musical performances are
(in most cases) considered collaborative works, entered under title following the
exception for collaborative moving image materials at RDA 6.27.1.3. An authorized
access point for the composer and work is given in a MARC 7XX field.
Best Practice Recommendation: Always give a name-title authorized access
point for the composer and work contained in a filmed musical performance.
245 00 $a Artaserse / $c music by Leonardo Vinci ; libretto by Pietro
Metastasio ; Ozango, Mezzo, Opéra national de Lorraine, Parnassus Arts
Productions, en partenariat avec Mariabelle TV, Alsace 20.
700 12 $i Container of (work): $a Vinci, Leonardo, $d -1730. $t Artaserse.
Note: Filmed opera performance
254
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 7. Describing Content
Nature of Content (RDA 7.2)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 500 $a
MARC 520 $a (Objects)
Nature of content describes or characterizes the primary content of a work.
Recording Nature of Content (RDA 7.2.1)
Record information about the nature of content if it is considered important for
identification or selection. The information may be taken from any source.
500 \\ $a Opera in 3 acts.
Note: Nature of content note for a filmed musical performance on DVD-Video
disc
500 \\ $a Lecture.
Note: Nature of content note for a streaming audio file
500 \\ $a Meteorite displayed in a Riker Mount specimen box.
Note: Nature of content note for a naturally occurring object
Best Practice Recommendation: Make a note describing the nature of content
if it is considered important for identification or selection, but it is unclear
from the description, subject headings, or genre/form headings.
255
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Objects
It is common practice in Objects cataloging to combine certain notes. Notes on
extent of manifestation, nature of content, and coverage of content are often
combined as part of a larger, narrative summary note.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects): Provide a brief overview of the
nature, form, scope, extent, etc. as part of a larger, narrative summary note
for an object if the nature, scope, or coverage of the content is not clear from
the description. Encode this information in MARC field 520.
Provide a brief overview of the nature, form, scope, extent, etc. of the object
resource being described. A note is encouraged if the nature, scope, or coverage of
the content is not clear from the title.
520 __ $a 1 sponge in round metal container. Sponge is inside a pouch of
pink string netting with cord. Metal container is yellow with text "Sanitary
Health Sponge" on lid in black capital letters. Above the word "sanitary" is a
red cross inside a black circle. On bottom of container is a red cross inside a
circle of smaller red crosses. Cross is in the style of the International Red
Cross logo. Sponge likely intended for contraceptive purposes.
Note: Combined note on extent of manifestation and nature of content
Video of Musical Performances
Filmed musical performances are cataloged as video. Medium of performance of
musical content (RDA 7.21) outlines the instruments and/or voices in the
performance of musical content. When applicable, record medium of performance
for filmed musical performances if considered important for identification or
selection. Medium of performance content may be combined with the nature of
content note if doing so provides clarity.
500 \\ $a Oratorio for solo voices (SATB), mixed chorus, children’s chorus,
organ, and orchestra.
Note: Streaming video of a filmed performance; note reflects medium of
performance and nature of content.
256
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendations (Video): For manifestations with musical
content, combine the nature of the content and medium of performance
notes (see RDA 7.21) if that makes the information more clearly understood.
Coverage of Content (RDA 7.3)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 5xx
Coverage of content describes chronological or geographic coverage of the content
of a work.
Recording Coverage of Content (RDA 7.3.1.3)
Objects
Record coverage of content for objects, when applicable, if considered important
for identification or selection. See the Nature of content (RDA 7.2) section of the
guide for information on combining certain notes for objects.
520 \\ $a Model depicts the internal structure of the earth, featuring seven
detachable parts that illustrate the crust, mantle, lithosphere, mesosphere,
asthenosphere, and inner and outer core. 9" diameter globe, mounted on a
sturdy metal tripod base.
Note: Combined note on extent of manifestation and nature and coverage of
content
257
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Intended Audience (RDA 7.7)
Label
Element
Core
LC core for materials intended for children
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 008/22
MARC 521 $a
RDA defines intended audience as a “category of user for which the content of a
work is intended or for whom the content is considered suitable (RDA 7.7.1.1).”
Intended audience provides information about the class of user for which the
content of a work is intended or is considered suitable, as defined by age group
(e.g., children, young adults, adults), educational level (e.g., primary, secondary), or
other categorization.
Recording Intended Audience (RDA 7.7.1)
Record an intended audience if the information is stated on the manifestation or is
readily available from another source. If the resource has an audience rating,
record the source of the rating and the rating itself. Follow LC practice for RDA 7.7
and always record the intended audience for resources intended for children.
OLAC recommends recording the intended audience when considered important
for identification or selection, such as ratings for video or parental warnings.
Record the information using wording found on the source when feasible.
Intended audience is recorded in MARC field 521 $a. First indicator values can be
used to generate a display constant that indicates a specific audience level or
characteristic. This may be most useful for games, toys, and educational objects
used in school settings. No display constant is generated when the 1st indicator is
coded “8.”
521 8\ $a MPAA rating: G.
Note: Animated children’s DVD-Video disc
258
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
521 1\ $a For ages 3 and up.
Note: Object described as a hand puppet
521 8\ $a MPAA rating: PG for some mild action and rude humor.
Note: Blu-ray Disc
521 8\ $a ESRB rating: M, Mature 17+ (Blood, partial nudity, strong language,
violence).
Note: Video game disc
521 8\ $a “Ages 4-7”--Container.
Note: Board game
521 8\ $a "WARNING: This game contains adult subject matter, parental
guidance is suggested. Not appropriate for children under 13. A Password
Protect option is included which allows you to control access to explicit
scenes"--Container.
Note: Video game disc
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 7.7 and always record the
intended audience for resources intended for children. Record intended
audience whenever it is considered important for identification or selection.
Record the information using the wording found on the source, if feasible.
Coding Intended Audience
MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data defines field 008/22 (Target Audience) as “the
intellectual level of the audience for which the item is intended.” This is used
primarily for educational materials.
Objects, Videodiscs and Streaming Video
When a resource is considered appropriate for more than one target audience,
code for the highest level audience.
259
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Video Games
When a resource is considered appropriate for more than one target audience,
code for the primary target audience.
008/22 (Audn) j
521 8\ $a MPAA rating: G.
Note: Animated children’s DVD-Video disc with 008/22 code for “juvenile”
521 8\ $a MPAA rating: PG for some mild action and rude humor.
Note: Blu-ray Disc; none of the audience codes apply to this example
008/22 (Audn) e
521 8\ $a ESRB rating: M, Mature 17+ (Blood, partial nudity, strong language,
violence).
Note: Video game disc with 008/22 code for “adult”
Recording Number of Players for Video Games
Many games provide information on the number of players or how many players
may use the game at once. This concept is not explicitly mentioned in RDA, but it
could be considered “intended audience" and may be helpful for users. This
information may be given in a 500 field, though it could also be incorporated into
the 538 field when there are specific system requirements involved.
500 \\ $a Number of players: 1-4; online multiplayer 2-22; co-op 2-4; 60 MB to
save game.
Note: Online multiplayer video game
538 \\ $a GBA link cable required for multiplayer use.
Note: System requirements for multiplayer use for a video game disc
260
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Dissertation or Thesis Information (RDA 7.9)
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 502 $b $c $d
MARC 500 $a
Dissertation or thesis Information is defined in RDA as “A statement identifying an
academic institution, degree, and year for which a work was presented.”
Recording Dissertation or Thesis Information (RDA 7.9.1)
Record dissertation or thesis information if the manifestation contains a statement
to that effect. LC/PCC practice is to record sub-elements related to dissertation or
thesis information in the appropriate subfields of MARC field 502, with no
punctuation between the sub-elements. If the manifestation does not contain a
formal thesis or dissertation statement, a general note (MARC field 500) may be
used.
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC-PCC PS 7.9.1.3, recording
sub-elements relating to thesis or dissertation information in a formatted
MARC 502 field.
500 \\ $a Revision of the filmmaker’s thesis project.
Note: No formal thesis statement on DVD-Video disc
502 \\ $b M. Mus. $c University of British Columbia $d 2017
Note: DVD-Video disc of a filmed recital
502 \\ $b M.F.A. $c Smith College $d 2017
Note: Streaming video of thesis concert
261
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Summarization of Content (RDA 7.10)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 520 $a
MARC 856 $u $z
An abstract, summary, synopsis, etc., of the content of an expression.
Recording Summarization of Content (RDA 7.10.1)
Provide a brief, objective summary of the content of the resource. Information may
be taken from any source.
An effective summary should be concise and written in a neutral tone (i.e., do not
include judgments). Summaries do not need to be written in complete sentences.
For example, begin the summary using information that appears on the package,
and then edit as needed to remove judgmental adjectives and superfluous words. If
a summary is used exactly as found on the package, enclose it in quotation marks
and cite the container as the source of the summary. Summaries obtained from
external sources may also be used. If quoted from the source, enclose in quotation
marks and attribute the source.
520 \\ $a "A prison officer hands in his resignation after his wife's death, to
drive to the port where she wants her ashes scattered at sea."--IMDb, April
23, 2014.
Note: DVD-Video disc
520 \\ $a "A loan shark is forced to reconsider his violent lifestyle after the
arrival of a mysterious woman claiming to be his long-lost mother."--IMDb.
Note: Streaming video
262
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
520 \\ $a "Link must answer the call of destiny and set out on an adventure
that will take him from the vast skies to the mysterious land
below."--Container.
Note: Video game
520 \\ $a Set contains six slides with different examples of pollen/spores,
textiles, insects, tiny creatures, animals and plants (24 specimens).
Note: Summary note for a set of slides, including information on extent of
manifestation and nature of content
Use cataloger’s judgment in following LC-PCC PS 7.10.1.3 and include links to
summaries and publisher descriptions when such information is deemed helpful to
the user. Record links for these related resources in MARC field 856. Code the
second indicator value 2 to indicate the link is for a related resource, and include
information on materials specified in $3 or make a note in $z.
856 42 $u http://www.imdb.com/Title?0017136 $z Connect to IMDb
information for this film.
Note: Videodisc link for a related resource, more information about the film
Metropolis
856 42 $u https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0444182/ $z Credits from Internet
Movie Database.
Note: Videodisc link to external source from which credits were taken for the
catalog record for the film Indigènes = Days of Glory
Best Practice Recommendation: Provide a brief summary of content when
needed to support user tasks. If the summary is copied verbatim from the
manifestation or an external source, enclose it in quotation marks and
attribute the source of the summary. Optionally, provide links to related
resources that summarize the content.
263
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Capture Information (RDA 7.11)
Label
Element
Core
Date of capture is PCC recommended for audio recordings
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 033 $a $b $c
MARC 518 $a $d $o $p
Place and date of capture are the place and date associated with the recording,
filming, etc. of the content of a resource. Information may be taken from any
source.
Recording Capture Information (RDA 7.11.1)
Capture information is recorded in MARC field 518. While it is possible to record
capture information as a free text note in $a, record capture information in parsed
format, with separate subfields for the sub-elements date and place.
Record place of capture by naming the recording or filming venue (e.g., studio,
concert hall, etc.) if applicable and readily ascertainable. Also add the geographic
location (e.g., city) if available.
Record date or date range of capture in MARC field 518 $d in this order: year,
month, day, as applicable. Do not abbreviate months.
518 \\ $d 2015 January 15
Note: Date of capture note
518 \\ $d 1974-2008
Note: Date of capture note
518 \\ $d 2006
264
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Date of capture note
Record the recording or filming venue and location, if available, in MARC field 518
$p.
518 \\ $p Type Factory, Portland, Oregon
Note: Place of capture note
518 \\ $p Various locations in Norway
Note: Place of capture note
Introductory text or an explanatory term may be given in an initial MARC field 518
$o.
518 \\ $o Recorded in concert $d 2013 March 15, $p Dallas, Texas.
Note: Streaming video recording of a live concert
Multiple MARC 518 fields may be used for complex statements of capture
information.
518 \\ $o Concert recorded $d 1982 April 14 $p Royal Festival Hall, London.
518 \\ $o Rehearsal recorded $d 1982 April $p BBC Omnibus Studio, London.
Note: Rehearsal and concert were digitally recorded
Record capture information in unformatted/free text format with further details if
considered to be helpful to users. Record unformatted capture notes in MARC field
518 $a.
518 \\ $a Filmed on the campus of Texas A&M University in College Station,
Texas as part of its 125th anniversary celebration.
Note: Free text note with capture information
518 \\ $a Filmed on location in Adelaide, South Australia.
Note: Free text note with capture information
Coding Capture Information
Record capture information in coded form in MARC field 033. The first indicator
identifies the type of date recorded in $a: single date, multiple single dates, or a
265
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
range of dates. The second indicator identifies the type of event: capture or
broadcast.
Date information is entered in $a using the YYYYMMDD format (4-digit year, 2-digit
month and day). These eight digits are mandatory; approximate dates are recorded
using hyphens to fill any empty digits after the year. Hours and minutes may be
recorded by adding HHMM (2-digit hour, 2-digit minute) to the year/month/day.
Hours use the 24-hour clock format. Subfield a may be repeated when more than
one date is associated with an item. Earlier dates should be recorded before later
dates.
Record a four to six digit code for the specific geographic area based on the range
G3190-G9980 from the Library of Congress Classification—Class G
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCC/G-text.pdf) in field 033 $b. Omit the
letter G from the number. If the place is unknown, do not enter $b. Record the
geographic subarea code in field 033 $c, when applicable. This field is paired with
MARC field 518 (or 500), which contains the same information in textual form.
033 00 $a 20130315 $b 4034 $c D2
518 \\ $o Recorded in concert $d 2013 March 15, $p Dallas, Texas
Note: Date and place of capture coded information in field 033 and textual
information in field 518
033 00 $a 19680705 $b 4364 $c L8:2H6
518 \\ $o Recorded live $p Hollywood Bowl, Los Angeles $d July 5th,
1968.
Note: Date and place of capture coded information in field 033 and textual
information in field 518
Best Practice Recommendation: Record place and date of capture information
in a formatted MARC 518 if it is readily ascertainable. Record the date (or
range of dates) in $d in this order: year, month, day. Record both
recording/filming venue and location (if available) in $p. For complex
statements, multiple MARC 518 fields may be used.
Also record the information in coded form in the MARC 033, including
formatted date/time ($a), geographic classification area code ($b), and
geographic classification subarea code ($c). One may also add capture
266
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
information in an unformatted/free text format with further details if
considered to be helpful to users.
Language of Content (RDA 7.12)
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 008/35-37
MARC 041 $a $d $h $i $j
MARC 546 $a
MARC 500 $a
Language of Content describes language used to express the content of a resource.
Information can be taken from any source. For tangible media, information about
languages can often be found on the container or a menu.
Recording Language of the Content (RDA 7.12.1)
When applicable and available, routinely record the following categories of
language content:
● Spoken, sung, or signed language of the primary content
● Written language associated with the content, including subtitles and
intertitles
● Original language of the primary content or language of related resources
● Language of other significant content, including notes for a container or
accompanying material with multiple languages
● Inaccuracies
267
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Language of Primary Content
Language of the primary content should be provided in a free text note in MARC
field 546 when not apparent from the rest of the description. Code for the
language of the primary content in MARC 008/35-37 and also in MARC field 041
subfields. Language codes are necessary to support retrieval, limiting, and sorting.
Language content for streaming video and videodiscs rarely consists of a single
language, so coding two or more MARC 041 subfields is frequently required.
Objects and video games are more likely to have single language content. Always
code language of the primary content in MARC field 008/35-37 and MARC 041 $a.
Subfield a is repeatable.
008/35-37 eng
041 0\ $a eng
Note: Language coding for an English language video game. A free text note is
not recommended when language content is apparent from the rest of the
description.
008/35-37 eng
041 0\ $a eng $a spa $a fre $a por
546 \\ $a Instructions in English, Spanish, French, and Portuguese.
Note: A game with playing cards and an instruction sheet
008/35-37 sgn
041 0\ $a sgn $a eng
546 \\ $a Performed in American Sign Language and simultaneously sung in
English.
Note: A video recording of an opera performed in sign language and
simultaneously sung in English
If a resource has more than one language and no language predominates, order
the languages alphabetically. Code MARC field 008/35-37 and MARC field 041 $a
with the first language code, and repeat $a, coding for languages in remaining
alphabetical order. Use separate MARC 041 fields for each work when deemed
helpful for clarity.
008/35-37 fre
041 0\ $a fre $a ger
546 \\ $a A collection of short films in French and German.
268
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Resource contains short films in French and German; neither language
predominates.
Best Practice Recommendation (Objects, Streaming Video, Videodiscs, Video
Games): Always code the language of the primary content in MARC 008/35-37
and MARC Field 041 $a. If primary language is not obvious from the rest of
the description, provide a free text note in MARC field 546.
Spoken Content for Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Do not use MARC field 041 $a for nonmusical streaming audio primary content.
Record language code for sung or spoken content in MARC field 008/35-37 and
MARC field 041 $d. Add a free text note in MARC field 546 when language content
is not obvious from the rest of the description.
008/35-37 ger
041 \\ $d ger
546 \\ $a Read in German.
Note: Nonmusical streaming audio in German
Best Practice Recommendation (Nonmusical Streaming Audio): Code
language of spoken streaming audio content in MARC 008/35-37 and MARC
field 041 $d. If primary language is not obvious from the rest of the
description, provide a free text note in MARC field 546.
Intertitles for Moving Images
Silent films commonly contain intertitles, pieces of text that are inserted into or
between scenes to provide dialogue or narrative context. Code language(s) of
intertitles in MARC 041 $i and record a free text note in MARC field 546.
008/35-37 zxx
041 0\ $i ger
546 \\ $a Silent film with German intertitles.
Note: A streaming video that is silent with German intertitles
Subtitles for Moving Images
Most videos provide a translation of the soundtrack for non-native language
speakers – subtitles – which are generally given as text at the bottom of the screen.
Subtitles assume the listener can hear the audio, and thus include only a
269
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
translation of the dialog or phrases summarizing the dialog. Code language(s) of
subtitles in MARC 041 $j and record a free text note in MARC field 546.
008/35-37 fre
041 1\ $a fre $j eng $j spa
546 \\ $a French film with English and Spanish subtitles.
Note: A French language streaming video with English or Spanish subtitles
008/35-37 sgn
041 1\ sgn $j ita $j eng $j fre $j spa $j ger
546 \\ American Sign Language with subtitles in Italian, English, French,
Spanish, and German.
Note: Silent movie in American Sign Language with subtitles in multiple languages
No Linguistic Content
When language is not applicable for a resource, code only 008/35-37. In this case,
do not repeat code zxx (No Linguistic Content) in MARC field 041 $a.
008/35-37 zxx
Note: A naturally occurring object that has no linguistic content
008/35-37 zxx
Note: A video recording of a symphony performance; there is no spoken or sung
language content
008/35-37 zxx
Note: A streaming video silent film; soundtrack contains no linguistic content and
the film contains no intertitles
Best Practice Recommendation: When language content is not applicable for
a resource, use code zxx (No Linguistic Content) in MARC field 008/35-37. Do
not repeat this code in MARC field 041 $a.
Original Language
When known, code original language of the primary content in MARC field 041 $h.
Also, add a note for original language in MARC field 500 when deemed helpful for
user tasks.
008/35-37 eng
270
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
041 1\ $a eng $h jpn
500 \\ $a Video game originally issued in Japanese.
Note: An English language video game originally issued in Japanese. No note is
made for language of the primary content since that is apparent from the rest of
the description.
008/35-37 spa
041 0\ $a spa $h spa
546 \\ $a Film in Spanish.
Note: A video in one language (Spanish). Because the original language is both
known and deemed helpful for user tasks, both 041 $a and $h are coded.
Language of content is noted in MARC field 546.
008/35-37 ger
041 1\ $a ger $h eng
500 \\ $a Original language is English.
546 \\ $a Sung in German.
Note: Streaming video with primary content in German. The original language is
English.
Best Practice Recommendation: Always code the original language in MARC
041 $h when that information is known. Also record original language in a
free text note in MARC field 500 when useful for user tasks.
Moving Image Captions
Captions are similar to subtitles but also include contextual information for those
who cannot hear the soundtrack. See Accessibility Content (RDA 7.14) section for
information on moving image captions, whether Subtitles for the Deaf and Hard of
Hearing (SDH)) or closed captioning (CC).
Accompanying Material
If it assists in identification and selection, code for language content of other
significant content that is additional to the primary content, using MARC field 041
$g. Make language notes for accompanying material or other significant content in
MARC field 546.
008/35-37 zxx
041 0\ $g eng
546 \\ $a Accompanying guide in English.
271
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Language coding for a model that has no linguistic content, with language
coding and a note for accompanying material in English
008/35-37 eng
041 1\ $a eng $g eng $g fre $g spa
546 \\ $a Information on container and instruction booklet in English, French,
and Spanish.
Note: An English language video game containing an instruction booklet in
multiple languages
Best Practice: In general, follow LC-PCC PS 7.12.1.3 and supply the languages
of secondary content present in the manifestation if it is judged that this
information will be useful to the patron.
DVD-Video and Blu-ray Discs
Inaccuracies
Some publishers of videodiscs provide language notes on a resource container,
accompanying material, and/or screen menu. It is not uncommon for such
language notes, especially those on disc containers, to be inaccurate.
Whenever possible, check the accuracy of language information stated on a
resource container, accompanying material, etc. against the menu on the
DVD-Video or Blu-ray Disc itself to verify what is actually present on the disc. This
can be done easily on a computer DVD player, a DVD drive, or with a variety of
installed multi-media player applications. The language settings can usually be
found in an “Audio” or “Subtitles” menu.
Language information from the back of a Blu-ray container
272
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Any inaccuracies in language information should be noted in MARC field 500.
008/35-37 eng
041 1\ $a eng $j jpn
546 \\ $a Soundtrack in English with optional Japanese subtitles.
500 \\ $a Container states that additional subtitles are available in Korean.
No Korean subtitles actually available on disc.
Note: Inaccuracy on container described in a note
Accessibility Content (RDA 7.14)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 041 $p $q $r
MARC 341 $a $b $c $d $e $2
MARC 532 $a
Accessibility content is about alternative sensory modes of access to the primary
content of a resource. Accessibility content includes accessible labels, audio
description, captioning, image description, sign language, and some subtitles. It
does not include subtitles in a language different from the spoken content.
See the section on Language of Content (RDA 7.12) for instructions on recording
information related to language of the primary resource or other language
information that does not pertain to accessibility.
273
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Types of Accessibility Content
Captions
Captions are a visual representation of the audio in a video. They make video
accessible to deaf and hard of hearing individuals by providing a text-based and
time-synchronized alternative to the audio. Captions are similar to subtitles, but
with an important distinction. In addition to synchronized text for the spoken
soundtrack, captions include contextual information, such as speaker identification
and sound effects, that are critical to one’s understanding of what is happening in
the video. Some common examples would be captions like “[people laughing]” or
“[doorbell rings].”
Caption Example
Image from https://blog.ai-media.tv/blog/what-is-sdh (viewed October 2022)
Open Captions
Open captions are always visible on the screen. Open captions are part of the
video itself and cannot be turned off.
Closed Captions
Closed captions give viewers the option of switching them on or off and are the
most common form of captioning. They require a media player that supports
display of closed captioning. The following symbols indicate a video is
closed-captioned.
274
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Closed Caption Symbols
Image of the National Captioning Institute
registered service mark from
https://www.ncicap.org/ (viewed October 2022)
Closed caption image from
https://access.sfsu.edu/captioning
(viewed October 2022)
Closed Captions for DVD-Videodiscs
Closed captions are decoded by the viewer‘s home system. Occasionally, a
DVD-Video disc will include closed captions that work only on the captioning
decoder in a television; the captions will not display on a computer monitor. If the
container states the DVD is captioned but the captions do not display on the
computer DVD player, try the disc on a DVD player that displays on a television.
Closed Caption Example
Closed caption example from https://dcmp.org/learn/38-
275
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
captioning-types-methods-and-styles (viewed October 2022)
Subtitles for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing (SDH)
SDH is the acronym for “Subtitles for the Deaf and Hard-of-hearing.” SDH refers to
subtitles where important contextual information, including speaker identification
and sound effects, has been added. Videodiscs containing Subtitles for the Deaf
and Hard-of-hearing will often include the (SDH) symbol on the container or insert.
SDH does not require the use of a special decoder.
The major difference between SDH subtitles and closed captioning is the encoding
method (and thus the ability to access the content). The subtitles may also be
visually different. SDH subtitles usually are displayed with the same proportional
font used for the translation subtitles. Closed captions are generally displayed
centered on the bottom of the screen as white text on a black band.
SDH Example
SDH example from https://dcmp.org/learn/38-captioning-
types-methods-and-styles (viewed October 2022)
Audio Description / Descriptive Video Captioning
Some materials include Descriptive Video Captioning (DVC) which provides an audio
description of the action onscreen. The description is done in such a manner as not
to interfere with the spoken dialog. When the videodisc container or insert shows
the following symbol(s), the video is audio-described:
Audio Description Example
276
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Audio description symbol from https://
adp.acb.org/index.html (viewed October 2022)
Recording Accessibility Content (RDA 7.14.1)
Accessibility Content (MARC 341)
MARC field 341 is a machine-actionable field used to indicate accessibility features
and/or assistive technology provided for a resource or parts of a resource. It
includes information about both the primary mode of access and alternative modes
of access. Each occurrence of the field requires one $a to record the mode of
access for which an alternative mode is provided and one or more $b-$e to identify
the type of alternative access.
Field 341 first indicator value “0” is used for adaptive features to access the primary
content of the resource; first indicator value “1” is used for adaptive features to
access secondary content of the resource.
Record in field 341 $a the mode required to access the content of the resource
without using assistive features (this is the primary mode of access), using one of
the following terms:
● textual
● visual
● auditory
● tactile
Record assistive feature values in MARC field 341 in one of the following subfields:
● $b textual assistive features
277
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
● $c visual assistive features
● $d auditory assistive features
● $e tactile assistive features
Record the assistive features of the content using a controlled vocabulary such as
the Schema.org Accessibility Properties for Discoverability Vocabulary
(https://www.w3.org/community/reports/a11y-discov-vocab/CG-FINAL-vocabulary-2
0230306/) . See section “4. The accessibilityFeature Property.” Include the code for
the vocabulary used in $2 which can be found at LC’s Accessibility Content Source
Codes (https://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/accessibility.html).
341 0\ $a auditory $b captions $2 sapdv
Note: Resource with textual assistive features to access the auditory content of a
video with captions and/or SDH
341 0\ $a auditory $c signLanguage $2 sapdv
Note: Resource with visual assistive features to access the content of a video that
includes sign language
341 0\ $a visual $d audioDescription $2 sapdv
Note: Resource with audio assistive features to access the visual content of a
video which includes Descriptive Video Captioning
341 1\ $a textual $e braille $2 sapdv
Note: Resource with tactile assistive features to access secondary content of a
video that has braille on the container
Accessibility Note (MARC 532)
MARC field 532 is a free text field used to provide a human-readable summary of
the accessibility features or deficiencies of a resource and/or the technical details
relating to the accessibility features. This field may be used to expand on or to
qualify data supplied in MARC field 341. Values for the 1st indicator of field 341 can
be used to code whether the adaptive features are to access primary content or
secondary content. Note that this information was previously recorded in MARC
language note field 546.
The first indicator value generates a display constant. Code the first indicator “0”
for accessibility technical details, “1” for accessibility features, “2” for accessibility
deficiencies, or “8” for displaying information without a display constant.
278
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
341 0\ $a auditory $b captions $2 sapdv
532 1\ $a SDH
532 1\ $a Closed captions (feature film only). Subtitles for the deaf and hard
of hearing
Note: Audio is the primary mode of access with textual assistive features to
access the content of a video with closed captions only on the feature film and
SDH on entire contents of the video including the special features
341 0\ $a auditory $c signLanguage $2 sapdv
532 1\ $a Open signed.
Note: Audio is the primary mode of access with visual assistive features of
picture-in-picture or open signing provided to access the content of a video
341 0\ $a visual $d audioDescription $2 sapdv
532 1\ $a Described video.
Note: Vision is the primary mode of access with audio assistive features to access
the content of a video which includes Descriptive Video Captioning
341 1\ $a textual $e braille $2 sapdv $3 container labels
532 1\ $a Container contains text in Braille.
532 2\ $a Menu not navigable.
Note: Tactile assistive features to access secondary content of a video that has
braille on the container
Note: Additional 532 field provides information on barriers to access
532 8\ $a Warning: If you have a history of epilepsy or seizures, consult a
doctor before use. Certain patterns may trigger seizures with no prior
history.
Note: A resource that has no identified assistive features to access the content,
but does have a potential accessibility hazard, a video game which has a seizure
warning listed on the container
Best Practice Recommendation: When readily available, supply information
about accessibility features and/or accessibility technology in MARC field 341
using terms from a controlled vocabulary. Also record a free-text note about
accessibility features, accessibility deficiencies, and/or technical details
relating to accessibility in MARC field 532.
279
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: Supply information about accessibility
content and/or access barriers to content when this information is readily
available. Make a note if the accessibility content applies to only a portion of
the resource (e.g. the feature film is close captioned, but the special features
are not). If the accessibility content only works on specific equipment (closed
captions displaying on a tv but not on a computer, for example) note this in
the record. If the container indicates accessibility content is present but it
doesn’t display on any available equipment, note the inaccuracy of the
container information in the record.
Sign Language
Sign Language is a complete, natural language that has the same linguistic
properties as spoken languages. It is expressed by movements of the hands and
face. There is no universal sign language. Different sign languages are used in
different countries or regions. Sign language may be the sole medium of
communication, or a video may have audio aspects and include open signing.
Open signing is when a sign language interpreter appears in a separate frame.
Best Practice Recommendation: In general, follow LC-PCC PS 7.14 and provide
specific information about the sign language present when that information
is readily available. Include information reflecting the nature of the sign
language included in the resource; the sign system (e.g. American Sign
Language, British Sign Language) if known; how much of the content is signed
and if signing is the sole medium of communication, or if it is used in
conjunction with other mediums.
Coding Language Accessibility (MARC 041)
Note that the examples below are all for video and the original language is known.
Original language is important to the video community, so this information is coded
in MARC field 041 $h with a note recorded in field The original language is coded in
MARC field 041 $h, and a note
Subfields for language accessibility coding have been defined for the MARC 041
field. Use $p to code for language captions of moving image resources, whether
open captioning (Subtitles for the Deaf and Hard of Hearing (SDH)) or closed
captioning (CC).
041 1\ $a eng $h eng $p eng
280
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
341 0\ $a auditory $b captions $2 sapdv
532 0\ $a SDH
532 1\ $a Closed captions (feature film only). Subtitles for the deaf and hard
of hearing
Note: Resource with textual assistive features to access the content of the
resource (an English language film with closed captions only on the feature film,
and SDH in English on the entire contents of the video)
Note: Original language is coded but a note was not deemed necessary for user
tasks
Subfield q is used to code languages for audio used as an alternative mode of
access to the visual or textual content of a resource.
041 1\ $a eng $h fre $q eng
341 0\ $a visual $d audioDescription $2 sapdv
532 1\ $a Described video.
546 \\ $a English language film that was originally in French.
Note: Resource with audio assistive features to access the content of the resource
(a French language film dubbed in English with English-language described audio)
Use $r to code for visual languages (non-textual) used to provide alternative access
to the audio content of a resource.
041 0\ $a eng $r sgn
341 0\ $a auditory $c signLanguage $2 sapdv
532 1\ $a Open signed.
Note: English language film where audio is the primary mode of access, and
visual assistive features of picture-in-picture or open signing are provided to
access the content of the resource
Supplementary Content (RDA 7.16)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
281
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 500 $a
MARC 856 $u
Supplementary content, such as special features, is content designed to
supplement the primary content of a resource.
Recording Supplementary Content (RDA 7.16.1)
Supplementary content is recorded when the supplementary content is of special
importance or would assist with identification or selection and is recorded as
informal notes (RDA 7.16, RDA 25.1.1.3, RDA 28.1.1.3). Supplementary content is
recorded in this manner when it is not included as a part of the MARC 245 or
contents information (MARC field 505).
Best Practice Recommendation (Videodiscs): Do not record these standard
DVD/Blu-ray features:
● Interactive menu
● Scene access
● Scene selection
Optionally, one may record special features such as:
● Advertisements
● Previews/trailers
500 \\ $a Special features include “making of” documentary, interview with
the director, cast profiles, photo gallery.
Note: Informal note for supplementary content
500 \\ $a Includes trailers.
Note: Informal note for supplementary content
500 \\ $a Includes original theatrical version, and special version with 28
minutes of additional footage.
282
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Informal note for supplementary content
500 \\ $a Second disc is a bonus disc with a preview of Lara Croft Tomb
Raider: Legend including extra gameplay footage and developer interviews.
Note: Informal note for supplementary content
500 \\ $a Day One edition includes: covert agent pack; digital OST sampler;
extra in-game mission; digital books.
Note: Informal note for supplementary content
It may be helpful to link to an online supplementary resource in cases where the
supplementary resource contains significant additional information or may
enhance the user’s experience of working with the resource. When judged useful
and appropriate, make a general note about the online supplementary resource in
field 500, record a link to the supplementary resource in field 856, or both. When
recording such links in field 856, code the second indicator value 2 to indicate the
link is for a related resource, not the resource itself. Record the materials specified
in 856 field $3 or make a note in 856 field $z.
856 42 $u https://www.imdb.com/title/tt0390521/ $z IMDb review.
Note: Videodisc link for a related resource, a review to the film Super Size Me
856 42 $3 Code breaking guide $u
https://www.huntakiller.com/body-on-the-boardwalk
Note: URL for a guide for use while playing a boardgame
856 42 $3 Transcript $u
http://www.mediaed.org/assets/products/237/transcript_237.pdf
Note: URL for the transcript of a documentary film
500 \\ $a Facilitator’s guide also available online.
856 42 $3 Facilitator's guide $u http://newsreel.org/guides/blackgui.htm
Note: Note and URL for an online facilitator’s guide for a documentary film
520 \\ $a "A communist poet, a secret State killing, an attempted revolution
sparked in the village of Naxalbari at the Himalayan foothills. Setting out to
tell the story of the slain revolutionary Saroj Dutta (S.D.), the film gets drawn
into a vortex of his tumultuous times, tracing turns and twists of the
communist movement in India over three decades. A search by
283
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
present-generation filmmakers, the film uses personal and public historical
archives and conversations with rebels of the Naxalbari rebellion."--Official
trailer on Youtube, viewed August 9, 2019.
856 42 $3 Official trailer $u ttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b7eFoH1-VmY
Note: Note and URL for the official trailer
284
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Colour Content (RDA 7.17)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Additional evidence from any source
Encoding
MARC 007 (electronic resource) $d
MARC 007 (videorecording) $d
MARC 300 $b
MARC 340 $g
Colour content refers to the “presence of colour, tone, etc. in the content of an
expression” (RDA 7.17.1.1). Single colors (“monochrome”) are considered to be
black, white, single color shades of black, single color tints of white, and single color
tones of gray.
Recording Color Content (RDA 7.17.1)
The following terms for color are defined in RDA 7.17.1:
monochrome
“A colour content consisting of tones of one colour, or black and white, or
black or white and another colour.”
polychrome
“A colour content consisting of two colours, neither of which is black or white,
or more than two colours.”
Color content information is recorded in MARC field 300 $b, following the sound
content.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc : $b sound, color
Note: Color content for a videodisc with color video
285
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
When recording color content in MARC field 300 $b, OLAC recommends following
the alternative instruction for recording color content (RDA 7.17.1.3) that allows the
use of one or more terms from a substitute (non-RDA) vocabulary. When recording
color, use substitute terms such as “black and white,” “color,” and/or “sepia.”
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow the alternative given in RDA 7.17.1.3
and LC practice (as noted in LC-PCC PS 7.17.1.3) when recording color content
in MARC field 300 $b and use substitute terms such as “black and white,”
“color” or “colour” (based on the preference of the cataloging agency), and/or
“sepia” when recording color content.
Use these terms to record color content:
Color Content
Term to Use
color
color OR colour
black and white
black and white
tinted
black and white (tinted)
toned
black and white (tinted and toned)
sepia
sepia
When deciding when to use the terms “tinted”, “toned” and “sepia,” use the
following definitions from OCLC’s Bibliographic Formats and Standards 007 $n for
Motion Pictures
(https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/0xx/007motio.html#subfieldn):
Sepia tone
Sepia tone is a conversion of a black-and-white image in silver to sepia (a
brownish grey to dark olive brown) by metallic compounds. Sepia was the
most common tone used, and was used in black-and-white prints of films for
special sequences to enhance the dramatic or pictorial effect.
Tint
Early in the history of tinting, a tint was created by dipping film in a bath of
chemical dyes to get a dominant hue. Later raw stock became available
286
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
already tinted in eleven stock shades: peach blow, blue for moonlight, amber
for firelight, etc. The tinting of a film may be in whole or in part. Tinting was
common until the advent of sound.
Tone
Color created by chemically altering the color, for example, uranium
produces red, or increasing the brilliance of a print. Toning differs from
tinting in that the clear portions of the film remain unaffected. Only the silver
image of the positive film becomes colored.
Color content information is recorded in MARC field 300 $b, following the sound
content.
300 \\ $a approximately 200 flashcards : $b black and white
Note: Color content for resource with black and white images
Color Content (MARC 340 $g)
MARC field 340 $g is a machine-actionable field used to record color content.
OLAC recommends using terms from a controlled vocabulary such as RDA Value
Vocabularies: Colour Content
(https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/RDAColourContent/) in MARC field 340 $g .
300 \\ $a approximately 200 flashcards : $b black and white
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Color content for resource with black and white images
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc : $b sound, color
340 \\ $g polychrome $2 rdacc
Note: Color content for a videodisc with color video
300 \\ 1 online resource (1 video file) : $b sound, black and white
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Color content for a streaming video in black and white
For black and white moving images, also specify whether the color is toned or
tinted (or both) by giving those terms in parentheses following “black and white.”
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file) : $b sound, black and white (tinted
and toned)
287
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Color content for a streaming video in black and white. Video has been
tinted and toned.
For video games intended to be viewed on a monochrome monitor or which
simulate a monochrome monitor, record the color as “black and white.” If needed
for clarification, explain in a note details about the monochrome. Optionally, if the
monochrome color is unlikely to vary on different display devices, just describe the
display color.
300 \\ $a 1 computer disc : $b sound, black and white ; $c 4 ¾ in.
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
500 \\ $a Color is monochrome and may display in different colors depending
on monitor display.
Note: Color content for a video game intended to be viewed on a monochrome
monitor
When there are combinations of the above situations, describe the combination as
concisely as possible. Use separate 340 fields for each unique term. Complex
combinations can be described in a note.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file) : $b sound, color with black and
white sequences
340 \\ $g polychrome $2 rdacc
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Color content for online video that is primarily color, but includes black and
white sequences
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc : $b sound, color
340 \\ $g polychrome $2 rdacc
500 \\ $a Colorized.
Note: Color content for videodisc of a motion picture that was originally black
and white, but has been colorized
Coding Color Content
Color information is also input in MARC field 007 $d. Use “b” for black and white, “c”
for multicolored, and “m” for mixed. There are other codes for less commonly
encountered color characteristics. For monochrome video games, use “b” for one
color.
288
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
007 \\ $a v $b d $d c $e v $f a $g i $h z $i k
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc : $b sound, color
340 \\ $g polychrome $2 rdacc
Note: Multicolored film on DVD-Video disc
007 \\ $a v $b z $d b $e z $f a $g z $h z
007 \\ $a c $b r $d b $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (video file) : $b sound, black and white
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Black and white streaming video
007 \\ $a v $b z $d z $e z $f a $g z $h z
007 \\ $a c $b r $d z $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (video file) : $b sound, black and white (tinted and
toned)
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Tinted and toned black-and-white video on Blu-ray Disc
007 \\ $a c $b o $d b $e g $f a
300 \\ $a 1 computer disc : $b sound, black and white ; $c 4 ¾ in.
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
500 \\ $a Color is monochrome and may display in different colors depending
on monitor display.
Note: Monochrome video game
007 \\ $a v $b z $d m $e z $f a $g z $h z
007 \\ $a c $b r $d m $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (video file) : $b sound, color with black and white
sequences
340 \\ $g polychrome $2 rdacc
340 \\ $g monochrome $2 rdacc
Note: Mixed color content streaming video
289
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Sound Content (RDA 7.18)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Manifestation itself
Any other source
Encoding
007 (electronic resource) $f
007 (Videorecording) $f
MARC 300 $b
Sound content refers to the “presence or absence of sound in an expression.” (RDA
7.18.1.1). Sound content is recorded in MARC21 field 300 $b, using a term given in
RDA 7.18.1.3:
● sound
● silent
Recording Sound Content (RDA 7.18.1)
For both tangible and online video games and video, record “sound” or “silent” to
indicate the presence of a sound track. If any music or sound has been added to a
silent film, record the sound content as “sound.” Add a note to explain or clarify the
details of the sound content if necessary. Sound content is not recorded for
streaming audio. Record sound content in MARC field 300 $b, preceding color
content.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (approximately 106 min.) : $b sound, black and white
Note: Sound content for a black and white film on DVD-Video disc
300 \\ $a 1 computer chip cartridge : $b sound, color
Note: Sound content for a multicolor video game
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file) : $b sound, color
290
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Sound content for a multicolor streaming video
Coding Sound Content
Sound content is coded in MARC field 007 $f.
Video Games
For video games, code MARC field 007 (electronic resource).
007 \\ $a c $b o $d c $e g $f a
300 \\ $a 1 computer disc : $b sound, color ; $c 4 ¾ in.
Note: Coding physical characteristics for a video game disc with sound and color
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $e n $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource : $b sound, color
Note: Coding physical characteristics for an online video game with sound and
color
Streaming Video Examples
In addition to coding sound in MARC field 007 (videorecording), code MARC field
007 (electronic resource).
007 \\ $a v $b z $d c $e z $f a $g z $h u
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $e z $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file (27 min., 27 sec)) : $b sound, color
Note: Coding physical characteristics in videorecording field 007 and electronic
resource field 007 for a streaming video with sound and color
007 \\ $a v $b z $d b $e z $h u
007 \\ $a v $b z $d c $e z $f a $g z $h u
007 \\ $a c $b r $d b $e n
007 \\ $a c $b r $d c $e n $f a
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file (18 min.)) : $b silent and sound, black
and white and color
291
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Coding physical characteristics in videorecording field 007 and electronic
resource field 007 for a streaming video file that contains filmed recordings of
two dance performances, a silent film in black and white, and a film with sound
and in color. For films intended to be silent, field 007 $f and $g are not recorded.
Aspect Ratio (RDA 7.19)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Evidence presented by manifestation itself
Additional evidence from any source
Encoding
MARC 250 $a
MARC 345 $c $d
MARC 500 $a
Aspect ratio (RDA 7.19) describes the ratio of the width to the height of a moving
image. Aspect ratio is often expressed in the W:H format, where W represents
width and H represents height. For example, a 16:9 aspect ratio means that for a
width of 16 units, the height must be 9 units.
More about Aspect Ratio
The two most common aspect ratios are 4:3 (1.33:1) and 16:9 (1.78:1). For many
years, 4:3 was the standard aspect ratio used for filmmaking, and it was the first
aspect ratio used in televisions and computer monitors. A film with a 4:3 aspect
ratio would be displayed on the entire screen of a normal TV set or monitor. Since
the 2000s, 16:9 has been the standard format for televisions and monitors, and
most television shows are made now and distributed using a 16:9 aspect ratio.
292
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
4:3 (1.33:1) Aspect Ratio Example
Image from thewikipedian, uploaded by Andreas -horn- Hornig -
Photo by thewikipedian., CC BY-SA 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.
org/w/index.php?curid=246380 (viewed October 2022)
16:9 (1.78:1) Aspect Ratio Example
Image from thewikipedian, uploaded by Benedicto16 - Photo by thewikipedian.,
CC BY-SA 3.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/w/index.php?curid=4612125
(viewed Oct. 15, 2022)
Films often have a wider aspect ratio than the screens used to view them. The
film’s original aspect ratio can be preserved by shrinking the video image to fit a
293
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
smaller screen, a process known as “letterboxing.” The resulting display shows
black bars above and below the video image.
Letterbox Display
Image from wikimedia, uploaded by Scarabaeus23 - Photo by Scarabaeus23.
CC-BY-SA-4.0, https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Photo_of_content_with_
16x9_aspect_ratio_on_4x3_TV.jpg (viewed Oct. 13, 2022)
Films not originally designed for widescreen can be shown on a widescreen display.
Black bars are added on either side of the display, a process known as “pillarboxing”
or “reverse letterboxing,” to make up for the shorter width of the original image.
Pillarbox Display
Image from wikimedia, uploaded by Scarabaeus23 - Photo by Scarabaeus23. CC-BY-SA-3.0, https://commons.
294
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Photo_of_content_with_16x9_aspect_ratio_on_21x9_TV.jpg (viewed Oct. 13, 2022)
Letterbox and Pillarbox Displays
Projector screen with 16:9 HDTV Format and 4:3 Video Format from Richter
Scale, “How to Pick the Right Projector Size,” http://richterscale.hubpages.com/
hub/How-To-Pick-The-Right-Projector-Screen-Size”
“Windowboxing” incorporates both letterboxing and pillarboxing simultaneously,
showing the video image in the middle of the screen with a black box surrounding
the picture.
Windowbox Display
295
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Image from wikimedia, author Latitude0116. CC-BY-SA-3.0-migrated, https://commons.wikimedia.
org/wiki/File:Windowboxed.jpg (viewed Oct. 13, 2022)
Be careful about the difference between films formatted for 16:9 television and
films that are actually in 16:9 aspect ratio; 16:9 on the container usually means the
former. In such cases, 16:9 may refer to anamorphic widescreen. See the discussion
below on RDA 7.19.1.4, Aspect Ratio Designation.
Recording Aspect Ratio (RDA 7.19.1.3)
Video Games
Video games rarely state their aspect ratio or aspect ratio designation. Image size is
frequently implied by the resolution of the screen required to play the game, but
not stated as an aspect ratio or aspect ratio designation. See Equipment or System
Requirement (RDA 3.20) for information about recording screen resolution
requirements.
Streaming Video and Videodiscs
296
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The aspect ratio should be recorded based on evidence taken from the
manifestation itself, with any additional information taken from any source. Follow
the instructions at RDA 7.19.1.3, and record an aspect ratio as a numerical ratio in
standard format with a denominator of 1. Aspect ratio is encoded in MARC field
345 $c and, if a human-readable statement is desired, in MARC field 500.
345 \\ $c 1.33:1
500 \\ $a 1.33:1 aspect ratio
Note: Aspect ratio is stated on the videodisc container
If an aspect ratio does not appear on the manifestation or container or does not
appear as a numerical ratio with a denominator of 1, tools such as the Aspect Ratio
Calculator (https://www.digitalrebellion.com/webapps/aspectcalc) may help in
determining the ratio. This tool calculates the aspect ratio based on the screen
resolution, that is, the width and height in pixels.
345 \\ $c 2.35:1
500 \\ $a 2.35:1 aspect ratio
Note: Screen resolution, 1920 x 816, is given on the container
345 \\ $c 1.33:1
538 \\ $a DVD; NTSC; region 1; Dolby Digital 5.1.
500 \\ $a 4:3 aspect ratio.
Note: Aspect ratio is stated on the container as “4:3” An informal note is recorded
in field 500, with system requirements recorded separately in field 538 (not
shown).
Alternatively, one may divide the width by the height (e.g., for 640 x 360 pixels,
divide 640 by 360 to obtain 1.78:1). This may be especially helpful with streaming
videos, as they often contain pixel dimensions in their embedding links that can be
converted to an aspect ratio.
297
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Pixel Dimensions in Highlighted Portion of Embedding Code
Inputting the pixel width, 560, and pixel height, 315, from the embedded metadata
in the example above, the Aspect Ratio Calculator
(https://www.digitalrebellion.com/webapps/aspectcalc) converts this to an aspect
ratio of 1.78:1.
345 \\ $c 1.78:1
Note: Aspect ratio was calculated from the pixel dimensions in embedded
metadata
It is also acceptable to omit aspect ratio when unknown or information needed to
calculate the aspect ratio is unknown. When uncertain as to whether a ratio on the
container is the aspect ratio of the film itself, do not record this data as aspect ratio.
Optionally, record it in a field 500 quoted note.
DVD Container Information
500 \\ $a “Picture format 16:9”--Container.
Note: Text on container: “Picture format 16:9.”
Best Practice Recommendation: Record aspect ratio in MARC 345 $c and
optionally in a MARC 500 field. Do not routinely combine Aspect Ratio with
the Equipment or System Requirement note (MARC 538). Record a formally
298
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
presented aspect ratio using the prescribed numerical ratio format when it is
found in ratio format on the manifestation or container. If the aspect ratio is
not stated as a numerical ratio in standard format with a denominator of 1,
calculate the aspect ratio when it is ascertainable.
If uncertain as to whether a ratio on a container is the aspect ratio of the
video itself, do not record this type of information as aspect ratio data.
Optionally, record this data in a quoted note with source of information.
Aspect Ratio Designation (RDA 7.19.1.4)
Aspect ratio designation is a “general designation of the ratio of the width to the
height of a moving image (RDA 7.19.1.4.1.1).” Unlike aspect ratio which is recorded
using numbers, aspect ratio designation is a textual description. Aspect ratio
designation is recorded using one or more terms from the list given at RDA
7.19.1.4.1.3 (parameters for the terms are found in the RDA Glossary):
● full screen (ratios of less than 1.5:1)
● wide screen (ratios of 1.5:1 or greater)
● mixed aspect ratio (multiple aspect ratios within the same work)
These terms, with definitions, are also listed in the RDA Aspect Ratio Designation
Vocabulary (https://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/AspectRatio/). RDA uses the form
“wide screen” rather than “widescreen.” Use this form unless transcribing
information (e.g., in an edition statement). Full screen is sometimes called
“standard” on containers.
In the following example, the video disc container says “Standard version presented
in a format preserving the aspect ratio of its original theatrical exhibition.” This
information is recorded using RDA terminology.
DVD Container Information
345 \\ $d full screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Full screen.
299
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Source of information has “standard version.” Use the RDA term “full
screen.”
Best Practice Recommendation: Record aspect ratio designation in MARC field
345 $d and optionally in a MARC field 500. Do not routinely combine Aspect
Ratio Designation with the Equipment or System Requirement note (MARC
field 538).
Record aspect ratio designation in addition to the aspect ratio if the designation
appears on the manifestation or container. Aspect ratio designation may be
combined in the same 500 field with aspect ratio, but use separate 345 fields for
aspect ratio and aspect ratio designation. Record aspect ratio designation alone if
the aspect ratio in standard numeric form does not appear on the manifestation or
container.
345 \\ $c 1.33:1
345 \\ $d full screen $2 rdaar
538 \\ $a DVD; region 0; Dolby Digital stereo (2.0).
500 \\ $a Full screen (1.33:1).
Note: Aspect ratio and aspect ratio designation recorded; example includes
system requirements note
DVD Container Information
345 \\ $c 2.35:1
345 \\ $d wide screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Wide screen (2.35:1).
500 \\ $a “Enhanced for 16:9 televisions”--Container.
Note: Aspect ratio encoded in field 345 $c and aspect ratio designation encoded
in a separate field 345 $d using RDA vocabulary. Aspect ratio designation and
aspect ratio are recorded together in a general note.
Note: Container statement recorded as a quoted note
300
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If a resource contains multiple aspect ratios within the same work, record the
aspect ratio designation using the RDA term “mixed aspect ratio.”
DVD Container Information
345 \\ $c 1.85:1
345 \\ $c 1.33:1
345 \\ $d mixed aspect ratio $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Mixed aspect ratio (1.85:1, 1.33:1).
Note: Text on container: “Widescreen (1.85.1) and Full Screen (1.33:1)
Presentation.” Record as “Mixed aspect ratio”
If the aspect ratio designation is presented as an edition statement, also record an
edition statement in MARC field 250.
250 \\ $a Full screen edition.
345 \\ $d full screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Full screen.
Note: Aspect ratio designation is presented as an edition statement on the
manifestation.
Additional details about the aspect ratio designation may be recorded (RDA
7.19.1.4.1.4) in a MARC 500 field. A specific method used to achieve the aspect ratio
can also be recorded if deemed important. “Anamorphic widescreen,” is a process
that involves the compressing or "squeezing" of a widescreen image to maximize
resolution; proper playback equipment then re-expands the image. These discs are
usually labeled "anamorphic" or "enhanced for 16x9 televisions” (J. Dellaporta,
“What is Anamorphic Widescreen?” wiseGEEK http://www.wisegeek.org/what-is-
anamorphic-widescreen.htm (viewed October 2022)). “Pan and scan” is a process of
fitting a widescreen film into a full screen display. (R. Abreu, “What is Pan and
Scan?” https://www.studiobinder.com/blog/what-is-pan-and-scan-definition/
(viewed October 2022)).
345 \\ $d full screen $2 rdaar
301
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
500 \\ $a Original film in wide screen; reproduced using pan-and-scan
technique.
Note: Method used for aspect ratio designation recorded in a general note.
345 \\ $d wide screen $2 rdaar
500 \\ $a Anamorphic widescreen.
Note: RDA specifies the form “wide screen” for recording aspect ratio designation;
details of aspect ratio designation does not specify form, hence “anamorphic
widescreen”
302
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Medium of Performance (RDA 7.21)
Label
Element
Core
Core for performed music if not
adequately described by the title or
by using controlled vocabularies
(LC-PCC PS and MLA BP)
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 500 $a
Medium of performance refers to the instruments and/or voices in performed
music.
Recording Medium of Performance (RDA 7.21.1)
For video recordings of performed music, make a note describing medium of
performance if it is not clear from the title or by using controlled vocabularies. Do
not record instruments involved for orchestra, band, etc.
500 \\ $a Oratorio for solo voices (SATB), mixed chorus, children’s chorus,
organ, and orchestra.
Note: Combined nature of content and Medium of Performance note.
For performed music, medium of performance information may also be encoded in
MARC field 382 using terms from Library of Congress Medium of Performance
Thesaurus (LCMPT)
(https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/freelcmpt.html), if desired. For
more information, please see the Best Practices for Using LCMPT
(https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org//wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2020/04/BestPr
acticesforUsingLCMPT_1.41_20200331.pdf), Version 1.41.
303
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: For works with musical content, combine the
nature of the content and medium of performance notes if that makes the
information more clearly understood.
Duration (RDA 7.22)
Label
Element
Core
PCC Core for audio recordings & moving image materials, when
readily available
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 008/18-20 (Video only)
MARC 300 $a
MARC 306 $a
MARC 505 $a
MARC 500 $a
Duration provides information about the playing or running time of the primary
content of an expression. Information may be taken from any source.
For videos with “bonus features,” record only the duration of the feature film.
Recording Duration (RDA 7.22.1)
Record total duration of the primary content of an expression in MARC field 300 $a
in parentheses following the extent. For videos with “bonus features,” record only
the duration of the feature film.
Record duration as hours, minutes, and seconds in a format preferred by the
cataloging agency. Abbreviate the words “hours,” “minutes,” or “seconds” in
accordance with RDA Appendix B.5.3.
304
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: Abbreviate units of time as instructed in RDA
Appendix B.5.3 per the LC-PCC PS for RDA 7.22.1.4.
There are three methods of recording duration:
● Exact duration
● Approximate duration
● Omission of duration
If duration can be readily ascertained, record the exact duration.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (96 min.)
or
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (1:36:00)
Note: Two methods of recording exact duration
Nonmusical Streaming Audio and Streaming Video
For nonmusical streaming audio and streaming video, nest duration within
parentheses within a larger set of parentheses to be consistent with examples in
PCC’s PN Guidelines.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file (30 min.))
Note: Streaming video recorded recorded according to Provider-Neutral
Guidelines
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 audio file (56 min., 17 sec.))
Note: Streaming audio recorded according to Provider-Neutral Guidelines
Unknown Duration
If the duration cannot be readily ascertained, but can be approximated, record the
approximate time preceded by the word “approximately.” If an approximate
duration is given on a manifestation, use the word “approximately” before the
duration.
300 $a 1 videodisc (approximately 30 min.)
Note: On disc: ca. 30 minutes
305
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If the duration cannot be readily ascertained or approximated, it should be omitted.
Video game duration is often not stated on the packaging. Do not seek out this
information.
Other Details
Any other details about the duration may be given in a note (RDA 7.22.1.5). If using
words to designate units of time, use abbreviations from the list in RDA B.7.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (75 min.)
500 \\ $a With tracks every 3 min. for easy bookmarking
Note: Additional details about duration given in a note, using approved
abbreviation for unit of time
If duration is taken from outside the manifestation itself, provide a note on the
source of information for duration.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (32 min.)
500 \\ $a Duration taken from IMDb.com.
Note: Source of information for duration provided in a note
Duration of Component Parts (RDA 7.22.1.4)
When preparing a comprehensive description for a resource consisting of more
than one component, follow the alternative instruction for RDA 7.22.1.4 and record
the total duration of the primary content instead of or in addition to the duration of
the component parts when total duration is readily ascertainable. Individual
durations of each part may be recorded in a note.
245 04 $a The most dangerous game ; $b Gow the headhunter.
300 $a 1 videodisc (124 min.)
Note: Total duration recorded
245 14 $a The pirates of Penzance / $c libretto by W.S. Gilbert ; music by
Arthur Sullivan.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (2 video files (2 hr., 2 min., 36 sec.))
505 0\ $a Act 1 (59 min., 18 sec.) -- Act 2 ( 1 hr., 2 min., 23 sec.).
Note: Total duration of streaming video recorded with duration of component
parts recorded with contents
306
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Best Practice Recommendation: Apply the RDA 7.22.1.4 alternative
instruction and record the total duration, if readily ascertainable, instead of
or in addition to the duration of the component parts.
For resources consisting of more than one unit and the units have a stated or
approximate uniform playing or running time, alternatively record the playing or
running time of each unit followed by “each.”
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (3 audio files (20 min. each))
Note: Duration of component parts recorded
Other Duration Details
Any other details about the duration may be given in a note (RDA 7.22.1.5). If using
words to designate units of time, use abbreviations from the list in RDA B.7.
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (75 min.)
500 \\ $a With tracks every 3 min. for easy bookmarking.
Note: Details about individual tracks given in note
300 $a 1 videodisc (approximately 30 min.)
Note: On disc: ca. 30 minutes
Coding Duration
Nonmusical Streaming Audio
Playing time of nonmusical streaming audio is coded in MARC field 306 $a. The six
character positions in $a represent the duration of a work in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 audio file (56 min., 17 sec.))
306 \\ $a 005617
Note: Playing time of nonmusical streaming audio coded in field 306
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (3 audio files (20 min. each))
306 \\ $a 002000 $a 002000 $a 002000
Note: Duration of component parts recorded in separate subfields of MARC field
306
307
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Coding duration in field 306 is mandatory for audio recordings. Running time for
moving images is recorded in field 008/18-20, so additional coding in field 306 is
optional for video.
Streaming Video and Videodiscs
Running time of video content is coded in MARC field 008/8-10, expressed in
minutes. The running time should match the duration given in field 300 $a
rounded to the next higher minute. The number is right-justified; enter leading
zero(s) if needed. Duration may be optionally recorded in coded form in MARC field
306.
008/18-20: 030
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (1 video file (30 min.))
Note: Running time of a streaming video coded in field 008/18-20
008/18-20: 096
300 \\ $a 1 videodisc (96 min.)
306 \\ $a 013600
Note: Running time of a video coded in field 008/08-10 with optional coding in
field 306
008/18-20: 123
245 14 $a The pirates of Penzance / $c libretto by W.S. Gilbert ; music by
Arthur Sullivan.
300 \\ $a 1 online resource (2 video files (2 hr., 2 min., 36 sec.))
505 0\ $a Act 1 (59 min., 18 sec.) -- Act 2 ( 1 hr., 2 min., 23 sec.).
Note: Total running time of streaming video coded in field 008/08-10
If the running time is unknown, enter three hyphens. If the running time exceeds
999 minutes, enter three zeros.
008/18-20: 000
300 \\ $a 7 videodiscs (16:00:00)
Note: Coding in field 008/08-10 for video content with a total running time of 16
hours
308
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Scale Note for Graphic Material (RDA 7.25.2)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 507 $a
Scale is primarily recorded for objects such as models and art reproductions (for
example, sculptures). These are often described as being at a particular scale to the
original. Scale should be recorded in MARC 507.
507 \\ $a Life-sized.
Note: Life-sized model
507 \\ $a 3/4 scale.
Note: Three-quarter sized reproduction of a sculpture
309
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Awards Note (RDA 7.28)
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 586 $a
Recording Award (RDA 7.28.1)
Record award information if considered important for identification or selection.
Award information is recorded in MARC field 586. Multiple awards should be
recorded in separate MARC 586 fields. If the 1st indicator value is blank, a display
constant, “Awards,” is generated. Code the 1st indicator value “8” for no display
constant.
586 \\ $a Winner, Academy Awards (1977) for best actor in a supporting role ;
best writing, screenplay based on material from another medium ; best art
direction - set decoration ; best sound
Note: Academy Awards note for a film on streaming video
586 \\ $a Winner, Ted Arison Young Artist Award, 1996
Note: Award note for a mixed media art installation
586 \\ $a Director's Fortnight, Cannes International Film Festival, 2012
Note: Award note for a film on Blu-ray Disc
586 \\ $a Winner of eXplorminate's Game of the Year 2015
586 \\ $a 1ndie World Award for Best Game
586 \\ $a Finalist in the 2015 Strasbourg Indie Game Contest
Note: Video game with separate fields for each of three awards
586 \\ $a César Awards, France: Best Animated Film (Meilleur film
d'animation), 2013
310
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
586 \\ $a Films4Families Youth Jury Award, Seattle International Film
Festival, 2013
Note: Motion picture with separate fields for each award
311
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Introduction to Recording Relationships
Identification and expression of relationships is a major focus of RDA. These
relationships also support user needs of finding, identifying, selecting, and
obtaining a specific resource.
Instructions for recording relationships between a resource and associated agents
are arranged in WEMI order and found in RDA section 7, chapters 18-22:
Category of Relationships
RDA Instructions
Relationship between a resource and
persons, families, corporate bodies
RDA chapters 18-22, Appendix I
Relationship between a resource and
other related resources
RDA chapters 24-28, Appendix J
Relationships consist of two parts – the entities that are being related and the type
of relationship. RDA specifies three ways to express entity relationships:
Relationship expressed as
Example
Authorized access point
data encoded in MARC 1XX, 2XX, 7XX
fields
Structured (or unstructured) description
data encoded in MARC 5XX note(s)
Identifier
ISBN, LCCN, URI, etc.
As the instructions in RDA concerning the use of identifiers for works and
expressions apply more to authority records at this time, the following sections of
this document focus on recording authorized access points and structured and
unstructured descriptions in bibliographic records.
312
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
The type of relationship may be expressed by adding a relationship designator (i.e.,
a term or code describing the relationship or function) to the authorized access
point, or by specific MARC coding.
A structured or unstructured description may also be used to describe the type of
relationship. A structured description contains a full or partial description of the
related resource using the same data that would be recorded in RDA elements for a
description of that related resource. Data in the structured description is
presented with ISBD punctuation (RDA D.1).
700 1\ $i Motion picture adaptation of (work): $a Shakespeare, William, $d
1564-1616. $t Romeo and Juliet.
Note: Structured description for type of relationship
776 08 $i Reproduction of (manifestation): $t Body and soul. $d Chicago, Ill. :
Facets Video, [1994] $h 1 videocassette (ca. 75 min.) : si., b&w ; 1/2 in. $k
(African American film heritage video series) $z 1565800702 $w
(OCoLC)30750122
Note: Structured description for type of relationship
Data in an unstructured description is expressed as a free-text sentence or
paragraph (i.e., note).
500 \\ $a Based on a story by John Ciarlo.
Note: Unstructured description
500 \\ $a Prequel to the film "Monsters, Inc." (2001).
Note: Unstructured description
313
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Section 6: Recording Relationships to
Agents
Instructions for recording relationships between a resource and associated agents
are found in RDA section 6, chapters 18-22 and are arranged in WEMI order:
RDA Chapter
Description
Chapter 18
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships to Agents
Associated with a Work, Expression, Manifestation, or Item
Chapter 19
Agents Associated with a Work
Chapter 20
Agents Associated with an Expression
Chapter 21
Agents Associated with a Manifestation
Chapter 22
Agents Associated with an Item
314
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 18. General Guidelines on
Recording Relationships to Agents
Associated with a Work, Expression,
Manifestation, or Item
Recording relationships between a resource and agent associated with the
resource enables a user to find all works, expressions, manifestations, or items
associated with a particular agent.
Relationships to Agents Associated with a Work,
Expression, Manifestation, or Item (RDA 18.4)
This guide is focused only on the RDA option of recording an authorized access
point for an agent associated with a work, expression, manifestation, or item and a
related work, expression, manifestation, or item.
Record the authorized access point for the agent followed by a relationship
designator to indicate the specific function performed by the agent in relation to
the work, expression, manifestation, or item.
Relationship Designators (RDA 18.5)
Relationship designators are terms used to indicate the nature of relationships
between resources and agents associated with a resource (RDA 18.5.1.1).
A relationship designator is recorded with the authorized access point representing
the associated resource or agent. Information regarding the nature of the
relationship may be taken from any source. Relationship designators are not
considered to be core elements; their use is optional but encouraged, especially for
315
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
core-level relationships such as creator. If no relationship designator applies, or if
the relationship is unclear, the relationship designator is omitted.
Best Practice Recommendation: In general, supply a relationship designator
for all agent-to-resource relationships when those relationships are clear.
RDA terms for designating relationships between an agent and a resource are
found in RDA Appendix I. If a desired term is not found in the list, it may be
proposed for addition to RDA. Note that the lists of terms in Appendix I are not
arranged alphabetically, but in WEMI order. Other vocabularies such as MARC
relator terms, RBMS vocabularies, etc. may be used, though the PCC guidelines
prefer RDA terms. In MARC, relationship designators from RDA Appendix I are
encoded in $e. Using relationship designator codes is permissible; however, OLAC
recommends using designator terms. General LC/PCC guidelines for punctuation of
relationship designators are found in LC-PCC PS 1.7.1.
700 1\ $a Atkinson, Rowan, $e actor.
The PCC Standing Committee on Training (SCT) Training Manual for Applying
Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records
(http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/sct/documents/rel-desig-guide-bib.pdf) provides
guidelines for the use of relationship designators in PCC records and offers some
practical strategies for the general use of relationship designators.
Best Practice Recommendation: Apply guidelines found in the PCC Training
Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic Records, in
particular, the guidelines listed below for agent-to-resource relationships:
● Use relationship designator terms from the RDA appendices rather than
using relationship codes (however, either is valid for use). Terms from other
registered vocabularies may be used if necessary. Subfield e can be added in
conjunction with $4 . (Guidelines 2, 6)
700 1\ $a Atkinson, Rowan, $e actor.
is preferred over
700 1\ $a Atkinson, Rowan. $4 act
Note: Relationship designator term preferred over relationship code
700 1\ $a Atkinson, Rowan, $e actor. $4 act
316
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Relationship code is already present; relationship designator has
been added.
● Prefer use of a specific relationship term rather than a general relationship
term (Guideline 3)
100 1\ $a Wyatt, Greg, $e sculptor.
not
100 1\ $a Wyatt, Greg, $e artist.
Note: Appendix I defines sculptor as “an artist responsible for creating a
three-dimensional work by modeling, carving, or similar technique
● An RDA element name may be used as a relationship designator when that
term is not included in RDA Appendix I or J (Guideline 4)
710 2\ $a Activision (Firm), $e publisher.
Note: “Publisher” is an RDA element and does not appear in the RDA
relationship designator list
● Apply relationship designators in accordance with their RDA definition. Read
the definition carefully as there are sometimes very subtle differences
between terms (Guideline 7).
100 1\ $a Daviau, Rob, $e designer.
Note: Designer is defined in RDA Appendix I.2.1 as “an agent responsible
for creating a design for an object.” This example shows “designer” used
as the relationship designator for a board game designer
● When more than one relationship designator from Appendix I applies,
express all of the relationships in a single heading. List the relationship
designators in WEMI order (Guideline 10).
700 1\ $a Reeves, Keanu, $e film director, $e actor.
Note: “Film director” designates a work relationship; “actor” designates an
expression relationship.
● Do not include relationship designators in name-title access points (Guideline
12).
317
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
700 1\ $a Shakespeare, William, $d 1564-1616. $t Hamlet.
not
700 1\ $a Shakespeare, William, $d 1564-1616, $e author. $t Hamlet.
● Add relationship designators even if the relationship is implied by MARC
coding elsewhere in the record (Guideline 14).
710 2\ $a Exidy (Firm) $e publisher.
Note: Added entry for publisher of a video game, even though publisher
appears in field 264 $b
318
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 19. Agents Associated with a
Work
Agents associated with a work are divided into two groups:
● Creators of a work
● Other agents associated with a work
Recording Agent Associated with a Work (RDA 19.1.2)
For compilations of two or more works where different agents are associated with
each of the works, record all of the agents associated with each of the works (RDA
19.1.2). Film director and film producer are relationship designators for other
agents associated with a work.
245 00 $a Fox in a box : $b featuring Pam Grier.
505 0\ $a Coffey (1973 ; 90 min.) -- Foxy Brown (1974 ; 91 min.) -- Sheba, baby
(1975 ; 91 min.)
700 1\ $a Hill, Jack, $d 1933 January 28- $e film director.
700 1\ $a Girdler, William, $e film director.
700 1\ $a Papazian, Robert A., $e film producer.
700 1\ $a Feitshans, Buzz, $e film producer.
700 1\ $a Sheldon, David, $e film producer.
Note: Compilation includes three DVDs, each film with directors, producers, etc.;
access points are made for film directors and film producers associated with
each of the works in the compilation. Only work-level relationships are shown in
this example
Creator (RDA 19.2)
Label
Element
Core
Core element
319
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 1XX $a $e and other subfields, as applicable
MARC 7XX $a $e and other subfields, as applicable
A creator is an agent individually or jointly responsible for the creation of a work.
Joint responsibility can entail creators with either the same or different roles. A full
list of creator roles is found in RDA Appendix I.2.1.
Recording Creator (RDA 19.2.1)
The creator relationship is considered core in RDA. If more than one creator is
responsible for the work, only the creator with principal responsibility named first
in the resource is required to satisfy the core requirement. If principal
responsibility is not given, then only the first-named creator is required to record.
OLAC recommends providing authorized access points for additional creators
beyond the core requirement when feasible.
Best Practice Recommendation: Provide authorized access points for
additional creators beyond the core requirement when feasible.
Single Creator
As explained in the section of this guide, Works Created by One Agent (RDA
6.27.1.2), few resources within the scope of this guide are the work of a single
creator. Record a single creator of a work in MARC field 1xx and add the
appropriate relationship designator from RDA Appendix I.2.2 in $e.
100 1\ $a Eliot, T.S. $q (Thomas Stearns), $d 1888-1965, $e author, $e
speaker.
245 10 T.S. Eliot reads Old Possum’s book of practical cats.
Note: Single creator for a spoken word streaming audio
320
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Objects
Handmade items and art originals are usually the work of a single creator.
100 1\ $a Yokoo, Tadanori, $d 1936- $e artist.
245 10 $a Memorial theater / $c Tadanori Yokoo.
Note: Single creator for a diorama
100 1\ $a Sun, Boya, $e artist.
245 14 $a The mystic maze / $c original art by Boya Sun.
Note: Jigsaw puzzle with original art
100 1\ $a Blake, Scott, $d 1976- $e artist.
245 10 $a ART-O-MAT® playing cards / $c created by Scott Blake.
Note: Deck of 57 playing cards
Video
With rare exception, moving images are the result of collaborative work. For
collaboratively-created moving image resources, the exception provided for moving
images at RDA 6.27.1.3, Collaborative Works, will result in the identification of the
resource by title. A moving image is considered the work of a single creator only
when there is a single filmmaker, someone who is individually responsible for all
aspects of a film’s concept and execution. Examples of moving images where the
filmmaker has a creator role include home movies, student films, video art,
performance art, and oral history.
100 1\ $a Rappmund, Peter Bo, $d 1979- $e filmmaker, $e publisher.
245 10 $a Tectonics / $c image and sound collected and composed by Peter
Bo Rappmund.
264 \1 $a [Laguna Hills, Calif.] : $b Peter Bo Rappmund, $c [2018]
Note: Streaming video with a single creator
Note that although “composer” and “screenwriter” are in the list of relationship
designators for creators (RDA Appendix I.2.1), they are not generally considered to
be creators for moving image materials.
321
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Video Games
It is rare for a video game to be a work of single authorship. Even when a person’s
name is attached to a game (as in “A John Tiller game”), they are working with a
group of programmers, artists, developers, etc. The exception for moving image
works at RDA 6.27.1.3, Collaborative Works, applies to video games, meaning the
authorized access point for the video game will be the preferred title for the work.
None of the categories in LC-PCC PS 19.2.2.1.1, “Corporate Bodies Considered to be
Creators” is applicable to games.
Corporate Bodies as Creator
Corporate bodies can be creators, but they must be responsible for originating or
issuing a work that fits one or more of the categories listed at RDA 19.2.1.1.1.
Follow LC-PCC 19.2.1.1.1 which provides additional guidance on the application of
these categories. Performing groups fall in Category E of criteria for corporate
bodies to be considered creators: a performing group is considered to be a creator
only when the group is responsible for the majority of the artistic content of the
resource, for example, improvisation as opposed to interpretation of a written
dialog or musical score. For filmed performances, consult the decision tree in the
MLA Policy Statement for RDA 19.2.1.1.1. Thus, in the case of a filmed performance
of an orchestra performing classical music, the orchestra is not considered to be a
creator.
Two or More Creators
When two or more agents are collaboratively responsible for creating the work,
RDA 6.27.1.3, Collaborative Works, states the authorized access point will be
formed by combining the authorized access point for the creator with principle
responsibility OR the first named creator when principal responsibility is not
indicated with the preferred title for the work. For streaming video, videodiscs, and
video games, follow RDA 6.27.1.3 instructions under the exception for moving
image works, and construct the authorized access point based on the preferred
title.
For nonmusical streaming audio and objects, record the creator of a work in MARC
field 1XX and additional agents responsible for creation of the work in MARC fields
7XX. Add the appropriate relationship designator from RDA Appendix I.2.2 in $e.
322
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
100 1\ $a Thaler, Shmuel, $e interviewee.
245 10 $a Framing the moment : $b an oral history with Santa Cruz
photojournalist Shmuel Thaler / $c interviewed and edited by Irene Reti.
700 1\ $a Reti, Irene, $d 1961- $e interviewer.
Note: Interviewee and interviewer are creators of this spoken word streaming
audio. Only work-level relationships are shown in this example.
100 1\ $a Van Slyke, Brian, $e designer.
245 10 $a Rise up : $b the game of people & power / $c game design by Brian
Van Slyke ; graphic design by Molly McLeod.
Note: Only work-level relationships are shown in this example
Other Agent Associated with Work (RDA 19.3)
Label
Element
Core
Core Element if the authorized access point representing that agent is
used to construct the authorized access point representing the work
(see section of this Guide for RDA 6.27, Constructing Authorized
Access Points to Represent Works and Expressions)
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 7XX $a $e and other subfields, as applicable
Agents that are not creators may have other roles or functions associated with a
work. A complete list of relationship designators is found in RDA Appendix I.2.2.
Recording Other Agent Associated with a Work (RDA 19.3.1)
323
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Record other agents associated with a work, when considered important for access,
in MARC 7xx fields, with the appropriate relationship designator in $e.
100 1\ $a Wyatt, Greg, $e sculptor.
245 10 $a Cast bronze portrait of Shakespeare / $c by Greg Wyatt.
500 \\ $a One of fourteen commemorative plaques created by New
York-based sculptor Wyatt. A plaque was presented to each of 14 American
Shakespeare-themed theater festivals that took part in the 'Shakespeare on
the Road' program, co-hosted by the Shakespeare Birthplace Trust and the
University of Warwick in 2014.
710 2\ $a Shakespeare Birthplace Trust, $e sponsoring body.
710 2\ $a University of Warwick, $e sponsoring body.
Note: Creator of work recorded in field 100; other agents associated with work
recorded in 710 fields for original art object.
Video
Roles commonly associated with moving image works include film director,
television director, director of photography, film producer, production company,
etc.
245 00 $a Secrets of the surface : $b the mathematical vision of Maryam
Mirzakhani / $c a film by George Csicsery ; Mathematical Sciences Research
Institute presents ; a production of Zala films.
700 1\ $a Csicsery, George Paul, $e film director, $e film producer.
710 2\ $a Mathematical Sciences Research Institute (Berkeley, Calif.), $e film
producer.
710 2\ $a Zala Films (Firm), $e film producer.
Note: Authorized access points with relationship designator for other agents
associated with a work for video
Video Games
Other agents associated with video game works are game developer and a
prominently named person in the franchise title.
324
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 00 $a Tom Clancy’s splinter cell: essentials.
700 1\ $a Clancy, Tom, $e 1947-2013.
Note: Added entry for person named in the video game franchise title
245 00 $a Razor racing / $c developed by Vision Scape Interactive. Inc.
710 2\ $a Vision Scape Interactive, Inc.
Note: Added entry for video game developer
Best Practice Recommendation (Video Games): Provide authorized access
points for a named game developer and for a prominently named person in
the franchise title.
325
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 20. Agents Associated with
an Expression
Label
Element
Core
LC practice: Contributor is core for illustrators of resources
intended for children.
PCC practice: Record contributors if they are considered
important for identification
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 7XX $e
An agent with an expression-level association with a resource is considered a
contributor to the expression. Common agents with a contributor role for
resources within the scope of this guide include actor, animator, composer
(expression), editor of moving image work, costume designer, performer, and
production designer. See RDA Appendix 1.3.1 for the complete list of
expression-level associations
Recording Agents Associated with an Expression (RDA 20.1.2)
Optionally, authorized access points may be given for agents who make artistic
and/or technical contributions if deemed important for access.
511 1_ $a Mickey Rooney, Teri Garr, Kelly Reno.
700 1\ $a Rooney, Mickey, $e actor.
700 1\ $a Garr, Teri, $d 1952- $e actor.
700 1\ $a Reno, Kelly, $d 1966- $e actor.
700 1\ $a Coppola, Francis Ford, $d 1939- $e presenter.
700 1\ $a Coppola, Carmine, $d 1910-1991, $e composer (expression).
Note: Optional added entries for expression-level contributors to a film
326
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Contributors (RDA 20.2.1)
Record agents with an expression-level association with a resource in MARC field(s)
7XX, with the appropriate relationship designator in $e.
245 14 $a The big ones.
520 \\ $a “Fine tune your morality muscle with Earios founders, Maria
Blasucci and Amanda Lund, as they discuss life's BIG ONES. Each week will be
a new ethical question ranging from historical decisions to relationship
dilemmas to brain-busting moral choices. The questions can be complicated,
but they're always fun to discuss because they force you to look deep, deep,
deep withinside⟨™⟩ yourself. Will you like what you see?"--podcast
homepage (Earios, viewed January 22, 2020).
700 1\ $a Blasucci, Maria $e host.
700 1\ $a Lund, Amanda, $e host.
Note: Only expression-level relationships are shown in this example for a
podcast
245 00 $a The black stallion / $c Francis Ford Coppola presents ; screenplay
by Melissa Mathison & Jeanne Rosenberg and William D. Wittliff ; produced
by Fred Roos and Tom Sternberg ; directed by Carroll Ballard.
511 1\ $a Mickey Rooney, Teri Garr, Kelly Reno.
508 \\ $a Director of photography, Caleb Deschanel ; editor, Robert Dalva ;
music by Carmine Coppola.
700 1\ $a Rooney, Mickey, $e actor.
700 1\ $a Garr, Teri, $d 1952- $e actor.
700 1\ $a Reno, Kelly, $d 1966- $e actor.
700 1\ $a Coppola, Francis Ford, $d 1939- $e presenter.
700 1\ $a Coppola, Carmine, $d 1910-1991, $e composer (expression)
Note: Only expression-level relationships are shown in this example for a
streaming video
245 00 $a Finca / $c Ralf zur Linde & Wolfgang Sentker ; illustrated by Franz
Vohwinkel.
700 1\ $a Zur Linde, Ralf, $e designer.
700 1\ $a Sentker, Wolfgang, $e designer.
700 1\ $a Wohwinkel, Franz $e illustrator.
327
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Only expression-level relationships are shown in this example for a board
game
328
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 21. Agents Associated with a
Manifestation
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Preferred source of manifestation
Encoding
MARC 7XX $a $e and other subfields, as applicable
Agents associated with a manifestation are producers of an unpublished
manifestation, publishers, distributors, and manufacturers. RDA Appendix I.4
contains a complete list of manifestation-level relationship designators.
Recording Agent Associated with a Manifestation (RDA 21.1.2)
Tangible Formats
These manifestation-level relationships are already recorded as separate elements
in the RDA description, so it is not required to record them elsewhere in the MARC
record; however, OLAC recommends recording agents with a manifestation-level
association with a tangible resource in MARC field(s) 7XX, with the appropriate
designator in $e.
245 00 $a Juliet from the ballet Romeo and Juliet.
264 \1 $a El Segundo, CA : $b Mattel Inc., $c [2004]
710 2\ $a Mattel, Inc. $b Barbie Doll Division, $e publisher.
Note: Only manifestation-level relationships are shown in this example for a doll
329
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
245 10 $a Prototype.
264 |1 $a Los Angeles, CA : $b Activision Publishing Inc., $c [2009].
710 2\ $a Activision (Firm), $e publisher.
Note: Only manifestation-level relationships are shown in this example for a
videogame
245 00 $a Rwandan nightmare / $c producer, Simon Gallimore.
264 \1 $a [London, England] : $b Channel Four Television, $c 1994.
264 \2 $a New York, N.Y. : $b First Run / Icarus Films.
710 2\ $a Channel Four (Great Britain), $e broadcaster.
710 2\ $a First Run/Icarus Films, $e film distributor.
Note: Only manifestation-level relationships are shown in this example for a
video
Best Practice Recommendation (Resources in tangible format): Add
authorized access points for publisher, manufacture, and/or distributor
relationships to records for tangible resources. Add relationship designators
when given as access points.
330
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 22. Agents Associated with
an Item
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
Local catalog only
Agents associated with an item apply only to the item in hand. Do not record
agents associated with an item in a shared catalog environment; record only in
one’s local catalog. Relationship designators for agents associated with an item are
found in RDA Appendix I.5
Best Practice Recommendation: Record agent(s) associated with an item in
one’s local catalog only.
331
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Section 8: Recording Relationships
between Works, Expressions,
Manifestations, and Items
Instructions for recording relationships between a resource and related resources
are found in RDA section 8, chapters 24-28 and are arranged in WEMI order:
RDA Chapter
Description
Chapter 24
General Guidelines on Recording Relationships between
Works, Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
Chapter 25
Related Works
Chapter 26
Related Expressions
Chapter 27
Related Manifestations
Chapter 28
Related Items
332
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 24. General Guidelines on
Recording Relationships between Works,
Expressions, Manifestations, and Items
Recording relationships between resources enables a user to find resources related
to the user’s search and to understand the relationship between two or more
works, expressions, manifestations, or items.
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 1XX, 7XX $i
Relationships between Works, Expressions,
Manifestations, and Items (RDA 24.4)
This guide is focused on two of the RDA options for recording the relationship
between a work, expression, manifestation, or item and a related work, expression,
manifestation, or item:
● Authorized access point representing the related work or expression
● Description of the related work, expression, manifestation, or item.
Authorized Access Point Representing the Related Work or Related
Expression (RDA 24.4.2)
Provide an authorized access point(s) for the related work or related expression.
See RDA 6.27.1, Constructing Access Points to Represent Works and Expressions,
333
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
and the corresponding section of this guide for instructions on creating authorized
access points for works or expression. An access point for a related work or
expression will be recorded in MARC field 730 when a title is the authorized access
point and MARC fields 700, 710, or 711 when the authorized access point consists
of an agent and title.
Description of the Related Work, Expression, Manifestation, or Item
(RDA 24.4.3)
Provide a description of the related work, expression, manifestation, or item.
Relationships to other works may be expressed in a structured or unstructured
note. A structured description contains a full or partial description of the related
resource using the same data that would be recorded in RDA elements for a
description of that related resource. Structured descriptions present the data in
the order specified by a recognized display standard. Data in a structured
description are presented using ISBD punctuation (RDA D.1) and encoded in MARC
field 505 or a 7xx linking field.
776 08 $i Reproduction of (manifestation): $t Body and soul. $d Chicago, Ill. :
Facets Video, [1994] $h 1 videocassette (ca. 75 min.) : si., b&w ; 1/2 in. $k
(African American film heritage video series) $z 1565800702 $w
(OCoLC)30750122
Note: Example of a structured description
An unstructured description is a free-text description of the related resource
encoded in MARC field 500.
500 \\ $a Prequel to the film “Monsters, Inc.” 2001.
Note: Example of an unstructured description
Relationship Designator (RDA 24.5.1)
In the context of relationships between resources, a relationship designator
indicates the nature of a relationship between entities represented by authorized
access points or descriptions.
334
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Relationship designators for resource-to-resource relationships precede the
authorized access point representing the associated resource. Information
regarding the nature of relationships between resources may be taken from any
source. Relationship designators are not core elements; their use is optional but
encouraged. Add an appropriate term from Appendix J to the authorized access
point representing the related resource to show the specific nature of the
relationship between related works, expressions, manifestations, or items. The
WEMI level of the relationship designator is indicated in parentheses.
remake of (work)
Note: Relationship designator for a related work
adaptation of (expression)
Note: Relationship designator for a related expression
container of (manifestation)
Note: Relationship designator for a related manifestation
digital transfer of (item)
Note: Relationship designator for a related item
Best Practice Recommendation: When recording authorized access points to
indicate resource-to-resource relationships, supply a relationship designator
when those relationships are clear.
In MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data (https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/),
relationship designators from Appendix J are encoded in $i. General LC/PCC
guidelines for punctuation of relationship designators are found in LC-PCC PS 1.7.1.
For relationship designators in $i, LC practice is to give $i as the first subfield, to
capitalize the first word in the designator, and to end the subfield with a colon.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Wrong place, wrong time.
Note: Shows order of subfields for relationship designators
Best Practice Recommendation: Follow LC practice as stated in LC-PCC PS J.1
regarding the placement and presentation of relationship designators in $i.
335
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
While RDA permits the use of a non-RDA concise term if none of the terms listed in
Appendix J is appropriate or sufficiently specific, OLAC recommends instead
following instructions and guidelines in the PCC Standing Committee on Training
(SCT) Training Manual for Applying Relationship Designators in Bibliographic
Records (http://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/sct/documents/rel-desig-guide-bib.pdf). PCC
recommends using relationship designators from the RDA appendices.
Best Practice Recommendation: When using an authorized access point to
show relationships between resources, supply a relationship designator for
all resource-to-resource relationships when those relationships are clear.
Follow the guidelines found in the PCC Training Manual for Applying
Relationships Designators in Bibliographic Records, in particular, the
guidelines listed below for resource-to-resource relationships.
● When multiple resource-to-resource relationships exist, give separate access
points with relationship designators from Appendix J for each relationship.
Alternatively, choose only the most important relationship and relationship
designator (Guideline 15).
245 04 $a The hobbit : $b the desolation of Smaug
700 1\ $i Motion picture adaptation of (work): $a Tolkien, J. R. R. $q
(John Ronald Reuel), $d 1892-1973. $t Hobbit.
730 0\ $i Sequel to: $a Hobbit, an unexpected journey (Motion
picture)
Note: Film is both an adaptation and a sequel; separate access points
given for each relationship.
● It is generally not necessary to provide reciprocal relationship information for
moving image materials (Guideline 16)
245 00 $a Razor racing.
730 0\ $i Sequel to: $a Razor freestyle scooter.
Note: It is not necessary to go into the record for Razor freestyle scooter
and add reciprocal relationship fields, though optionally this may be done
● If the resource is known to be related to another resource, but the actual
information about that related resource is uncertain, use a note rather than
a relationship designator to express the relationship (Guideline 18)
336
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
500 $a Based on a story by John Ciarlo.
Note: No other information about the related resource is available
● When using a note (“unstructured description”) to indicate the relationship, it
is not necessary to state the WEMI level of the relationship (Guideline 20)
500 $a Issued with Kick Off no. 427 (November 2012).
Note: Relationship note
337
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 25. Related Works
Label
Element
Core
LC core for compilations
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC field 5xx $a
MARC field 505 $a $g $t
MARC field 7xx $i
A related work is a work that is associated with the resource being cataloged (RDA
25.1.1.1). Several types of related work relationships are identified in RDA, each
with a set of associated relationship designators from RDA Appendix J (selective
list):
● Derivative work relationships (RDA J.2.2)
● Whole/part work relationships (RDA J.2.4)
● Accompanying work relationships (RDA J.2.5)
● Sequential work relationships (RDA J.2.6)
In RDA, contents are considered related works.
Recording Relationships to Related Work (RDA 25.1.1)
Derivative Work Relationships (RDA J.2.2)
A derivative is a work that is a modification of a source work. “Based on (work):” is
the high level relationship designator for derivative works. Examples of derivative
works are remakes and adaptations.
130 0\ $a Pride & prejudice (Motion picture : 2005)
245 10 $a Pride and prejudice.
700 1\ $i Motion picture adaptation of (work): $a Austen, Jane, $d 1775-1817.
$t Pride and prejudice.
338
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: A streaming version of the 2005 motion picture that was adapted from a
novel by Jane Austen
245 00 $a Loony tunes double pack.
730 0\ $i Video game adaptation of (work): Looney tunes.
Note: Video game computer chip cartridge adapted from the original short
motion picture series
245 10 $a Nickelodeon rocket power. $p Beach bandits.
730 0\ $i Based on (work): $a Nickelodeon rocket power (Television program)
Note: Video game based on a television program
Filmed Musical Performance
When an instrumental musical work or compilation of instrumental works is based
on or inspired by one or two literary works, LC/PCC practice is to provide an
authorized access point for each related literary work. Instrumental or vocal works
that are based on or inspired by one or two individual artistic works, an authorized
access point is provided for each related artistic work. When a musical work (or
compilation) is based on or inspired by three or more works by an author or artist
(or their work in general), an authorized access point is provided only for the author
or artist. LC-PCC PS 25.0 provides additional guidance and examples.
Whole-Part Relationships (RDA J.2.4)
In RDA, contents are considered a “related work” (e.g., “part of a larger work”), and
therefore instructions are found in chapter 25 rather than chapter 7. Related work
is a core element for LC for compilations, unless the contents are indicated
elsewhere (e.g., field 245 when no collective title is present). When cataloging a
compilation that has a collective title, record the names of the individual related
works (that is, the works contained within the compilation) in a contents note in
field 505 when feasible.
Recording Individual Works in a Contents Note
The first indicator of field 505 generates a display constant indicating the
completeness of the note. The second indicator has two values – blank for a basic
contents note when all information is recorded in a single occurrence of $a, and
zero for an enhanced contents note with data recorded in repetitions of defined
subfields. OLAC recommends the use of enhanced contents notes because this
may allow indexing of the individual titles that are part of the resource as a whole.
Follow instructions in LC-PCC PS 25.1.1.3 when recording a formal contents note or
339
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
structured description. Do not follow LC original cataloging practice of recording
only a simple contents note with all data in a single instance of field 505 $a.
245 00 $a James Dean ultimate collector’s edition.
505 00 $t East of Eden – $t Rebel without a cause – $t Giant.
Note: Related works recorded as a contents note for a compilation of films on
DVD videodisc
245 10 $a Writers speak : $b Terry Gross interviews 13 acclaimed writers
505 00 $t Stephen King -- $t Maurice Sendak -- $t Richard Price -- $t Philip
Roth -- $t James Baldwin -- $t Norman Mailer -- $t Allen Ginsberg -- $t Joyce
Johnson -- $t John Updike -- $t David Rakoff -- $t Fran Lebowitz -- $t David
Sedaris -- $t Billy Collins.
Note: Related works note for a nonmusical streaming audio file consisting of 13
interviews
245 10 $a Alhambra : $b big box ; including Alhambra and five expansions /
$c Dirk Henn.
505 00 $g Base game. $t Alhambra -- $g Expansion 1. $t The viziers -- $g
Expansion 2. $t The city gates -- $g Expansion 3. $t The thief’s turn -- $g
Expansion 4. $t The treasure chamber -- $g Expansion 5. $t Power of the
sultan.
Note: Related works note for a board game with separately published
expansions, issued as a complete set
Do not record pieces of a single set as related works.
245 00 $a Store & serve frozen food set.
300 \\ $a 1 16-piece toy frozen food set (5 resealable bags, 2 waffles, 3 ravioli,
2 chicken fingers, 2 broccoli pieces, 2 blueberry pieces) : $b plastic, wood,
color ; $c in container 26 x 33 x 7 cm
Note: Contents in a set are not recorded in MARC field 505 as a contents note
Best Practice Recommendation (Compilations): Provide a contents note,
generally following the instructions outlined in LC-PCC PS 25.1 and LC-PCC PS
25.1.1.3, for compilations whenever feasible.
340
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Recording Analytical Authorized Access Points
LC/PCC practice is to provide an analytical authorized access point for the
predominant or first work in the compilation when it represents a substantial part
of the resource. Additional analytical authorized access points are optional, but
encouraged to aid in discovery. Provide access to related works by recording the
authorized access point of each related work in MARC field 7xx, preceded by the
relationship designator “Container of (work)” in $i.
245 00 $a Jak and Daxter collection.
505 00 $t Jak and Daxter: the precursor legacy – $t Jak II – $t Jak 3.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Jak and Daxter: the precursor legacy.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Jak II.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Jak 3.
Note: Video game disc with a collective title; contents note and authorized
access points for the related works are recorded
245 10 $a Alhambra : $b big box ; including Alhambra and five expansions /
$c Dirk Henn.
505 00 $g Base game. $t Alhambra -- $g Expansion 1. $t The viziers -- $g
Expansion 2. $t The city gates -- $g Expansion 3. $t The thief’s turn -- $g
Expansion 4. $t The treasure chamber -- $g Expansion 5. $t Power of the
sultan.
700 \2 $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960- . $t Viziers.
700 \2 $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960- . $t City gates.
700 \2 $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960- . $t Thief’s turn.
700 \2 $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960- . $t Treasure chamber
700 \2 $a Henn, Dirk, $d 1960- . $t Power of the sultan
Note: Related works note for a board game and separately published
expansions, issued as a complete set
If a compilation lacks a collective title, record the titles of the individual works in
MARC field 245. Provide authorized access points for each work within the
compilation unless burdensome.
245 00 $a Banjo-Kazooie: nuts & bolts / $c Rare. Viva piñata / Rare.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Banjo-Kazooie: nuts & bolts.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Viva piñata.
Note: Authorized access points for works within a compilation with no collective
title
341
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Do not record authorized access points for streaming media contained within a
larger database
Best Practice Recommendation (Compilations): Record authorized access
points to the related works within a compilation, preceded by the
relationship designator “Container of (work).”
Accompanying Work Relationships (RDA J.2.5)
Significant accompanying works may also be treated as contained works. Use MARC
field 740 for title access points when an authorized access point is not needed but
an access point is desired. When accompanying material is separately titled, make
a note and supply a title access point in field 740 with indicator values 02.
Generally, initial articles are dropped from field 740 unless the intent is to index the
titles.
245 00 $a Empire master.
500 \\ $a Accompanying booklet entitled: Empire master, the manual.
740 02 $a Empire master, the manual.
Note: Note and title access point for accompanying material
245 04 $a The gift of barong / $c Wanderlustproject presents a Dan Moreno
and Benita Bautista film.
500 \\ $a DVD videodisc is accompanied by the book: Teacher’s guide, the
gift of barong.
740 02 $a Teacher’s guide, The gift of barong.
Note: Note and title access point for accompanying material
500 \\ $a Bonus short film: Kosher (10 min.), directed by Isabelle Stead.
740 02 $a Kosher.
Note: Access point for the bonus short film
Best Practice Recommendation: In general, supply a separate access point if
the accompanying material is separately titled.
Otherwise, accompanying works are recorded as informal notes in field 500.
500 \\ $a Accompanied by facilitator’s guide.
342
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Note: Informal contents note for accompanying material
Sequential Work Relationships (RDA J.2.6)
Works that precede or succeed a work have a sequential relationship to the work
being described. There are two relationship designators that each offer more
specific designators.
● preceded by (work):
● succeeded by (work):
245 04 $a The LEGO movie 2. $n The second part 3D
500 \\ $a Sequel to The LEGO movie (2014).
730 0\ $i Preceded by (work): $a LEGO movie 2 (Motion picture)
Note: Sequential relationship access point for a streaming video
Best Practice Recommendation: Record sequential work relationships in the
record for the resource being cataloged. Optionally, record the relationship in
the records for the related work(s).
343
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 26. Related Expressions
A related expression is an expression that is associated with the expression being
described (RDA 26.1.1.1). Several types of related expression relationships are
identified in RDA, again, each with a set of associated relationship designators in
RDA Appendix J (selective list):
● Derivative expression relationship (RDA J.3.2)
● Whole/part expression relationship (RDA J.3.4)
● Accompanying expression relationship (RDA J.3.5)
Recording Relationship to Related Expression (RDA 26.1.1)
Whole-Part Relationships
Related expressions are an LC core element for compilations. A contents note
(MARC field 505) is provided unless the contents are already given in another part
of the description (e.g., in MARC field 245 when there is no collective title present).
Access should also be provided in MARC field 730 using the preferred title,
preceded by the relationship designator “Container of (expression):.” Although LC
practice is to provide an authorized access point for the predominant or first
expression in the compilation when it represents a substantial part of the resource,
OLAC recommends providing authorized access points for each related expression
in a compilation when feasible.
Video
For moving image materials, most related expressions will have to do with language
expressions. Authorized access points for different language expressions of a film
are applied only in the case of soundtracks, not subtitles. For music related
expressions, refer to Best Practices for Cataloging Music with RDA and MARC21.
245 12 $a A Christmas story
546 \\ $a English, French or Spanish language soundtracks with optional
English, French or Spanish subtitles.
730 02 $i Container of (work): $a Christmas story (Motion picture)
344
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
730 02 $i Container of (expression): $a Christmas story (Motion picture). $l
French
730 02 $i Container of (expression): $a Christmas story (Motion picture). $l
Spanish
Note: Authorized access points for the work and the two language expressions of
the work
Use MARC field 740 for titles of accompanying material when it is not useful to
consider them separate works.
245 00 $a Warrior of light
500 \\ $a Special features: “Christmas in Uerê", a 24-minute update on the
children.
740 02 $a Christmas in Uerê
Note: Added entry for the special feature in this video
345
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Chapter 27. Related Manifestations
Label
Element
Core
LC-PCC core element for reproductions
Source
Any source
Encoding
MARC 775, 776
A related manifestation is a manifestation that is associated with the manifestation
being described. Relationship designators are listed in RDA Appendix J4.
Basic Instructions on Recording Relationship to Related Manifestation
(RDA 27.1.1)
Related manifestation is a core element for LC and PCC for reproductions. As
stated in LC-PCC PS 27.1, “the word ‘reproduction’ is being used in its broadest
sense to include all resources formerly identified as reproductions, republications,
reprints, reissues, facsimiles, etc., that still represent equivalent content between
an original resource and a reproduction of that original. Revised editions represent
different expressions and are not treated as reproductions.”
Reproduction Nonmusical Streaming Audio & Reproduction Streaming
Video
RDA and the PCC’s provider-neutral guidelines both allow information to be
recorded for related manifestations in the MARC 776 field. But if one chooses to
follow the provider-neutral approach, do not record details about the related
manifestation that was used to create the online version being cataloged in a
shared cataloging environment, as the record must represent all manifestations of
the same resource.
346
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
An exception may be made if the related manifestation is known to be the original
one for a particular work or expression. If this is the case, it is recommended to
specify this relationship in subfield i of the MARC 776 field (e.g., “Original
(manifestation)” or “Originally issued as:.” Use judgment in this situation.
Tangible Resources
Use field 775 or 776 to record information about the original resource as follows:
● If the carrier is the same type as the original resource, use field 775.
Example: An on-demand DVD-Video reproduced from another DVD-Video
● If the carrier is not the same type as the original resource, use field 776
Example: A copy of a VHS cassette transferred to DVD
Use the relationship designator “reproduction of (manifestation)” in both cases
(LC-PCC 27.1.1.3)
245 00 $a Basic concepts in mechanics / $c created by Robert A. Heller and
Arpad A. Pap ; produced by the Learning Resources Center, Educational
Technologies, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.
500 $a Transferred from VHS to DVD-R by the University Libraries in 2014
with permission of Robert Heller.
775 08 $i Reproduction of (manifestation): $t Basic concepts in mechanics. $d
New York : College McGraw-Hill Films, [1988] $w (OCoLC)18401294
Note: An on-demand DVD videodisc reproduced from another DVD videodisc
776 08 $i Reproduction of (manifestation): |t Santa Cruz : never a dull
moment. |d Santa Cruz, Calif. : Rotary Club of Santa Cruz, 1975 |h 1 film reel
: sound, color ; 16 mm |w (OCoLC)1140551248
Note: Original resource, reproduced on DVD videodisc, is a film reel
Best Practice Recommendation (Tangible Resources): Record information
about a related manifestation only for a reproduction of a particular
manifestation or on-demand discs. Do not routinely record related
manifestation information for theatrical films merely reproduced on
DVD-Video or Blu-ray Disc. When using a structured description (i.e., MARC
field 775 or 776) generally follow the guidelines given in LC-PCC PS 27.1.1.3.
347
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
If the manifestation is a compilation containing reproductions of works not
previously published as a compilation, give a bibliographic history note (MARC field
500) rather than using structured MARC fields 775 or 776 for each work in the
compilation.
500 \\ $a Originally issued as separate motion pictures 1916- 1917.
Note: DVD videodisc compilation of films originally issued separately as motion
pictures
348
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
RDA Chapter 28. Related Items
Label
Element
Core
Not core
Source
Any source
Encoding
Local catalog only
A related item is an item associated with the item being described and applies to an
individual copy of a resource. Do not record related items in a shared catalog
environment; record only in one’s local catalog. Relationship designators for
related items are listed in RDA J.5
Best Practice Recommendation: Record agent(s) associated with an item in
one’s local catalog only.
349
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Works Cited
Narrative:
● “Implementation of the New RDA Toolkit.” Library of Congress, 04 Nov., 2020,
https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/documents/PoCo-2020/newRDA%20Impementa
tionPlanNov2.pdf. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● DVD FAQ. https://www.dvddemystified.com/dvdfaq.html. Accessed 26 Aug.
2022.
● “Holographic Versatile Disc.” Wikipedia, 10 May 2022. Wikipedia,
https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Holographic_Versatile_Disc&oldid
=1087133562. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● “Homepage.” Blu-Ray Disc Association, https://us.blu-raydisc.com/. Accessed
26 Aug. 2022.
● “How HD-DVD Works.” HowStuffWorks, 7 Mar. 2006,
https://electronics.howstuffworks.com/hd-dvd.htm. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● “How Holographic Versatile Discs Work.” HowStuffWorks, 12 Oct. 2005,
https://electronics.howstuffworks.com/hvd.htm. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● HVD (Holographic Versatile Disc) - Tech-FAQ. 6 Apr. 2019,
https://www.tech-faq.com/hvd.html. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● MARC 21 Format for Bibliographic Data (Network Development and MARC
Standards Office, Library of Congress).
https://www.loc.gov/marc/bibliographic/. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● “Bibliographic Formats and Standards.” OCLC.
https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en.html. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● “Genre/Form Terms for Library and Archival Materials.” Library of Congress.
https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/GENRE.pdf. Accessed 18
Nov. 2022.
● “Introduction to Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms for Library and Archival
Materials”. Library of Congress.
https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/2022-LCGFT-intro.pdf.
Accessed 18 Nov. 2022.
● “Library of Congress Genre/Forms Terms Manual.” Library of Congress.
https://www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCGFT/freelcgft.html. Accessed 18
Nov. 2022.
● “Library of Congress Genre-Form Thesaurus (LCGFT) for Moving Images: Best
Practices.” OLAC Cataloging Policy Committee.
350
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1009&context=
olac-publications. Accessed 18 Nov. 2022.
● “OLAC's Videogame Genre Form Terms.” Open Metadata Registry.
http://metadataregistry.org/concept/list/vocabulary_id/488.html. Accessed 18
Nov. 2022.
● “Guidelines for OLAC video game genre terms (olacvggt).” Online Audiovisual
Catalogers, Inc. https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/4/.
Accessed 18 Nov. 2022.
● “OLAC video game genre vocabulary.” Online Audiovisual Catalogers, Inc.
https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/21/. Accessed 18 Nov.
2022.
● “Art & Architecture Thesaurus® Online (ATT).” The Getty Research Institute.
https://www.getty.edu/research/tools/vocabularies/aat/index.html. Accessed
18 Nov. 2022.
Chapter 1:
● ALA-LC Romanization Tables. https://www.loc.gov/catdir/cpso/roman.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
Chapter 2:
● Program for Cooperative Cataloging Provider Neutral Record Guidelines
(Library of Congress).
https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/PCC-PN-guidelines.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Standard Identifier Source Codes: Source Codes for Vocabularies, Rules, and
Schemes (Network Development and MARC Standards Office, Library of
Congress). http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/standard-identifier.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Subject Heading and Term Source Codes: Source Codes for Vocabularies,
Rules, and Schemes (Network Development and MARC Standards Office,
Library of Congress). http://www.loc.gov/standards/sourcelist/subject.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Types of Composition for Use in Authorized Access Points for Music: A
Manual for Use with RDA – Cataloging and Metadata Committee.
https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org/types-of-composition-for-use-in-author
ized-access-points-for-music-a-manual-for-use-with-rda/. Accessed 26 Aug.
2022.
351
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Chapter 3:
● “Special Cataloging Guidelines.” in OCLC Bibliographic Formats and Standards,
21 Feb. 2022, https://www.oclc.org/bibformats/en/specialcataloging.html.
● Computer Game Platform | Game Metadata and Citation Project Controlled
Vocabularies. https://gamemetadata.soe.ucsc.edu/platform. Accessed 26
Aug. 2022.
● Program for Cooperative Cataloging Provider Neutral Record Guidelines
(Library of Congress).
https://www.loc.gov/aba/pcc/scs/documents/PCC-PN-guidelines.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● RDA Registry | Vocabularies. “RDA Registry.”
http://www.rdaregistry.info/termList/. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Region Code Map - Find out Which Region DVD Are Made and Used on Your
Country! - World Import.
https://www.world-import.com/world_region_code_map.htm. Accessed 26
Aug. 2022.
● “Region Codes | Blu-Ray & DVD Region Codes Explained.” Region Free DVD
.Net, https://www.regionfreedvd.net/region-codes.html. Accessed 26 Aug.
2022.
● Term and Code List for RDA Carrier Types: Value Lists for Codes and
Controlled Vocabularies (Network Development and MARC Standards Office,
Library of Congress). https://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacarrier.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Term and Code List for RDA Media Types: Value Lists for Codes and
Controlled Vocabularies (Network Development and MARC Standards Office,
Library of Congress). http://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdamedia.html.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
Chapter 4
● “Standardized Terminology for Access Restriction.” Registry of Digital
Masters, OCLC, 23 Mar. 2007.
https://www.oclc.org/content/dam/oclc/digitalregistry/506F_vocabulary.pdf.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
Chapter 6
● Congress, The Library of. Library of Congress Genre/Form Terms - LC Linked
Data Service: Authorities and Vocabularies | Library of Congress, from LC
352
OLAC Best Practices for Cataloging with the Original RDA Toolkit – April 2023
Linked Data Service: Authorities and Vocabularies (Library of Congress).
https://id.loc.gov/authorities/genreForms.html. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Groenwald, Rosemary, et al. “Alphabetical List of Genre Terms in the OLAC
Video Game Genre Vocabulary.” OLAC Publications and Training Materials,
Jan. 2019, https://cornerstone.lib.mnsu.edu/olac-publications/22.
● Term and Code List for RDA Content Types: Value Lists for Codes and
Controlled Vocabularies (Network Development and MARC Standards Office,
Library of Congress).
https://www.loc.gov/standards/valuelist/rdacontent.html. Accessed 26 Aug.
2022.
Chapter 7
● Aspect Ratio Calculator - Digital Rebellion.
https://www.digitalrebellion.com/webapps/aspectcalc. Accessed 26 Aug.
2022.
● Brack, Fred. “The Audio Description Project.” The Audio Description Project,
https://adp.acb.org/index.html. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Captioning Types, Methods, and Styles.
https://dcmp.org/learn/38-captioning-types-methods-and-styles. Accessed 26
Aug. 2022.
● Library of Congress Medium of Performance Thesaurus for Music PDF Files.
//www.loc.gov/aba/publications/FreeLCMPT/. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Media Captioning | Disability Programs and Resource Center.
https://access.sfsu.edu/captioning. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Music Library Association. “Best Practices for Using LCMPT.” Vocabularies
Subcommittee, Cataloging and Metadata Committee, 31 Mar. 2020,
https://cmc.wp.musiclibraryassoc.org//wp-content/uploads/sites/5/2020/04/
BestPracticesforUsingLCMPT_1.41_20200331.pdf.
● “NCI.” NCI, https://www.ncicap.org. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● RichterScale. “How To Pick The Right Projector Screen Size.” HubPages,
https://discover.hubpages.com/technology/How-To-Pick-The-Right-Projector-
Screen-Size. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● Schema.Org Accessibility Properties for Discoverability Vocabulary.
https://www.w3.org/2021/a11y-discov-vocab/latest/. Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
● “What Is Anamorphic Widescreen? (With Pictures).” Easy Tech Junkie,
http://www.easytechjunkie.com/what-is-anamorphic-widescreen.htm.
Accessed 26 Aug. 2022.
353
